T>6V Wf\e^ Herbert H. SmitJt OCoIIcctton OF BOOKS ON SOUTH AMERICA PURCHASED FROM THE Sage SEndomtnent ^and 1896 "■ 2513.881°™*" ""'"*'*"!' Library ^"^ MlllliimiSwKK.f.''' Vienna Unive Cornell University Library The original of tliis book is in tlie Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924019969728 (-f-, AT THE -f I ■VIEHSrifT^ UNIVERSAL EXHIBITli^ OP 187'3 ■ • f- .'■».;-. '2Ilt(j be ^arteit^o' PpBUSrOCBD BY E. & H. LAEliIMiERT ! 61 B, Eua dos Invalidos, 61. B 1873 6UsS^-^£^-^h^ mTEODTJCTION A perfect knowledge of thp American continent is at present a necessity for all the ^European nations, where population is superabundant. The luxuriance of the Brazilian soil, and its manifold treasures of natural riches offer a vast field to all kinds of industrial energy. With the intention of proving it, and in order to promote immigration into this Empire, the opportunity offered by the Vienna Universal Exhibition was availed of, in order to revise and improve the «short-sketch)) published in 1867, on the occasion of the Paris Uni- versal Exhibition. A work of this description cannot be accomplished with immediate perfection. However, with the encouragement given to the zeal of official contributors, and with the increase of private information, which, on this occasion, have already been elements of great importance, it is to be hoped that for future Universal Exhibitions, more perfect results will be obtained. -' It must be observed, however, that the leading pur- pose, in the publishing of the «Sohrt-Sketch» of 1867, as well as in the present work, was not that of a false patriotism, which, exaggerating the advantages of a coun- try, hides its defects. '^ The principal object in view, being to make the Em- pire of Brazil well known abroad, as also to afford the necessary information to immigrants, a particular care was taken in order to say the truth, only the truth. THE EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. Geographical position and extent of Brazil. The Empire of Brazil is situated in the most eastern part of South America. 'It comprehends 1/15 of Ihe terrestrial surface of the globe, 1/S of the IJew World, and more than 3/7 of South America. ' It has a sea-coast of 1,200 leagues or 7,920 kilometers. Area. According to the estimate of Baron Humboldt its area is valued at 2,311,974 square miles of 60 to a degree, or 7,952,344 square kilometers. — 6 — According to the estimate of senator Pompeu, whicli is almost equal to that made in the Statistical Board, the surface of the country is divided as follows : Provinces. Amazonas Pari Maranhao Piauhy Gearl. Rio Grande do Norte . . Parahyba Pernambuco Alagdas Serglpe Bahia Espirito-Santo .... Rio de Janeiro. . . . Municipality of the capital . S. Paulo ParanS S'*. Catharina .... Rio Grande do Sul. . . Minas-Geraes .... Goyaz Mato-Grosso SQUARE LEACHES. 66.000 iO. 000 16.000 10.500 3.627 2. POO 2.600 U.llGl 2.035 1.360 la. 836 1.560 2.400 32 10. H20 7.700 2.580 8.230 20. 000 26.000 /18.003 290. 0/i7 THEIR AREA IN SQUARE KILOMETERS. 874. 960 742.400 696. 960 457. 380 157. 992 87.120 113. 256 194. 582 88. 644 59. 242 646. 256 67. 954 104. 544 1.394 440.827 385.412 112. 385 358. 499 871.200 . 132. 560 . 090. 880 12. 634. 447 Topograpliy. The soil of Brazil is, in the most, mountainous, though it contains vast plains, both in the north and south, and is traversed by extensive valleys. In the interior, the ground gradually rises into extensive and high plateaux and numerous mountain ranges, that stretch in several directions. Moantaln ranges. __^heJmosl|extensive and the highest mountain ranges in Brazil are^three: the Central chain called Serra do Espi- nhaco or Mantiqueira; the Eastern or sea-coast chain called Serra do Mar; and the Western chain called Serra das Ver ten tes (Watersheds) . All the other ranges generally ^derive from the above, and constitute with them the so called Brazilian system ; since the Parima system slightly penetrates into various points of the northern boundary line. Of the three mountain ranges, the most important, both geographically and geologically, is the central one. Us culminating point lies in the province of Minas Geraes, -where it is more developed ; and without trans- posing the iOtii-, and 28tii. parallels of South Latitude, from the banks of the river S. Francisco to those of the Uruguay, it traverses the provinces of Bahia, S. Paulo, and Parana, slightly touching that of S. Pedro do Bio Grande do Sul on its northern extremity, and that of Rio de Janeiro at the point where the boundary lines of the provinces of S. Paulo and Minas Geraes intersect each other. It is the highest of all, the Serra d' Ilatiaia being actually acknowledged as its loftiest altitude, as well as of all Brazil : the average elevation above the level of the sea is 2,714 meters, according to some, or 3,140 me- ters, according to others. The second or eastern chain begins on the banks of the river S. Francisco in 10* S. Lat. , and terminates on the banks of the Uruguay in latitude 28* S. The third, the most extensive and yet the lowest, runs from Ceara to the conflnes of the province of Mato-Grosso. This long range separates the waters of the affluents of the Amazonas from those of the River Plate, and at the same time supplies the rivers Tocaatins, Parnabyba, S. Francisco and Parana. The above mountain ranges bear various local deno- minations in the different provinces through which they run. Capes. The principal capes in Brazil are five in number : — Orange, Norte, S. Agoslinho, S. Roque, S. Thome, Cape Frio, and Santa Martha. Ports. "With the exception of the provinces of Amazonas, Minas- Geraes, Goyaz and Mato-Grosso, all the others are ma- ritime. The former, however, though they lie in the interior, yet have got the advantage of navigation along their rivers, which flow into others that, in their turn, empty into the sea. In the coast of Brazil there are not less than 42 ports, holding the first rank, by its capacity and safety, that of the capital of the Empire, which is above 30 leagues or 198 kil, in circuit. Next to it, from North to South, there are those of Para, Maranhao, Pernambuco, Bahia, Ilheos, Victoria, Santos, Paranagua, Santa-Calharina, and others. LakeB. They are numerous, though, in the most, they be not of considerable extent. The chief ones are : those of dos — 9 — Patos and Mirim, in the province of Rio Grande do Sul, the former being 46 leagues or 303,6 kil. long, by 10 leagues or 66 kil. wide; and the latter 26 leagues, 171,6 kiJ. long by 7 leagues, 46,2 kil. wide; those of /l/ancrf, Arwruama and Feia in the province of Rio de Janeiro j and those of Jiquid and Manguaba in Alagdas. In the island of Bananal or Santa Jnna, in the pro- vince of Goyaz, there is a lake of 24 leagues, 158,4 kil. from North to South, and 6 leagues, 39,6 kil. from East to West. In the Brazilian Guyana is worthy of notice the lake Saracd, that Ues between the rivers Urubii and Anibd, which communicate through it. Besides the above mentioned, there are others in the valley of the Amazonas which, like the lake Xaraes, the Periodical Sea of the province of Mato-Grosso, become dry during some time every year, on account of the going down of the waters. Islands. Not far from the sea-coast there is a great number of islands, the most remarkable of them being that oiMarajo, 37 leagues or 244,2 kil. in length, and 27 leagues or 178,2 kil. in breadth ; that of Mamnhdo, the seat of the capital of the same province; that of Itamaracd in Pernambuco ; of Itaparica la Bahia; the I Iha Grande in Rio de Janeiro ; those of Sao Sebastido and Santos in the province of Sao Paulo ; that of Santa-Catharina, the seat of the capital of the province of the same name. Far from the sea-coast there are : the island of — Fernando di Noronha — in the province of Pernambuco, lying North- East, 195 miles, 360,7 kil. off the cape of Sao Roque; and — 10 — that of Trindade, 600 miles or l.H2,8kil. distant from the eastern coast of the province of Espirito-Sanlo. There are likewise some remarkable islands in several first-class rivers, chiefly that of— Santa Anna or do Bana- nal—m the interior of Brazil, between the provinces of Goyaz and Mato-Grosso, formed by two branches of the Araguaya; it is not less than 60 leagues, 396 kil. in length. Rivers- Brazil possesses three large fluvial basins, besides many others of a lower order. In the first rank we must place that of the Amazonas ; afterwards that of the Parana, and finally, that of the Sao Francisco. The majestic Amazonas spreading its waters along 580 leagues or 3,828 kilometers in the territory of the Empire, receives within its limits, 19 first-class tributary streams viz: the Tocantins, the Xingii, the Tapajos, the Madeira, the Puriis, the Coary, the Teffi, the Jurud, the Julay, the Javary, on the right margin ; the Jary, the Parti, the Trombetas, the Nhamundi, the Uataman, the Urub'd, the Negro, the Japurd and the Igd on the left margin. Some of them have a course of above 500 leagues, or 3,300 kilometers. Beyond the frontier of Brazil, the Amazonas pursues its course free to steam navigation for above 300 leagues or i ,980 kilometers, in the territory of Peru, re- ceiving the important tributary streams, the Napo, the Mo- rona and the Pastaza on the left bank ; the Ucayaly and the Uallaga on the right. Those rivers afford free navigation as far as the first mountains of the chain of the Andes, allowing an easy communication to the most important — 11 — part of the two Republics of Peru and Equador, lying eastwards of the said chain. The extent freely navigable to steamers, through th^ Amazonas and its affluents, in the territory of Brazil, is 7,351 leagues or 48,517 kilometers, according to the fol- lowing table. Leagues. Kilometers. Amazonas 580 3,828 Basins of its principal affluents. 5,771 38,089 • Lesser affluents and lakes . . 1,000 6,600 7,351 48,516 Through the Amazonas and its tributaries, the republics of Bolivia, Peru, Equador, New-Grenade and Venezuela have their intercourse with the port of Para, as well as the central brazilian provinces of Mato-Grosso and Upper Amazonas. It is more than 18 years since steam-navigation, with the aid of the government, is established along the 580 leagues or 3,828 kilometers of the Brazilian Amazonas, and 200 leagues or 1,320 kilometers along the Tocan- lins and other rivers, in the neighbourhood of Para. In 1867 the government granted a subsidy to 2 com- panies more, which now carry on the steam naviga- tion on the rivers Purus (240 leagues, 1,584 kilom.) ; Negro (120 leagues, 792 kilom.) ; Madeira (186 leagues 1,228 kilom.); Tapajos (50 leagues, 330 kilom.) and Upper Tocantins (230 leagues, 1,518 kilom). The whole extent of steam navigation in the basin of the Ama- zonas, therefore, being now 1,606 leagues or 10,600 kilometers. On the upper part of the falls, the Madeira and its — 12 — affluents are freely navigable along 1,000 leagues or 6,600 kilom, and they afford easy conveyance to almost all the republic of Bolivia as well as to the western side of the province of Mato-Grosso. In order to join the upper navigation to the lower one, in this river, and to foment the intercourse of the interior of South America with the port of Para, the govern- ment subsidised a company that undertook the construction of an important rail-road along the margin of the river, these being the only means of profitably avoiding ftie falls The works have already begun and must be over within 4 years. In order to join, in the like manner, the navigation of the 230 leagues or 1,518 kilometers of the Ara- guaya to the lower navigation of the Tocantins, which is 100 leagues or 660 kilometers, the government is constructing, at its own expense, a road of 70 lea- gues or 46i kilometers, by means of which, the falls of the above rivers are to be avoided. The said road will afford communication to the provinces of Goyaz, Maranhao and Para, to the extent of 400' lea- gues or 2,640 kilometers, and in after times shall be joined to the capital of the Empire by the D. Pedro II rail-road ; and to the navigable portion of the river Paraguay by another road long of 40 leagues or 264 kilometers. The Parana is formed by the junction of the ri- vers Grande and Parnahyba, in the latitude 20° S. On the East, it waters the provinces of S. Paulo, Parana, and that of Corrientes, belonging to the Argentine Confederation ; and on the West, the province of Mato- Grosso in Brazil, the republic of Paraguay, and the — 13 — Argentine territory. Besides the rivers Grande and Parnahyba, the Parana possesses a great number of affluents, some of them remarkable for their navigability, others for their extent, and all for the fertility of their valleys. Of all those affluents the most considerable is, un- questionably, the Paraguay, which rising in the province of Mato-Grosso about 13" 30" S. latitude, pursues its course through the territory of Brazil and that of the republic, that borrowed its name. Is is navigable from •16°, and as its tributaries it has several rivers, like- wise navigable, and among them, in the Brazilian ter- ritory, the S. Lourengo, along which and the Cuyaba small steamboats go up to the capital of Mato-Grosso. On the side of the latter province, the Parana ta- kes in the rivers Pardo, Ivinheima, Nhanduhy, Igua- temy and Igurey. On that of the provinces of S, Paulo and Parana, flow into it the Tiete, the Paranapanema, the Ivahy, the Pequiry and the Iguassu, which are more or less serviceable to navigation. The navigation of the Parana, quite free from the mouth of the Iguassu to the River Plate, is interrupted through the space of 30 leagues or 198 kilom, on the side belonging to the Empire, in consequence of the ra- pids of Frupung4, and of the Sete Quedas, 80 leagues or S28 kilometers below the former. Those obstacles being overcome by the construction of marginal roads, either they be of the common or iron rail systems, the Parana will become very servi- ceable to the future commercial intercourse of Goyaz, Mato-Grosso, Minas-Geraes, S. Paulo and Parana, with the cities of Buenos-Ayres and Montevideo. — 14 — The river S. Francisco flows throagh the central part of Brazil, watering the provinces of Minas-Geraes, Ba- hia, Pernambuco, Alagoas, and Sergipe. Amongst its afQuents, the rivers das Velhas, Para- eatu, Verde and Graade are worthy of notice. Its course is interrupted by the great and majestic falls of Paulo Affonso, up which it affords free navi- gation in a space of 230 ' leagues or 1,518 kilom. Downwards of the falls, in an extent of about 40 lea- gues, 264 Idiom, it is navigable to steamers as far as its mouth, below the town of Penedo, in the province of Alagoas, and gives entrance to ships of 15 palms, 3,3 meters draught. Besides those three first-class rivers, there are like- wise others, which importance is well known, and that run into the sea, viz: the Gurupy, the Tury-assu, the Mearim, the Itapicuru, the Parnahyba, the Para- guassu, the Rio das Contas, the Jequitiuhonha or Bel- monte, the Pardo, the Mucury, the Doce, the Parahyba do Sul and the Rio-Grande do Sul. Some of the latter are navigable to steamers for about 100 leagues, 660 kilom. The government being convinced of the great advan- tages resulting from the exploration of the most impor- tant rivers in Brazil, in order to get a thorough know- ledge of their navigable streams , of the obstacles that prevent .their being navigated, and the means of remo- ving them, continues to apply its serious attention to that subject. The explorations performed in the last years before 1867, were the following ones: — 15 — By Dr. Jos6 Vieira Couto de Magalhaas and the engineer Ernest Vallee, those of the river Tocanlins and the Araguaya, which should served to establish a regular river navigation between the provinces of Goyaz and Para. The result of those studies are to be found in a report and plan that were presented to the government. By the engineer Dr. Joao Marlins da Silva Coutinho, tliose of the rivers Purus and Ituxi , tributaries to the* Amazonas ; the result of these is also contained in a long and detailed report on that subject. By the aforesaid engineer those of the rivers Japura and Madeira. By Mr. Chandler, the engineer, that of the river Agary, an affluent of the Purus. By the same engineer that of the river Puriis , from its mouth to the distance of 1,618 miles, 3,001 kil. south- wards, and 1,602 miles, 2,971 kil. northwards. By the engineer Gustave Dodt that of the river Ceara- mirim. By the engineer Newton Burlamaque that of the river Parnahyba, in the province of Piauhy. By the engineer Ferdinand Halfeld that of the river S. Francisco, from the falls of Pirapora down to the ocean. By the engineer Mr. Em. Liais, with the assistance of Drs. Ladislao Netlo and Edward Moraes, that of the aforesaid river, from the falls of Pirapora up to its source. Those explorers have also examined the river das Velhas, in the province of Minas, an important tributary to the S. Francisco. The studies concerning those two rivers were published in Paris. The engineers Jose and Francisco Keller explored the — 16 — river Parahyba do Sul, from the town of Pirahy, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, to that of Cachoeira, in the province of S. Paulo; and the river Pomba, in the pro- vince of Minas , one of the tributaries of the above mentioned Parahyba. The river Ivahy , in the province of Parana , was explored by the engineers Gustave Rumbelsperger, Jose and Francisco Keller. The two last mentioned engineers explored a part of the river Parana, from the mouth of the Ivahy to the Paranapanema, and the rivers Ivinheima, Paranapanema, and Tybagy. The engineer Eusebio Stevaux made some explorations for the canalisation of the rivers Pomonga and Japara- tuba, in the province of Sergipe. The engineer VignoUes made studies for the canalisa- tions of the rivers Poxim and S" Maria, in the said province, the works being already in execution ; and the engineer Charles Demoly for the canalisation between the lake of Patos and the river Mampituba, in the pro- vince of Rio Grande do Sul, and the north of Laguna, in the province of S" Catharina. Besides that, commander Jose da Costa Azevedo has drawn up a chart of the river Amazon as. Professor Agassiz explored the amazonian region, and delivered a series of lectures on that subject, which were published in the papers of the capital of the Empire. Both the Upper Uruguay and the Upper Parana have been explored by several engineers and officers of the Imperial Navy. All those explorations are highly important both for — 17 — the special advantage of Brazil and the navigation and trade of the whole world. Since the year 1867, ihe following explorations have been carried on : That of the river Madeira, in that part where lie the falls, from the place called Santo Antonio to the mouth of the Mamore, by the engineers Jose and Francisco Keller, who by order of the government drew the plans the most suited for the improvement of that important mean of communication between the provinces of Para and Mato Grosso and the republic of Bolivia, both by river and the land. With the view of opening a communication between Malo-Grosso and Para, through the river Tapajos, and a road along the margin of that river, which is calculated at about 33 miles, or 61,2 kil. in length, the president of the last of said provinces ordered the convenient ex- plorations, being charged of them the engineers Juliao Honorato Correa de Miranda and Antonio Manoel Gon- galves Tocantins. In order to recognise the practicability of steam-navi- gation through the river das Velhas, from the place called Jaguara, as well as that of the river S. Francisco, the government has, not long since, commissioned the lieutenant of the Navy Francisco Manoel Alvares d'Araujo, upon a voyage of experience which vvas successfully effected, the waters of the Upper S. Francisco being for the first time furrowed by a steam-boat. A committee of engineers is now exploring and stu- dying those parts of the rivers Araguaya and Tocantins, where th.e navigation becomes difficult on account of the — 18 — falls and rapids, in order to propose such means as may improve their navigable conditions, or in case of impossi- bility to study the direction of a marginal road to avoid those natural obstacles. The river Iguassu, in the province of Parana, vpas explo- red by the engineer Dr. Eduardo Jose de Moraes. The government has likewise treated upon the explo- ration of the rivers Carinhanha, Parana, Grande, PretO' and do Sonho, so that such sections of them, that may be liable of steam-navigation, should be rendered serviceable to the rail-road, which is about to be constructed between the basins of the river S. Francisco and that of the Tocantins. A contract has also been drawn for recognising the navigability of the rivers Ivahy, Parana, Ivinheima, Bri- Ihante and Mondego in order to make them serviceable to the road projected between Coritiba, in the province of Parana, and Miranda, in that of Mato-Grosso. Those stu- dies have already begun and are being carried on very rapidly. The river Parnahyba, though it had been alreadA examined, was again explored by the engineer Gustave Dodt, from its mouth up to the sources, according to the report given by him. In order to promote the agrandisement of the Empire, by constantly drawing closer international intercourse, and by encouraging the navigation and trade of the river Ama- zonas and its affluents, as well as that of the Tocantins and S. Francisco, those rivers from the 7'" of September 1867 were declared open to the merchant vessels of all nations ; I the >imazonas up the frontiers of Brazil ; the Tocantins as far — le- as Cameta; the Tapaj6s as far as Sanlarem ; the Madeira as far as Bor'ba ; the Rio Negro as far as Manaos, and the S. Francisco as far as the town of Penedo. The navigation of the tributaries of the Amazonas, ia places where only one bank belongs to Brazil, will de- pend on treaties to be made with the other bordering states, as to the respective limits and police and fiscal regulations. The present dispositions in no manner altered or in- terfered with the existing treaties of navigation and com- merce, with the republics of Peru and Venezuela, in accordance with the regulations already issued out for that purpose. Climato and temperature. The Empire of Brazil enjoys two quite distinct cli- mates ; in the torrid zone it is hot and damp during the wet season ; temperate and dry beyond those li- mits. In the interior of the provinces of Ceara, Pernam-' buco, Parahyba, and Rio Grande do Norte, the want of rain, in some years, causes extraordinary droughts, so as to present a psychrometrical difference of 10° cent. Nevertheless, in many localities of the torrid zone, the cli- mate is very mild and modified by the woods, the prevailing winds, and the elevation of the soil. In places where the greatest heat prevails, the ther- mometer as a general rule, does not rise above 36° cent. ; and in those where the greatest cold is fell, it is an excep- tion to the general rule, when it goes below 3°. 2, as for instance in the mountain range of llaliaia, where in the — 20 — months of Juae 1858 and i 859 the thermometer marked e* cent, below 0°; the daily maximum not exceeding 13°. There it often snows, and the small lakes are covered with a coat of ice O^.OSS thick. In the plains of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, likewise, it sometimes happens that the thermometer falls to 0° cent, and as an exception to 2°. 5, below 0°. In the valley of the Amazonas the mean temperature is 27°; the effects of the heat, however, are not much felt on account of the east-winds that sweep across the whole country. The difference of temperature between day and night so- metimes attains to 12% but the mean does no exceed 9°, and from summer to winter there is only a variation of 3°. The nights are always cool. These circumstances become gradually and slightly mo- dified towards the province of Ceara and Rio-Grande do Norte, where the mean annual temperature is 26°, 7 ; the maximum of the averages during 24 hours being 30°,4, and the minimum 23°, 1. Temperatures of 36° are of frequent occurrence during a few hours of the day in summer, and the heat is not much felt on account of the extreme dryness of the air. During the rainy season, and at the same hours, the ther. mometer marks 26°, and the heat is then much felt. The mean summer temperature exceeds that of winter by 3°, as in the province of Amazonas ; and between day and night there is only a difference of 7°. A series of observations made with the aid of Dollond's meteorograph during o years, gives the average of the daily maxima as 27°, 13; the average of the daily minima as 19°,63 ; and the mean of the averages as 23°, 42. — 21 — The cases have been very rare in which the thermo- meter has risen above 32°, or fallen below 16° The minimum almost always occurs in July, and the maximum in February. From Rio de Janeiro to the Amazonas, under the torrid zone, the mean temperature is 26°, 0. From Rio de Janeiro to the extreme south of the Em- pire the heat sensibly decreases, the climate becoming very cool. This occurs in the province of S. Paulo, Parana, Santa- Catharina, S. Pedro do Rio-Grande do Sul and in a part of the province of Minas-Geraes. In the latter, which is wholly situated on the central plateau of Ihe Empire, and on the mountainous portion of the others, the difference of temperature is much felt, comparatively to that part of the sea-coast lying between the corresponding parallels. Mr. Em. Liais ascertained, by a series of comparative observations, that each degree of low temperature is cor- respondent to 203 meters, 666 feet, of altitude. The climate of Brazil is, in general, very healthy. With the exception of the banks of some rivers and the low and marshy lands, where in some seasons of the year intermittent fevers prevail, there are not, in a remarkable proportion, those dangerous diseases that commonly waste the population of large cities. Such was the opinion of the well known work — Du climat et des maladies du BHsil— Ihe author of which considered Brazil as one of the best regions in the globe, even reputing it, in regard to the two Americas, just in the same case as Italy with regard to Europe. Such was also the opinion of Lind, testified by his experience. He used to say that the air is generally — 22 — pure on Ihe torrid zoae; and indeed salubrity is, amongst other numerous precious gifts, the best one that this american region is indebted of to the Creator of the universe. On the sea-coasts and the neighbourhood of the ma- ritime provinces, some epidemics such as the yellow fever in 1830, and the cholera-morbus after 1835, have some times wasted away the population , but it is worthy of notice that both those diseases have been imported, and that the asiatic plague has not renewed, to this day, its dreadful eruption. The mortality in the most populous cities, as well as in the capital, of the Empire is a proof of it? salubrity, which is comparatively superior to that of many of the healthiest cities in Europe. Cases, of longevity are nu- merous in Brazil. The climate, according to the latitudes and peculiar circumstances of the localities, offers all desiderable advan- tages to the europeaa emigration which, besides such favorable conditions, meets with many other elements for the acquisition of wealth and independence offered them by a most feracious soil. Rains. The rains in Brazil usually commence in November and continue until June; but these periods vary accord- ing to the localities. It rains considerably from the Amazonas to the Par- nahyba, but little from thence to the S. Francisco, and more from the S. Francisco towards the South. The immense zone of the S. Francisco, that comprises — 23 - those dislricts which the inhabitants designate by the name of Sertdo, is subject to two seasons, which differ in a re- markable manner : the rainy season and the dry season ; the former lasts from January to May, and the latter from May to December. In June, all tegetation ceases, the seeds are all then ripe or nearly so ; in July, the leaves begin to turn yellow and fall off; in August, an extent of many thousands of leagues presents the aspect of an european winter, without snow ; the trees are completely stripped of their leaves, except the rare joazeiros (Zisyphus) ; and the oiticicas (Moquilea). The gramineous, and other creeping plants, that grow in prodigious abundance in the wilderness and amidst the bushes, dry up and serve as a natural hay for the sus- tenance of numerous herds of cattle. This is the period more favorable for the preparation of the coffee that grows on the mountains. Being picked up and laid on the ground, which gives forth no moisture but, on the contrary, absorbes it ; surrounded by an atmosphere possessing the same properties, the coffee dries rapidly without fermenting. From December to January the rains begin to fall, and the rivers, up to that time nearly dry and only preser- ving in one place or another a few pools, which serve as watering places and as a refuge for fishes, swell to enormous volumes of water. The vegetation becomes once more verdant, within a few days, and the vast country is covered, as by enchantment, with all varieties of flowers ; all kinds of vegetables grow vigorously up and produce in abundance. On the brazilian coasts the mean annual rain-fall is 2."°, — 24 — 0.9 fathom and above, as it occurs in Pernambuco, where according to the observations of Dr. Sarmento, referred to by M/ Em. Liais, it reaches to 2'",62 or I", 19 fathom. Thunderstorms are not of frequent occurrence. At Rio de Janeiro the average number of days in which this phe- nomenon is observed, is 26 per annum. Winds. Along the extensive coastof Brazil, the winds generally prevalent are those from the S. E. and N. E. ; the former from September to March ; and the latter from April to August. The sea-coast currents vary in the same manner. In the vicinity of the coast, the land-breeze blows from 4 to 9 o'clock in the morning ; and the sea-breeze in the oppo- site direction from 10 o'clock in the morning to 6 in the evening ; the latter wind extends more or less towards the interior according to the physical nature of the locality, reaching to a considerable distance over the plains, as it happens in the north of the Empire ; and suffering an immediate modification in the mountainous regions. In the basin of the Amazonas, completely deprived of mountains, the east winds penetrate to more than 500 leagues, 3,300 kil, in the interior of the country, chiefly from July to November. During this period, sailing vessels easily ascend this mighty river in 23 to 30 days from Para up to Manaos, a distance of 300 leagues, 1,980 kil. In the interior of the country, the south winds ge- nerally prevail during winter, and the north winds du- ring summer. — 25 — The Animal Kingdom. Brazil is extremely rich in the animal kingdom. Its immense territory, comprehending, as it were, all the climates, covered either with forests, virgins in the most, or extending through prairies, is peopled by numerous quadrupeds and birds, many of which are fit for food, as for instance : the tapir ; deer ; paca, agouti (Coelogemys) ; cutia (Chloromys) ; wild boars ; armadillo, among the quadrupeds ; and the partridge, quail, j66 (Tinamus) ; jaciis of several kinds (Penelope) ; macuco (Tinamus) ; mutum, curassow, (Crax galeata Sp.) ; and many species of pigeons, among the birds. The sea, the line of coast, and the rirers of the in- terior are abundantly supplied with excellent fish, as the mero (Perca guttata) ; bijupird ; garoupa (Perca atra) ; badejo (Perca coerulesceus) ; mackerel ; whiting ; mullet ; besides some cetacea as the whale and the porpoise, suited for the extraction of oil, and many other sinhabiting sea-water : the suruby ; dourado (Chetodon aureus) ; pirarucu, (Sudis gigas) ; sturgeon, tambaqui, tucunari, pacA (Tetraodon lineatus), and many others living in the rivers. The ordinary consumption of the population, both of fresh and salt or preserved fish, supports considerable fisheries, and there can be no doubt that as soon as this branch of trade is better regulated, the sopply of fish, for the requirements of the population, will become a very important business. There exist already some fishing-companies and, in a short time, that one recently organized in the capital of the Empire, under the name of Guanabara, will begin - 26 - ils operations; Ihe fund being Rs. 600:OOOS!iOOO, nearlf £60,000. The law grants to fishing-companies the following concessions : A guarantee of interest till 3 °/. within a period not exceeding 5 years, far the capital effec- tively employed in the purchase of boats and all the necessary fishing apparatus, as well as in the cons- truction of factories for the salting and preserving of fish, and to shelter the workmen and the whole ma- terial of the companies. 2. A grant of marine grounds of national property, on the islands and coasts on the dry land for the establishment of factories. 3. The landing free of importation duties of all the materials indispensable for the companies,own use, whilst there be no alteration in the laws concerning those ones which are applied to the consumption of the national manu- factories. 4. Also the landing free of import and of con- sumption duties of the salted or preserved fish, caught up and prepared by the company. 5. The exemption of military service for such as have been lately employed in the companies ; as well as the exemption of the service of the navy for the masters of boats, boys and appreolices under 18 years old, and for the masters or superintendents of the business of the factories. These exemptions, however, are only granted for a period of 10 to 20 years. There is a great plenty of shrimps, lobsters, crawash, and other species of Crustacea, as also of oysters and several species of shell-fish which, in some of the sea- coast localities, constitute almost exclusively the food of the poor inhabitants. Game, although it has not yet risen up to a special — 27 — trade, is, however, exporled already from one province to another, either salted or preserred. Notvylthstanding the numerous attempt to improve the breeds of the domestic animals of Brasil, these have not shown any melioration, as it was to be desired. Nevertheless they are still carried on, and in the Na- tional Exhibition of 1866, as also in that of the Agricul- tural School, in Juiz de Fora, some breeders were re- warded who exhibited some horses brought forth by the crossing of foreign stallions with native mares. The raising of sheep of improved breeds, imported from abroad, is like to prosper in the provinces of Parana, S. Pedro do Rio-Grande do Sul, and the Mu- nicipality of New Friburgo,- in the province of Rio de Janeiro. Some very fine wool has already been pre- pared and exporled, besides a great quantity of it, which is consumed in the Minas-Geraes manufactories. From the latter province numerous flocks of sheep come down to the capital of the Empire, to supply the butcheries. The Brazilian Fauna, extremely rich, chiefly as re- gards insects, Gshes, and birds, is not yet well known in its ^various, numerous, specific types. In order, how- ever, to give a general idea, we shall mention the most remarkable species belonging to the classes and orders, already known, and existing in the zoological collections of the Brazilian Museum. Class of Ihe Klamnialia. Order of the Quadrumana. In this group Brazil possesses several species of the genera Mycetes, Ateles, Lagothrix.Cebus, Pithecia, Jacchus, Midas, and Callithrix. — 28 — To the genus Stentor belong the Guaribas or Howling monkeys, the biggest and the most perfect animals of this order, that inhabit the Brazilian woods. The following species are already described: Stenlor fuscus; S. seniculus; S. ursinus ; S. niger; S. flavimanus; S, palliatus ; S.fla- vicaudatus; S. discolor; S. stremineus ; S. chrysurus. The Coatds, Prehensiles or spider monkeys, pertain to the genus Ateles ; the principal species are the Ateles marginatus, and the A. paniscus. The Barrigudos belong to the genus Lagothrii, found out by Baron Humboldt, who described the following species: Lagothrix Humboldlii, L. Castelnavii, and L. canus. Many species of the genus Cebus live in Brazil ; we shall mention the following ones : Cebus robustus ; C. cirrifer ; C. xanlhocephalus; C. gracilis; C. cucullatus ; C. libidinosus. The Saguis (wistit) , the most delicate type of this order belong to the genera Jacchus, Midas, and Callithrix. In the genus Jacchus we shall mention : the common sagui (Jacchus vulgaris), a handsome animal 0," 20, 0,9 palm, Jong, not including the tail, which is skirted all over with black, gray rings: the Para sagui (J. humeralifer silver coloured on the back; the long eared sa^ui (J. auri- lus),ofadark, gray colour: the Bahia sagui (J. penicillatus), bearing a brush of long black hair over the ears: the Rio de Janeiro sagui (J. leucocephalus), whose hair is reddish and the head and breast white. Of the genus Midas, are known the following species : the Maranhao sagui. Silky Tamarin, (Midas rosalia) ol a fine golden colour; the furry sagui of Para (Midag — 29 — ursulus), the body of which is covered all over with long black hair and the back is of a reddish hue ; the Midas labiatus, with black head and white nose ; the Midas chrysomelas, quite black except the forehead and the upper part of the tail, that are of a golden colour : the Midas bicolor, whose breast, fore legs, and neck are covered over with long, white hair. To the genus Callithrix belong ihe following species the black sagui (Callithrix araictus) : the masked sagui (Callithrix personatus), and the red sagui (Callithrix mo- loch), discovered by Hoffmansegg in the forests of Para. Of the genus Pithecia there are several species, such as : the black Parauassu, saki cuxio (Pithecia nigra), thai inhabits the forests of Para and the banks of the Orenoque : the Pithecia Saturnina, a pretty monkey quite black, described by Dr. Emilio Maia : and the Pithecia hirsuta, a monkey much like the Sloth. Order of the Cheiroptera. In this order Brazil possesses a great deal of species of bats, principally pertaining to the genera Vampirus, Vespertilio, Plecotus and Phyllostoma. Amongst others, the most remarkable are: Phyllostoma lineatum; P. perspicillatum ; P. rotundum; P. lilium; Verpertilio naso; V. polithrix; V. brasiliensis ; V. loevis; V. Hilarii ; Plecotus velatus. Order of the CarniTora. Of this group there exist several individuals of the genus Fehs, such as : the Ounce or Jaguar (FeUs on^a) , — 30 — "which is as big and fierce as the royal tiger of Asia, and is found through all South America, chiefly in the soulh forests and central mountains of Brazil : the black Ounce (Felis nigra), considered by some naturalists as a mere variety of the Felis onga : the Suguarana, cougar, (Felis concolor) ; the Maracajd (Felis pardalis), not big; and the wild cat (Felis tigrina), a species still less big than the preceding ones. Of the genus Canis, almost through the whole counlry there are to be found : the Guara or red wolf (Canis jubalus), which is as big as the european wolf but not so fierce ; the Brazilian fox or Wild dog (Canis brasiliensis), not so big as the european kiiid, but as sly and mischievous as the latter ; and the Guaxinim (Procyon cancrivorus), a native of South America and very common on the coasts of Brazil, feeding almost exclu- sively on crabs. Order of the Eodentia. Many species of this order are peculiar to Brazil, such as: the Capivam, Water-hog, (Bydrochoerus Capibara) the biggest rodent known ; the Pacas (agouti) , that form two different species : the Coelogenis fulvus and the Coelogenis sub-niger, the flesh of which is very relishing ; the Cuiia (Chloromys aguti); the Mocd (Kerodon Moco) ; the Ca- xingueM (Macroxus variabilis) ; the cuandti (Hystrix in- sidiosus) ; the Pred (Cavia cobaya). Order of the Pachydennata. This order is represented by the Aula Tapir, (Tapirus americanus), the largest mammifer, native of the country; — 31 — and by the Caeteiiis or Wild boars (Dkolyles labiaius, and D. torquatus), which is the best game of Ihe brazilian fo- rests. Order of the Euminantia. To this group belong divers species of deer (Cervus), that inhabit the forests and prairies frona the N. to the S. of the Empire. We shall mention : the Cervus. campestris ; C. palustris; C. nemori-vagus ; C rufus, etc. Order of the Edentata. To this group belong the Armadillos, that constitute va- rious species of the genus Dasypus, many of vi^hich are esteemed as excellent game; the Ant-eaters, of the genus Myrmecophaga, of which there are several species, and that feed on ants ; and the Sloths (Bradypus), remarkable for the slowness of their movements. Order of the Marsupialia. In this remarkable order of the mammalia are found the gambds, opossums, (Didelphis) that comprise several species, almost all native of Brazil, and more or less re- sembling one another. Order of the Cetacea. In this order we must mention the sea-cow or manatee (Manatus americanus), a cetaceous, herbivorous mammal that grows up to a great size, and lives in the waters of the Amazonas or in the adjoining lakes. Besides the Whales which, in certain periods of the year, haunt the coasts of Brazil, on their migration from 32 the Southern seas, there are to be found in large troops, in the inlets and bays of the seacoast, the dolphins or botos (Delphinus rostratus), a cetaceum that attains more than 2 meters, 9,t palms, in length. Class of Birds. Order of the Accipitres or RapaceES. Family of the Diurnal — In this group Brazil possesses divers species of the genera Cathartes, Nysus, Falco, and others. To the first of them belong the common Urub'ii, vulture (Cathartes jota), and the Urubiigereba (Cathartes aura) . Family of the Nocturnal— Many species of Owls, bel- onging to the genera Strix, Noctua and Scops, inhabit Brazil. Order of the Passeres. In this group there are numerous species, some remark- able for their song, some for their handsome plumage, and others for their singular habits. As songsters, are worthy of mention the sundry species of the genus Turdus, vulgarly known by the name of Sabids, Mocking-birds ; the Currupido of the genus Xanlhornus ; the Carauna (Icterus) ; the Japtis and Xex&os (Cassicus), and many others that can hardly be mentioned in this brief survey. Order of the Scansores. Brazil possesses several species of Toucans (Ramphastus) ; Aragaris (Pteroglossus); Macaws (Ara); Maracans (Conurus); — -dS — Parrots (Psiltacus) ; Paroquets (Psittaculus) ; and others pertaining to the genera Coccysus, Crotophaga, Picus, etc. Order of the Gallinse. There are various species of Jaciis (Penelope) ; JIuiuns, curassows (Crax) ; Inhambiis, Partridges and Quails (Ti- namus) ; Pigeons (Columba) and other birds of the same family, that are likewise much esieemftd. Order of the Grallas. Family OF the Brevipennes. — In this small family, Brazil numbers the Brazilian Ema (Rhe'a araericana) , the only species that represents in America the ostrich of the old continent. Family of the Brevirostral. - There are a few species of the genera Charadrius, Vanellus, Hematopus, Dicolophus, Family of the Cultirostral. — To this family belong the various species of Herons (Ardea), iheArapapd (Cancroma) ; the Spoonbill (Platalea) ; the Jaburii (Mycteria) , all of which live in flocks on the margins both of lakes and rivers. Family of the Longirostral.— In Ihis family are found different species of Snipes (Scolapax); Curlews (iXumenius) ; and many olhers belonging lo the genera Tringa, Rynchoea, Limosa, Totanas, Hiraanlopus, Ibis, etc. In the latter genus is worthy of notice Ihe Guard, Ibis (Ibis rubra), that inha- bits the sea-shores bolh in the North and South of the Empire. Family of the Macrodactyls. — This Family is re- presented by various species of Jacanas or Surgeons (Parra) ; Anhumas (Palamedea) ; Water Fowls (Gallinula), and many - 34 - Others, among which mention can be made of a species of the genus Phoenicopterus. Order of the Palmipedes. Family of the Longipennes..— Of this family, to which belong the birds of highest flight over the seas, as for instance the Procellarioe, are found some species both of the genus Larus, and the genus Sterna. Family of the Totipalmat^. —This small family is re- presented by few species of the genus Plotus, by some of the genus Garbo, and by one species of the genus Pele- canus, the Pelecanus brasiliensis. Family of the Lamellirostral. — There are in this family many species of ducks and widgeons (Anas), that could be easily domesticated, and a species of drake, native of the valley of the Amazonas (Anser jubatus). Of the genus Mergus there is one species, the Smew, Mergus brasiliensis, and one species of Swan, the Cygnus nigricoUiS. Class of ihe Re ptilia. Order of the Chelonia. It comprehends the Tortoises, both of land and water, turtles, and the Jabotis, Greek tortoises, which are re- presented by numerous species, many of which are not yet perfectly known. Amongst those that are most known we shall mention the species of the genera : Emys, Testudo, Chelonia, Ca- retta, and parlrcularly the curious turtle mata-mata (Tes- udo fimbriata. Along both the margins of the Amazonas and its tribu- taries, the turtle affords a precious food to the population. — 36 — With the eggs of the several species of the chelonia, inhabiting that region, they prepare the so called turtle butter, that makes an important branch of trade, in the province of the said name. Order of the Sauria. There are many species of which we shall mention : the common Alligator (Alligator cynocephalus) that grows up to 2 or 3 meters, 9,1 to 13,0 palms, in length, and inhabits almost all the rivers of Brazil ; the Alligator palpebrosus, a smaller species, but not less mischievous; the Teju-assii (Tupinambis cigropunctatusj -, the Iguana delicatissima ; the Lacerta marmorata (Polychrus marmoratus) ; the Lacerta scincus ; the Lacerta striata ; the Tubinambis viridis ; the Chameleons (Agama picta aud Agama marmorata), and several others. Order of the Ophidia, The forests of Brazil are inhabited by numerous species of Ophidia of all sizes and colours, some of them being extre- mely venomous, chiefly those of the genera Trigonocephalus, to which are belonging the Surucuctis, Jararacas, Jarara. cusstis , etc. ; and Crotalus, represented by the Rattle Snake. Of the genus Coluber there exists a great number of harmless species, such as the coral (Coluber formosus; C. venustissimus, and others) ; the caninanas (Coluber poecillostoma) ; besides other species belonging to the ge- nera Elaps, Scytale, Cophias, and others. Id the genus Boa, that eomprends snakes of the lar- gest size, we shall mention the Giboia (Boa conchria ) ; and the Sucuri^ or Sucuriuba (Boa Anaconda). 36 — Class of th e Batrachians. There are in Brazil several species of Ihe genera Bufo, Ceratrophys, Crossodactylus, Brachycephalus, Trachyeepha- lus, Hyla, Rana, and others. Class of the Fishes. It is hardly possible to eaumerate all the species of fishes that are to be met with, in the seas and rivers of Brazil, so immease is their quantity. Moreover, many of Ihem have not yet been studied. Professor Agassiz, on his recent voyage through Brazil, collected, only in the valley of the Amazonas, thousands of species, many of which quite new. Amongst the most remarkable and best known species of that region there are : the Pirarucd (Vastres Cuvierii), a fish that grows up to a great size, and is the principal ar- ticle of food for the greater number of the inhabitants of Para and Amazonas; bes'des three other species of the same genus Vastres : the Phraotocephalus hemiliopterus ; the Djras niger ; the Poraqui, electric eel (Gymnotus electricus); the Asteoglossum Vandellii, the only species known of the genus Osteoglossum, and divers species of the genus Lepisostei;is . The genus Salmo is represented by one species, the pira- pitanga (Salmo pirapitangij, that lives in the waters of the Cuyaba. Uolusca. Class of the Cephalopods.— In the seas of Brazil there is to be found one species of this class belonging to ^the genus Argonauta. — 37 — Class of the Gasteropods.— There are various species, pertaining to the genera: Patella, Dentalium, Siphonaria, Fissufella, Crepidula, Helicinaea, Bulla, Helix, Clausilia, Bulimus, Panorbis, Paladina, Arapullaria, Natica, Janthina, Scutaria, Trochus, Murtx, Triton, Cassis, Cassidaria, Pur- pura, and many others. Class of the acephala. — Of this class there exist sundry species of the following genera : Ostrea, Serpula, Pecten, Limax, Pinna , Mytilus, Solen, Lustraria, Cras- satella, Petricola, Sanguinolaria, Donax, Capsa, Cardium, Venus, Area, Unio, Anodonta and many others. Crustas-ea. In the section of the Decapoda Macrura there are se- veral species of shrimps and crawfish (Palemon), as also some of the genera Scyllarus, Penoeus, Squilla, besides others not yet well ascertained. In the section of the Decapoda Brachyura, that com- prehends all kind of crabs, there are found numerous spe- cies of the genera : Xanthus, Maia, Pericera, Lupa, Eriphia, Trichodactylas, Guaia, Gelasimus, Grapsus, Sesarraa, and Uca. Class of the Insectn. This class is extremely rich in species of all the genera, many of which are quite harmless, some mischievous, and some remarkably useful. We shall mention only the latter. In the order of the Hymenoptera, are worthy of notice many species of melliponce that afford not only a delicious honey, but also a soft wax from which trade derives much advantage. Of those melUponm which are known in Brazil by the general denomination oiabelhas, bees, some are — 3b — cultivated, and other live in a wild state, having not beea domesticated to this day. The european bee (apis mellifera) is likewise brought up in Brazil and it is already so accustomed to the cli- mate, that it swarms spontaneously in the woods. In some localities of the provinces of S. Paulo and Rio de Janeiro, the production of bees constitutes an important and very profitable industry. In the order of the Lepidoptera there exist various spe- cies of siik worm worthy of cultivation, amongst them the saturnia, that furnishes excellent cocoons, of which some remarkable specimens were exhibited at the last national exhibition. These species, however, have not been regu- larly educated, what should undoubtedly prove of the greatest advantage to the national industry. The exotic species (Bombix mori) is still brought up and yields perfectly in the south provinces. At Rio Grande do Sul, the cocoons have just become an article of expor- tation. The Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Ja- neiro, with the assistance of the government, is endea- vouring to give an impulse to the silk trade, as it is re- lated in another place of this book. In the order of the Coleoptera, there are some insects which, on account of their bright , metallic, reflex, and variegated hues, are used as ornamental, to make flowers, garlands, necklaces and for many other fashionable pur- poses. The province of Santa Catharina is the most advanced in this branch of trade, its products being sent down to the capital of the Empire. — 39 Tlie Yegetable Kingdom. The vegetation of Brazil is one of the most wonderful in the world. In the plains, on the mountains, on the ■highest tops, on the coast itself and in the midst of the sands, through steepy rocks and precipices ; in short, every where the most vigorous vegetation is continually exhibited in an everlasting spring. The Brazilian Flora is perhaps the most luxuriant in the world because of the abundance and variety of its most important species, of which more than 17 thou- sand are already known. ^ In the forests of Brazil are found some of the best kinds of timber for naval or civil constructions ; and for cabinet-work, the richest and finest known in this indus- trial department. Amongst the former are worthy of noiice : the peroba (Aspidosperma peroba) ; tapinhoa (Sylvia navalium) ; cabiuna or black /acarandd ^Dalbergia nigra), also known by the name of rose-wood ; pdo-brazil, Brazil-wood (Csesal- pinia echinata) ; bacuri (Platonia insignis) ; sucupira (Bowdichia major) ; aroeira (Astronium) ; pdo d'arco or ipi (Tecoma speciosa) ; pequid yellow (Aspidosperma sessi- liflorum); massaranduba (Mimusops elata) ; pdo-ferro, iron- wood (Csesalpiniaferrea) ■,cedro, cedar (Cedrellabrasiliensis); louro, laurel or bay-tree (Cordiafrondosa) ; ilauba (Acrodi- clidium Itauba) ; sapucaia (Lecylhis Pisonis) ; baraiina (Me- lanoxyloD Brauna) ; paracaiiba (4ndira) ; grapiapunha (Apuleia polygamea) ; peguirf-mar/im (Aspidosperma ebur- nea) ; guarabii, (Peltogyne-guarabu); angelim amargoso and fsira (Machoeriam andiraj ; several species of cinnamon. — 40 — canella (Nectandria and Cordia) ; mirindiba (Terminalia Mirindiba) ; grugahy de azeite (Moldeahauria) ; ipi tobacco (Tecoma) ; and many others. For cabinet-work, the most remarkable are : the oleo (Mirocarpus frondosus) ; the muirdpinima (Centrolobinm paraense; -, cajarana (Cffisalpinia mouosperma) ; pdo-cruz (Leguminosa?) ■,vinhatico (EchyrospermumBalthasari; ipdo- setim, satin-wood (A.spidosperma) ; jacarandd red, rose- wood (Machoerium firmum) ; gongalo alves (Aslronium fraxo- nifolium) ; sebastido d'arruda (Phylocalymma floribundum) ; pdo-marfim, ivory-wood (Aspidosperma eburnea) ; muira- piranga (Caesalpinia) ; and so many others that" it is hardly possible to enumerate them all. For dyeing purposes the best woods are : pdo-brazil. Brazil-wood (Caesalpinia echinata) ; talagiba (Madura affinis ) ; mangue vermelho, red mangrove, (Rhizophora mangle) ; several species of anil, indigo (Indigofera) ; and urucu, annatto (Bicho Orellana). Besides the above mentioned, there also spring up abundantly and spontaneously in the forests, the grum- marim (gen. ignotum), which is an excellent substitute for box (Boxus sempervirens) in engraving ; the serin- gueira, gum-elastic tree (Syphonia elastica), from which caoutchouc is extracted, as also from the mangabeira (Hancornia speciosa), and from other plants; myristicas which produce a vegetable tallow ; the cacao (Theobroma cacau) and many other plants of vast and acknowledged utility, which constitute an extensive and important matter of trade. There is a great variety of aromatic plants such as . the vanilla (Vanilla aromatica) ; the cumarii, (Dipterix) ; the cuyumari (Ocotea), the seeds of which are used t& — 41 — impart their flavour to chocolate ; the Brazilian nutmeg (Criplocaria) ; the pichurin (Nectandra) ; and the abori- ginals'peper, pimenta de gentio (Xylopia). Amongst many wild plants abounding wilh lannin, we mast mention the barbatimdo (Slryphnodendron), which yields 80 "/o of that substance ; the mangue, man- grove (Rhizophora), which yields five limes more tannin than the european oak (Quercus) ; VaQjurema (Acacia), and the aroeira, lestisk-tree (Schinus). Among the plants fit for food (and ihey abound in Brazil), the most remarkable are the manioc (Manihot), of which a particular mention shall be made; the pinhdo (Araucaria), which fruits are excellent ; jacctfupd (Pachyr- rhizus) and several kinds of dioscorea. There are also to be found, in great abundance, in the different provinces, numerous plants of which the fruits, shells, seeds or stones are used for medicinal purposes, as for instance sarsaparrilla (Smilax sp) ; ipecacuanha (Cephcelis Ipecacuanha) ; caferana (Tachia Guianensis); urari or curary (Strychnos); guarand (PauUinia sorbilis) ; mururi (Bichetea ofQcinalis) ; jalap (Ipomoea] ; caroba (Jacaranda procera) ; and various plants which for their febrifugal qualities are known under the name of quina, quinine, but which belong to the genera Exoslemma, Coutarea, and Hortia ; as also in some places are found a species of strychnos ; the pdo-pereira (Geis- sospermum sp.) ; pareira brava (Cocculus platiphylla) ; maiden hair (Adianthus sp.); cahinca (Chiococca anguifuga); ^omaguar^ (Laurinea), and many others; the most precious balsams and valuable oils ; and finally a large variety of re- sinous, oleous, and lacteous plants, as the jatahy (Hymenoea sp.) ; angico (Pilhecolobium gummiferum and Acacia — 43 — aagico) ; andiroba (Carapa guiaaensis) ; copahiva (Co- paifera sp.) ; oUicica (Moquilea) ; and others. In grounds once occupied by virgin forests, as well as in the prairies and along the coast, there grow up spon- taneously numerous plants, which produce varied and excellent fruits. Among the trees the most useful of Brazil, is worthy of a special mention the carnauba-palm (Copernicia-ce- rifera), which grows uncultivated in the provinces of Ceara, Rio Grande do Norle, and some others in the North of the Empire. Perhaps there is no region of the globe, where can be found a tree of such varied uses and so serviceable as the carnauba-palm. It resists the most severe and longest droughts, keep- ing always green and flourishing. The roots possess the same medicinal properties as the sarsaparilla. From the trunk they extract strong, light fibres, that are susceptible of a nice lustre; and the wood is used for props, joists, and other building purposes, as also for slakes and fences. The inner rind or cabbage, when fresh, is used as a highly esteemed and most nutritive food ; it also affords wine, vinegar, saccharine substance, and a great quantity of gum like sago, possessing the same properties and taste. It has often been the only food of the inhabitants of Ceara and Rio Grande do Norte, in times of severe drought. From the wood they make musical instruments, tubes, and pumps. The soft, fibrous substance in the interior of the stalk, -and that of the leaves, is a perfect substitute for cork. The pulp of the fruit is agreable to taste, and the kernel, — 49 — "which is very oily and emulsive, after baing roasted an d poundedl, is used, as coffee, by some people in the iale - fior of the country. From the trunk, a species of flour, like raaizena, is ex- tracted, as also a whitish liquor like that produced by the fruit known , by the name of Bahia cocoa nut. Of the dried leaves ihey make mats, hats, baskets and brooms ; and the straw is already sent to Europe in ^reat quantity, to be made into fine hits, some of which are sent back to Brazil. The value both of the quantity exported and of that employed in the national industry, is estimated at about Rs. 1,000:000^000, nearly £ 100,000. From the leaves is extracted a kind of wax, much used for making candles, which are extensively consumed in the northern provinces, especialy at Ceara, where this article is already an important branch of trade. The annual exportation of this wax is calculated at above 60,000 arroba^, 87 1,400 kilog;— the internal con- sumption at above 50,001) arrobas, 734,500 kilog. ; — the value of the annual production amounting to above Rs. 1,500:0005^000, (£ 150,000). The Mineral Kingdom. Brazil abounds in Precious stones. Diamonds are found in the province of Minas-Geraes, along the Serra do Espinha^o ; on the north of the said Serra as far as the northern boundaries of the province ; as well as in the mountains that lie S. W. of the sources of the rivers. Francisco. They are also found in the plains — 44 — and in the southern mountains that lie nearer to the valley of the S. Francisco, in the profince of Bahia. In the provinces of Goyaz, Mato-Grosso, Parana, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, and S. Paulo, diamonds are also to be found, but these are of small value, and occasionally met with in the itacolumilie rocks. It is pro- bable that in afterlimes, ^ith the increase of the inland population and the progress of the minereal industry, many other and more abundant mines shall be found out. The diamond mines belong, at present, exclusively to private parties, in accordance vrith the terms and con- ditions of the laws, that regulate the special administration of the diamond mines and their worlcings. Emeralds, euclases, sapphires, rubies, topazes, beryls and tourmalins, eilher black, blue or green, also called brazilian emeralds, are all met with in the Empire, espe- cially in the province of Minas-Geraes, where together with the ordinary zarconites are found other gems of less value. Garnets, though not of the first quality , are found in great quantity throughout the whole country. Oaartz and ils vurielii-s. Perfectly pure rock crystals and of enormous sizes are already exported, chiefly from the provinces of Minas- Geraes, Goyaz, S. Paulo and Parana, whence beautiful, large amethysts are likewise extracted, which are sold at a high price. Opals, chalcedonies, agates and jaspers are also found nearly throughout the whole country, the province of S, Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul being the most remarkable — 45 — for the exporlalion both of agates and chalcedonies, which already constitute there an important branch of trade. Metals. Gold. — There is scarcely any point in the Empire where this precious metal does not appear among its natural produces. As, however, we mast refer only to those localities acknowledgedly auriferous and destined as such for mi- neraUzation, we should mention a great part of the pro- ■vince of Minas-Gera«s , and especially the upper basin of the S. Francisco, along its eastern side, from whence a few english companies and many private persons extract gold. Such is also the case with the municipalities of Caca- pava, Rio Pardo, Santa Maria, and Cruz Alta, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. A brazilian company under the name of « South Brazil gold and copper mining company » , with a fund of 800:0005!iOOO (nearly £ 80,000] is already carrying on gold-mining in the mu- nicipality of Ca^apava. Next to those we must mention the district of Tury. Assu, in the province of Maranhao ; and many other places in the provinces of Bihia, Pernambuco, Parahyba, Piauhy, Goyaz, Ceara, and S. Paulo, for the exploration of which the imperial government has granted privileges daring those last years. The gold that is met with in all those veins, is usually found mixed with compact quartz, and quarlzite, within primitive rocks. The system, used to this day, for the extraction of this metal, either by ihe national or the english companies -le- thal ha\e been lately established, is the same as employed in Australia. Private parties, however, make use of the old method' of washing the sands proceeding from gold-mine rocks, and deposited in the bed of the nearest rivers. In those above mentioned sands^ the gold is found mixed together with platina, iridium, and more seldom with palladium. In some mines the gold also is found mixed with tellu- rium and a great quantity of arsenious pyrites. From the assays made at the Rio de Janeiro Mint, the gold mixed with palladium has been found to give the following results : I II III Gold 88,9 90,25 92,3 Palladium . . . 11, i 9,7S 7,7 Silver. — This metal accompanies many of the galenic formations, that are to be met with in all the provinces; but its proportion is always inferior to 1 "/o of lead. It is known, however, that amongst the minerals of copper in the municipality of Ca^apava, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, silver was met with, in a proportion of 2, 5 •/, ; it being probable that, upon a closer exploration of the former, by the braziliaa company that undertook the gold workings, in the afo- resaid municipality, silver may soon be looked upon as one of our richest and most important commercial produces^ It is nearly two centuries since this metal was ex- tracted and cast at the mount Aracoiva, in the munici- pality of Sorocaba, in the province cf S. Paulo, together with gold which, a few years ago, was still worked out there. - 4T — Mercury.— In the province of Parana, not far from the capital, there are some mines of mercury, ihat can bear competence with the richest either of Europe or Peru. We are also told that, in the beginning of this century, this metal was met with In the province of Santa-Catha- rina. Copper. — It is found in abundance in the provinces of Mato-Grosso, Goyaz, Minas-Geraes, Bahia (not far from the capital), Maranhao, Ceara, and chiefly in that of S.Pe- dro do Rio-Grande do Sul, in the m unicipality of Ca^apava; and especially in the hamlet of Sanlo- Antonio das Lavras, one league, 6,6 kil., distant from the village of the same name; whence it can easily be transported in a distance of 13 leagues, 83,8 kil. to the city of Cachoeira, a port in the river Jacuhy, navigable to steamboats. The copper of the above said municipality, where lie the richest copper-mines of Brazil, yiel ds 60 7„ of pare melal, according to the veins chosen out for exploration. In those mines there are to be found malachites, azuri- tes, scorodites and the so called klaprothine. Manganese. — In Minas-Geraes and other provinces, this metal is met with; it exists in great abundance in the neighbourhood of Nazareth, a town in the province of Ba- hia, which has an easy communication, by water, with the capital of the same province. Tin.— This metal has been found out in such a small quantity that it can hardly be considered as an industrial product of the country. It is said that this metal has been discovered among the sanda of ih§ river Paraopeba, in the province of Minas-Gefa^, and also i& some of the granite rocks of that of Rio de Janeiro ; and thai some traces of it have — 48 — appeared in the province of Ceara and Santa-Catharina, but as yet there are no reliable proofs of its existence there. Lead. — There is a great abundance of it in the state of galena, the composition of which is 86, 5 'jo of lead, 12, 5 7o of sulphur, and from 0,6 to 0,7 % of silver. The mines of Iporanga, Sorocaba, Iguape, in the pro- vince of S. Paulo, of Rio Abaete and of the neighbourhood of Sete Lagoas in Minas-Geraes, are well known ; as well as those of Rio de Janeiro , Parahyba do Norte , Bahia , Santa-Catharina, Ceara, Maranhao, Piauhy, and finally the seams or beds in the mountain chain of Ibiapaba, in the province of Ceara. Chromate of lead is pretty abundant at Congonhas do Campo, in Minas-Geraes ; being found in the extent of a few kilometers ; but no great profit is taken from it as yet. It is composed of 69 % of oxyde of lead, and 31 °U of chromic acid. Of all the lead-mines the most remarkable is the one at Rio Abaete, whence has been extracted not only lead, but even silver, when it was worked in former times. Amimonium. — There are in the national museum so- ,.me specimens of sulphuret of anlimonium from the province of Minas Geraes ; they say it has also been found in S. Paulo and Parana. Bismuth. — It has been found in Ihe province of Minas- Geraes, as well as in other localities, ia great quantity. Arsenic. — It generally accompanies the pyrites in the auriferous formations, being also found out in the state Of carbonic acid combined with iron, forming scorodite, that is to be found in the parish of Antonio Pereira, in Minas-Geraes. - 49 — Iron. — It may be said, withoul fear of error, that Ihere is not, through the whole Empire, a single hectare of land, 2.066 square fathoms, which does not contain iron under one or other of its varied forms ; being in many a locality met in the most valuable conditions. At the summit of Itabira, in the neighbourhood of the city of Ouro-Preto; on the mountain chain of Espi- nha^o, near Piedade Hill; and in many other points of the province of Minas-Geraes, it is incalculable the quantity of iron there existing, not only magnetic, but •oligistic and micaceous too, which in a great measure enters in the composition of the mountains of that provin- ce. The oligistic iron undergoes a decomposition at the surface, owing to the action of atmospheric agents, forming beds of limonite that stretch over a considerable extent. In the northern provinces, in the interior of Minas, in S. Pedro do Rio-Grande do Sul, and in Parana, iron is found in a remarkable quantity, more or less de- composed, amidst the argilous beds, that cover up the plains and the -skirts of hills. The richest iron mines, which do not constitute an inde- pendent formation, are more or less abundant seams like those of S. Joao de Ipanema, and others in the provinces of Alagoas, Ceara, Rio-Grande do Norte and Parahyba. There are in Brazil some iron-mines that possess the incontestable superiority of being free from pyrites, an ad- vantage which not even the most famous mines of Den- mark and Sweden enjoy. The brazilian magnetite (loadstone) contains 72,5 "/■> •of iron ; the oligist, the marlile, and the best micaceous iron 70 "/. , lowering down in the inferior qualities to 25 and 20 %. ..I. • * — 50 — Iron, by itself, is one of the greatest elements of "wealth in the Empire, for its abundance and quality, as "well as for the facility and economy with which it can be worked, being commonly found near extensive woods, that reproduce themselves in the space of 6 to 10 years» affording of course an excellent fuel for a long -while. There are besides, at hand, abundant currents and water- falls that can be availed of as motive-power to machines. '^ Some people, in Minas-G-eraes, encouraging with so promising conditions set to iron-mining with a great advan- tage. That province consumes a great deal of iron, extracted' from its own soil and wrought even there. Every thing leads to the belief that this useful indus- try shall spread within a few years, through many points of the Empire. ^ In S. Paulo there exists Uhe most important iron- work in South America. | " That establishment founded and supported by the State, actually possesses sure elements of prosperity. These iron works can employ important and valuable resources, such as : first rate mineral, carbonate of lima for casting purposes, refractive material for the cons- truction of ovens, sufBcient water to set in movement the principal machinery, and capital woods at a short distance. That important establishment will have besides, after the conclusion of the rail-way from S. Paulo to Ypane- ma, across Sorocaba, an easy and convenient means of conveyance for its products- Its director is at present in Europe, charged by go- ■vernment to engage skilful workmen, who may concur — 51 — for the thriving of the manufactory, forming there at, the same time an indnstrial school. Such school may be considered as already in way of execution; for some orphans and many young slaves under the guardianship of the nation, having been sent thither, as soon as they got their freedom, are already learning to read, to write and accounts; the oldest ones being obliged", in the leisures hours, to attend the iron workings. The Tpanema iron -works possess several workshops, for clay and sand moulding, for refinery, Carpentry, and other purposes : it may soon rival with the best iron-works of Europe in the sale of its products, since the capital employed ia wood-lands is but too small compared to that required there, for the same extent of woods. Those woodlands occupy a surface of 6.631,5 hectares, 1,5 square league, that can furnish daily 15 metrical! tons of charcoal, 18,9 tons, a sufficient quantity to keep in full activity all the various departments of the iron- workings. Besides the high furnaces and work-houses, already existing, a flood-gate was now set up in the central part of the mines to retain the waters of the brook do Furo, producing thus a moving power of 6 horses. There is also in way of construction an ustulalion- muffle, like those of Sweden and Russia. Iron rails are being set too, for the transport between the ovens and the work-houses ; as well as for the rapid commu- nication with the calcareous mountains. Some other im- portant works are likewise going on. Very near the ironworks there spread rich and extensive quarries of excellent marble, the specimens of which were — 52 — much valued at the last national exhibition. They are being availed of conveniently. V ^ Building-stones. fj A vast tract on the southern coast of the Empire, comprehended between 12° and 30° Lat. is almost ex- clusively constituted by primitive rocks, such as granites of various kinds and colours, gneiss, more or less foliated, green and black diorites, clear, and dark quartzites, por- phyry stones in large dikes, generally intercalated in ancient rocks ; and in some sites there are beautiful varie- ties of syenite. /"In the interior, where many or rather, we may say, all those rocks extend to a great distance, there is equally a great number of ferruginous rocks, of grit 6r grit ferruginous rocks, and of calcareous, quite fit for sculpture and possessing the polish of true marble ; there is, finally, plastic clay in thick layers. Even within the bay of Rio de Janeiro, a large collection of dark granitic porphyry mixed with large crystals of rosy feldspar, can be obtained on the hills, that surround it, as for instance those of Armagao in Nitheroy, of the island of Paqueta, which are grayish and slightly spotted with micaceous nidulations, those of serra do Matheus, near the railway station of Engenho Novo, as also whitish, slightly yellowish or rosy ones, such as those met with at Botafogo. The gneiss is some times whitish, as those ones o Santa Thereza, and other times streaked of white and black, as those of S. Christovao, in the suburbs of the city of Rio de Janeiro. ^ &3 — Dykes of variegated porphyry, under the form and natnrie of diorite, are found at the foot of Corcovado, at Santos Rodrigues-Hill , at the fortress of Villegaignon and other places near the Capital. The stones extracted from such rocks, as also the compact diorite, that is equally found nearly in all the mountains of Rio de Janeiro, are now beginning to be employed in the construction of rustic walls, where they produce the most beautiful ap- pearance. The granitoid-diorlte is very flt for the pavings that have to support great burthens, as it is a very hard rock, on this account being scarcely made use of in common paving. Calcareous. — Saccharoid calcareous are found in many localities, being, in the most, eruptive from gneiss. From the compact varieties of all colours met with in the province of S. Pedro do Rio-Grande do Sul, many works have been made. They are known in our country by the name of marbles of Rio-Grande, c^ ■ f '[ A company has been lately organized to work the" quarries at a place named Encruzilhada, in the above mentioned province, from which are extracted marbles of different colours ; the green being remarkable for its hardness and variegated veins, and the black variety for its exceptional lustre. ^ This is not, however, the only province holding such riches; Mioas-Geraes, S. Paulo in many places and very near the capital , Bahia , Alagoas and other provinces, produce beautiful marbles too. The most remarkable are extracted from the municipality of S, Roque, a few leagues from the capital of S. Paulo, where there exists already a manufactory for the purpose of splitting them over. — ■54 — 'TBesides being liable of polishing, these carbonates are to be seen under the most beautiful varieties; the black one especially rivals with the best marble of Europe. The lime, generaly used for building purposes on the Sea-coast towns, is almost exclusively made from the 'Sambaquis, or enormous mounds of shells, or also from 'shoals of shell-fish that grow in the inlets or beds of coral, that follow along the coast of Brazil, from the Abrolhos northwards, (iypsum appears in Minas-Geraes and in many of the northern provinces. Alabaster is rather scarce ; some specimens have been sent from Bahia, and from the banks of the river S. f rancisco. At Maranhao, Parahyba do Norte and Pernambuco there are cretaceous marbles, characterized by the fossils that occur in them. Clay. — It is found throughout the Empire, proceeding from the decomposition of rocks standing still and %rming, therefore, large beds correspondent to the volu- mes of the decomposed rocks. It is in a great part, v^however, produced by alluvion. Clay is much employed in pottery. The white varieties, fit for the manufacturing of earthen-ware, are abundant. That clay, more or less white, and known by the name '6f tabatinga, has been much employed by the primitive ♦idhabitants, and so it is even now-a-days, in the interior, •for the making of rough earthen-ware, and other purposes. Jtaolin is abundant in Rio de Janeiro, 'but in most "cases is accompanied with numerous grains of quartz, '^hich it was united to before its decomposition. Tfhere 'are manj varieties of refractive clay, from which 55 •excellent crucibles are made ; as for instance those exposed at the French Exhibition of 1867, and analyzed by Mr. Dess cloiseaux and by other competent persons, who acknow- ledged and testified their fine quality. Cunibuslibl« -Miaerals. Coal, — Recent analyses of our combustible mineral- have proved that some provinces possess the true fossil <5oal. Not only the proportion of carbon and other deductions < confirme this assertion, but it is furthermore powerfully i demonstrated by the union of our coal with fossil plants , lOf the genera Calamue, Lepidodandron and Sigillaria, ' that have hitherto served as characteristic of carboniferous - lands. ^ The specimens of this combustible, extracted from the mines existing in the provinces of Parana and S** Catha- rina, are well known. In the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul the most important mines are those of Candiola, and of the Arroio dosRalos. The former was granted to an english company, that is about to construct a rail-way for the transportation of the coal. The latter wrought by another english company, has iilready a tram-road through which is conveyed the coal, that is employed for different purposes, especially for the steam-boats that ply along the Lagoa dos Patos and soma rivers of the province. — 56 — The coal of Tubarao, of Ararangua, and ist neigh- bourhoods, in the province of Santa Calharlna, are also of quality. The mining of all those coal-beds has been allowed, and it is to be hoped that, in a few years, this great element of industry and civilisation will contribute to Ibe I progress and prosperity of Brazil. Ltgnites.— They are abundant nearly through the whole Empire, especially in S. Paulo, in Santa-Calharina, at Rio- Grande doSul, Mariannain the province of Minas-Geraes» and on the banks of the Parahyba do Sul, the exploration of which was granted not long since. Like coal-beds are also to be found in Ceara and Mara- nhao, where they are already being wrought. Bituminous Schists.— In most of the provinces, bitumi- nous schists have been discovered. AVe may, howerer, point out as the best those in ihe southern coast of the pro- vince ofBabia, and of Camaragibe, in Alagoas. The first mentioned are now explored by an important commercial house at Bahia. There are olher grantees who are about to promote therein the extraction of petroleum. The exploration and extraction in olher provinces were ' ,not long ago granted to an undertaker, who is going to organize a company for such a purpose. Graphite.— It is as yet known in more abundance in the province of Ceara, forming nidulations in gneiss ; or then under the shape of little spangles in the eruptive saccharoid limestone. Sulphur. — The sulphur hitherto discovered exists in a native slate in the province of Rio-Grande do Norte, in a small quantity in Rio-Grande do Sul, and at the parish of Furquim in Minas-Geraes. It is, however, very abundant in Corrego do Ouro (golden brook), a district — 57 — of Minas-Novas, where it has been tried with success for the maldng of gun-powder. Salts. One of the most remarliable for its importance is salt-^ peter, which is abundantly formed on the beds of the calcareous caves in Minas-Geraes, Piauhy, Ceara, Mato- Grosso, Goyaz, and other provinces, chiefly from the eity of Ouro Preto down to the banks of the river S. Francisco, in the proximity of Bahia. Alum has appeared in plenty about Parana, Minas-Geraes> Piauhy and Ceara, and in many other places of Brazil, since in all its soil there is a great quantity of lignites and bituminous schists, from the pyritic nidulations of which a large portion of this salt is extracted. In Mato-Grosso and Goyaz, in the interior of the pro- vince of Bahia, in Piauhy, and chiefly in Minas-Geraes there is a great quantity of rock-salt. Sulphate of mag- nesia and of soda, though in less quantity and sometimes in the form of efflorescences, are also to be found, as for ins- tance, in the calcareous strata of the Serra d'Araripe, in Ceari. The most curious saline efflorescence is, no doubt, that of the chlorid of sodium in the gneiss of Serra de Uru- buretama as far as Serra da Meruoca, in the last men- tioned province. A like phenomenon is observed in Piauhy, and, as it is said, on the mountains, that lie between Minas and Goyaz. , Salt is extracted, in Rio Negro, from stomapods, that grow on the rocks in spite of the great current of the water. — 58 — Mineral Waters. Mineral waters of different kinds are to be found in plenty ihrouhgout Brazil. Most of Ihem, however, not being as yet analysed, brief is the mention now made of their properties. iFerrogimons IVaters. Such waters are to be found almost in the whole country. There are, in the capital of the Empire, nine springs already examined, two of which within the city. The most important of them, for their abundance and for containing iron in greater qaantily, are those of An- darahy Fequeno.Larangeiras, Riachuelo and Silva Manoel streets, Serra da Tijuca, and Lagoa de Rodrigo de Freilas. The two hrst ones are pubHc fountains much frequented and well built, situated in two of the most agreeable and healthy suburbs. In the capital and other spots of the province of Rio de Janeiro there exist eleven springs , already exa- mined, as also seven of them in the province of Minas Geraes, in whose capital there is a public fountain ; five in the province of Pernambuco, and several in Maranhao, Piauhy, Espirito-Santo, S. Paulo and other provinces too. They all, in general, contain iron in the stale of car- bonate dissolved excess of in carbonic acid, but in very irregular proportions. Aerated Waters. The most resorted to are those called Aguas Virtuosos, in the parish of Lambary, about 3 leagues, 19,8 kilom. — 59 — from the town of Campanha, and nearly 60 leagues, or 216 kilom, from the capital df the Empire; and those, formerly called Aguas Santas, and actually de Caxambu, in the district of Baependy, at the distance of { league, 6,6 kilom, more or less, from the town of the same name; all of them in Minas-Geraes. They generally conlain a great quantity of carbonic acid and some salts in small proportion, such as bicarbonate Of soda, chlorid of magnesium, of sodium, of calcium, and sulphate of soda. In the waters of Campanha, according to well informed persons, ihe carbonic acid forms two thirds of their volume jn dissolution. The use of such waters has been lately spreading beyond the place of their springs, being exported to the Capital and some provinces. There are springs of the same kind in a little hamlet of recent date, named Cambuquira, which, since three or four years, begin to be searched chiefly by the inhabi- tants of certain places of the province of Minas-Geraes. They are also to be found at the farm das Conlendas near the road that goes from Lambary to the hamlet of Ca- xambu. All those fountains are in the province of Minas Geraes. In the district of Pajeu de Flores, in the province of Pernarabuco, there are equally several springs, the wa- Hers of which in their composition and effects are like the above mentioned. In order to avail the springs of Lambary and Caxambu, the provincial government and the municipal administra- tions, assisted by some inhabitants, have ordered several works, and still go on undertaking new ones, to keep — 60 — the waters as pure as possible, and at the same time to render comfortable the stay of the numerous visitors going there every year. Thus in the parish of Lambary, besides a bathing house with furnished rooms, spacious and aired, and marble bathing-tubs, they deviated, on a long extent, the stream, that ran close by the principal springs, in order that its overflowing might not endamage their water. • The efficacy of these waters in diseases of the digestive apparatus, and such like, is, long ago, out of question, so many are the instances that prove it. Not far from the principal fountains, and within the village, there is an abundant spring of sulphurous aerated water, known by the name of « Paulinas which has been usefully applied in chronical diseases of the liver. It is, however, not yet conveniently improved and, on that account, cannot be of any use during the rainy season. The parish of Lambary, besides its water, possesses the advantage of an excellent and mild climate, being of course very wholesome. The travel from the capital of the Empire to that place is now easier than it was a few months ago ; and this is owing to the 4'" section of the rail-way D. Pedro II having attained the extent of 32 leagues, or 211,2 kilom., reaching to the neighbourhood of the Serra of Picu. This great improvement is also very much advantageous to the waters of Caxambu and other aerated springs in the province of Minas-Geraes, affording to people, that intend to go there from the capital of the Empire and from the province of Rio de Janeiro, easy means of con- veyance. - 61 — In the hamlet of Caxambii, equally remarkable for its •wholesomeness/ifseveral works were made, in 1868, to render it more comfortable to they who apply for its waters. Some improvements were accomplished , concerning the opening and leveling of new streets and squares, in a great measure by the efforts of the inhabitants and other persons, that have stayed for some time in that place. It may be also mentioned the channeling of the stream Bengo which, in former limes, from November to May, muddled the pureness of the waters; in 1868 were built there bath-rooms. There were also built 6 elegant chaUls, that shelter an equal number of springs, making them serviceable in any season. The springs thus sheltered are the following : 1st. The one called of D. Pedro II containing too much aerated and somewhat alcaline water, which is thought powerful in curing dyspepsy and other chronic diseases : of the stomach and bowels it is made use of either in drinking or in bathing. 2nd. That of « D. Thereza, » a slightly ferruginous, aerated water, which is recommended in the obstructions of bowels, chlorosis and other complaints. 3rd. That of « Duke of Saxe » a very sulphurous and somewhat aerated water, advisable in the chronic uterine affections, as well as in nephritic complaints. 4th. That of raagnezian aerated water, good for chronic complaints of the bowels, whichj is known by the name of « D. Leopoldina. > 5th. The one called « Corate d'Eu », which, being a very ferruginous water, not much aerated, has been successfully employed against chronic anemy and chlorosis. — 62 — Glh. Thai called «D. Izabel » a slightly ferruginous, aerated and sulpiiurous water, chiefly prescribed for the liver and spleen chronic affections, as well as for all nervous complaints, the chlorosis, and other diseases. "" All those springs are situated witliin a short perimeter. \ statistical account, published in 1887, shows that, from 160 patients who went thither at the t'rae when there was in the place no comfort to be had, only one died, 54 recovered, and 94 grew better. Since that time the visitors to the waters of Caxambu are becoming every day more and more numerous. No doubt the concourse of visitors will encrease, as soon as the road be finished or the projected branch of the D. Pedro FI rail-way is carried into execution. Saline 1V»ters, The most remarkable are those of Itapicuru, in the province of Bahia; they spring from the numnlains near the river of that name, and spread along ils banks in the extent of about i 1 leagues, 72,6 kilom. The principal springs are •• Mai d'agua do cip6, near the village of Soure; that of the Mosquele; that of the village of Itapicuru ; the Rio Quente and others. They have all been examined by order both of the general and provincial governments. The temperature of the different springs varies from Sl° 10 41° C. They contain carbonic acid, sulphate of soda, bi?-arbo- nate of soda, chloruret of sodium, of calcium a id if magne- sium, silicic acid, carbonate of lime and of magntsia, and peroxyde of iron in small quantity. They are aperient and have been employed internally — 63 — for jaundice, slones, and other infirmities, and in balhs principally in cases of paralysis, chronic rheumatism, dartres, and cutaneous infirmities. The president of Minas ordered the enlargement and improvement of the building now existing at the springs. 9i}IpUui'oiis 'Waters. They are found in great abundance in several springs of the town of S. Domingos do Araxa, on the confines of the provinces of Minas-Geraes and Goyaz, having been already noticed in the Corography of Ayres do Casal and in the works of Auguste de Saint-Hilaire. They are applied in many diseases, and are also much sought for by wild beasts, and made use of for cattle, as a substitute for salt, which is sold very high there. There are also some springs like the aforesaid, on the banks of Rio-Verde, in the province of Minas-Geraes. Thermal Waters. Considered as such, are those of Santa-Catharina, known by the name of Caldas de Biltencourt with a tempe- rature of 33° 1/2 C ; Caldas do Norte do Cubatao, tem- perature 38°; Caldas do Sul do Cubatao, temperature 45°; and Caldas do Tubarao. ^ To avail some springs lying at a short distance from the capital of that province, further up the town of S. Jose, there is an establishment called Hospital das Caldas da Imperatriz, which is situated in a delightful and healthy place near a falling brook of excellent water and shaded by in a great virgin forests extent. There is a road leading to it, which-, with some repairs, would be a very good carriage road. — 64 — Those waters are not in the least sulphureous and, when cold, they are nice to taste. Their use has been efficacious in many a case of pa- ralysis, chronic rheumatism, pulmonary and vesical catarrahs and cutaneous infirmities, in their commencement. There are thermal springs, that have not been well examined yet, such as those of Serldo in the interior of the province of Rio-Grande do Norte, about 6 leagues, 39,6 kilom. from the village of Principe. Their brackish and ever warm waters produce a copious pers- piration. In the same case is the water of Lagoa Santa, in the province of Minas-Geraes, which in the extent of nearly 0,5 league, 3,3 kil, and width of 0,25 league, 1,65 kil, keep always tepid. Medicinal virtues are also attributed to them. Alcaline thermal Waters. There is a great abundance of them in the neigh- bourhood of the very high mountain of Caldas, district of Santa Cruz, in ihe province of Goyaz, at the places called : Caldas Novas, Caldas Velhas, and Caldas do Parapitioga. At the first place there are 13 springs used for bathing, besides other springs in the bed of the brook Lavras. At the second there are copious sources, springing out from an auriferous quartz rock, and forming a stream. The springs of the third, turn into a lake, 150 palms (33 meters) long, and from 15 to 20 wide {3,3 to 4,4 meters) ; at the bottom of which spout up many springs. The temperature of the waters of this pool is in some — 65 - places as high as nearly 48° C, and to be made use of they must be cooled first. By order of the provincial government of Goyaz these springs were all examined in 1839 ; when the number of those who used the waters was estimated at HO persons, only in the month of September. They were again examined in 1842, by order of the govern- ment ; and though the accounts of their beneficial effects on the treatment of elephantiasis of the Greeks are at present considered as exaggerated, there is, however, not the least doubt about their efficacy in cases of tetter, in chronic rheu- matisms, inoldscrophulous sores, and such like complaints. Chlorurets. carbonates, and siUcates of potash, soda, lime, magnesia and alumina, in a small quantity, predo- minate in these waters. Their temperature, in general, varies from 34* to 40« C, rising up, in one of the wells, to 43°. Thermal Waters someviabt sulphureous. The most frequented, and decidedly the best, hitherto known, are those' in the province of Minas-Geraes. The springs are six leagues, or 39,6 kilom., distant from the village of Caldas. There is one , having the temperature of 41° on the right bank of the Rio- Verde one league 6,6 kil. distant from that village. There are three of these springs or larger wells, viz-. Pedro Bolelho, the most remarkable for the quantity of water and the temperature of 4S° ; — Mariquinhas, hav- ing about the same temperature, the waters not being so much aerated ; and finally — Macacos, divided into two, the temperature of one of them being 41°, and of the other, which abounds more in bicarbonate of soda, 42*. c. I. 5 — 66 — These waters have been very successfully employed in all chronic rheumatisms, and in rheumatic inveterate paralysis, in which they prove of a great efficaciousness. They are actually frequented by 2 or 3 thousand per- sons, every year, in the less cold season. The provincial government, in order to render easier the use of such fountains, is about to construct reservoirs, bath rooms and make other improvements. The plan of the village, that is going to be built there, is already drawn up, being pointed out in it every brook, stream and spring of thermal waters. Acquisition has, not long since, been made of the ne- cessary ground for building houses and inns. In the opinion of some native and foreign physicians these springs are perhaps the best in the world. The thermal springs are situated at the height of 6 thousand feet, or t.828,8 meters, above the level of the sea, in one of the most wholesome places of the Empire. The climate is as mild and nice as may be wished. There are no bogs or marshy lands in the vicinity of the springs. The air is pure, dry and transparent, not being known there either the morning fogs or the copious evening dews. The sun rises all of a sudden, in his splendour, and a constant wind sweeps and keeps clear the atmos- phere. In Monte-Siao, near the boundary of S. Paulo and Minas-Geraes, but on the soil of the first mentioned, there is an abundant thermal spring of about the same tem- perature, and as it is presumed, with the same qualities as those of the district of Caldas. It springs f;om the height of 3 thousand feet, 1.524 meters, above the level of the sea. - 67 - In the village of Apody, ia the province of Rlo-6rande do Norle, there is a hot spring, that is also said to be sulphu- reous, the water of which, though of not so high a tem- perature, has been proficuosiy employed on the treatment of several cutaneous diseases. Population. The official proceedings, concerning the census of thev Empire and committed to the charge of the Board of Ge- neral Statistics, lately created, being not yet terminated, no reasonable alteration can be made lo the reference con- tained in the book « A Glance at the Empire of Brazil » edited in 1867. The basis for those calculations was taken from the official census organized in 1817-1818 as well as from other true and respectable sources. The population t)f the Empire is there estimated at 11,780,000 souls, inclu- ding 500,000 wild aborigenes and 1,400,000 slaves. ^ Under the head of catechising we shall treat about' the wild aboriginals.^ The slaves are very kindly treated and generally well hous- ed and f(3d. In most of the plantations they are allowed to cultivate portions of land for their own account and lo dis- pose freely of their produce. Their labour is now-a-days moderate, and usually lasts only throughout the day time ; the evenings and nights are devoted to rest, to religious pratice or sundry amu- sements. They can make up a stock by means of their savings, and apply It for their ransom. Slavery, which was imposed on Brazil by the force - 68 - of circumstances, since her discovery, shall be extinguished within a few years. By the law of the 28*^ September 1871 it was declared that, from that date, every new-born of a slave should be free. It also declared free all those slaves that belonged to the nation and were at the public service or at that of the imperial household. For slaves belonging to private parties, the said law raised op an emancipation-fund, which is to be annually applied for their ransom, in accordance witti the regula- tions that the government has issued out, and are already in execution. From 1871 to 1873. the sums applied to this fund amounted to Rs. 1.776:717J&i76 or nearly £ 177.670. It is owing to those proceedings, as also to the sums enacted in the provincial budgets, added to the prover- . bial philantropy of the Brazilians, that a considerable num- ber of slaves annually obtain their freedom, some of them by the generosity of their own masters, some with the help of private contributions. The above said law contains still other indirect measures which, joined to the former, assure a result wished for even by the slave-owners, that is, the total extinction of sla- very without any danger lo public safely nor any harm to private property, which is guaranteed bo;h l.y the Consti- tution and the laws. The following table contains an estimate of the popu- lation of the Empire distributed by its several provinces, comprising in that of Rio de Janeiro, the municipality of the Empire. — 69 — PROVINCES. Amazonas Grao-Par4 Maranhao Piauhy Ceard Rio Grande do Norte Parabyba Pernambuco Alagdas Sergipe Bahia Espirito-Santo Rio de Janeiro and Municipality of llie Capital S. Paulo ParanS santa-Catharina Rio Grande do Sul Minas-Geraes Mato-Grosso Goyaz Wandering tribes of aborigenes, Total. . . , POPULATION. TOTAL. 100,000 350,000 §00,000 280,000 530,000 240,000 300,000 1,220,000 300,000 320,000 1,450,000 100,000 1,850,000 900,000 120,000 200,000 680,000 1,600,000 100,000 280,000 11,280,000 500,000 11,780,000 FREE PEOPLE. 95,000 326,000 460,000 230,000 520,000 235,000 260,000 970,000 250,000 285,000 1,170,000 90,000 1,550,000 825,000 110,000 190,000 550,000 1,440,000 93,000 240,000 9,880,000 500,000 10,380,006 SLAVES- 5,000 25,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 5,000 40,000 250,000 30,000 35,O06 280,000 . 10,000 300,000 75,000 10,000 10,000 30,000 160,000 S,OQP, 10,000 1,400,000 1,400,000 Political Constitution of Brazil. Government. — Reigning dynsstj'. Brazil was proclaimed a free and iDdependent State on the 7'" September 1822. Its territory is divided into 20 large provinces, besides the Municipality of the city of S. Sebastiao do Rio de Janeiro, the capital of the Empire, which is under a special administrative organization. The government is a hereditary, constitutional and repre- - 70 - . sentative monarchy. The polilical constitution ( the third in the world as regards antiquity ) dates from the 25'" of March 1824. The reigning dynasty is that of His Majesty D. Pedro I. Emperor and Perpetual Defender of Brazil, the founder of the Empire, and father of the present Emperor D. Pedro II. His Majesty D. Pedro U. Constitutional Emperor and Perpetual Defender of Brazil, was born on the 2* December 1823, and succeeded his august father on the 7'" April 1831. Having been declared of agei he took possession of the sovereign power on the 23* July 1840. He was sacred and crowned on the 18*" July 1841. He was married, by proxy, on the 30*" May 1843, and received the matrimonial benedictions on the 4* of Sep- tember, in the same year. Her Majesty the Empress, D. Thereza Christina M.irla, his august consort, daughter of Francisco I , king of the Two-Sicilies, was born on March 14'" 1822. From this marriage the issue is : His Imperial Highness Prince D. Affonso, born on ihe 23* February 1845, dead on the 11'" June 1847. His Imperial Highness Prince D. Pedro, born on the 19'" July 1848, dead on the 10* January 18S0. Her Imperial Highness the Princess D. Izabel, heiress presumptive to the crown, born on the 29*" July 1846. Her Highness the Princess D. Leopoldina, born on the 13'" July 1847, dead at Vienna on the 7*" February 1871. The Princess D. Izabel married, on the 15'" October 1864, His Royal Highness D. Luiz Philippe Maria Fernando Gastao d'Orleans, Gomle d'Eu, Marshal of the Brazilian Army and Counselor of State. — 71 — The Princess D. Leopoldina married His Royal Highness D. Laiz Augusto Maria Eudes de Coburg-Golha, Duke of Saxe, Admiral of the Imperial Navy, on the IS** December 1864. Of this marriage the issue was : Prince D. Pedro, born on the 19'" March 1866. Prince D. Augusto born on the 6'" December 1867. Prince D. Jose born on the 21" May 1869; and Prince D. Luiz born on the 15'" September 1870. EstaWislied Religion. The established religion of the Empire is the Roman Catholic. All other religions, however, are tolerated, with their domestic or private form of worship, in buildings destined for this purpose, but without any exterior form of temples. No one can, in Brazil, be persecuted for religious-S motives. All that is required is a regard for the public moral and respect for the religion of the State ; in the same manner as the State respects all other religions, and even punishes, by its penal code, with fine and im- prisonment all persecutions for religious motives, or the abuses and insults directed against all forms of worship established in the Empire : those crimes being considered as public are charged and tried ex-officio. Moreover, the powers of the Stale have, more than once, voted funds for building houses of prayer, and for the support of ministers of different rsligions, in the colonies of the Stale: the children of those who are not catholic not being obliged to receive the religious in- struction given to those who profess the Roman Catholic Religion. - 72- The marriages of Protestants are respected ia all their effects. Ttiis matter is now regulated by a law which gdarantees the civil condition of the children, who are considered legitimate, whether the said marriages be effected in the Empire or abroad. Political Powers and National Representatives. TheConstitutionacknoAvledges four political powers: the legislative, the moderating, the executive, and the judicial. The Emperor and the General Assembly are the re- presentatives of the Nation. All political powers, in the Empire of Brazil, are dele- gated by the nation. The Legislative Power. The legislative power is delegated to the General Assembly, with the sanction of the Emperor. The General Assembly consists of two Chambers: the Chamber of Deputies, and the Chamber of Senators, or the Senate. It is the province of the General Assembly to decree the laws, to interpret, suspend and revoke them. It is the General Assembly that annually fixes the public expenditure and the ordinary and extiaordinary naval and military forces ; imposes the taxes, resolves any doubts that may arise concerning the succession to the crown; selects a new dynasty in the event of the one reigning becoming extinct; appoints a tutor to the young Emperor in case his father has not done so in his will ; upon the death of the Emperor or on the — 73 - vacancy of the throne, institutes an inquiry about the late administration and reforms all such abuses as may be found out; authorises loans; and exercises, in short, other important attributes, especially reserved for the re- presentatives of national sovereignly. The initiative of laws belongs, in general, to the members of either chamber. It can, however, emanate, from the executive power by means of motions offered lo the chamber of Deputies by one or other of the ministers. All such motions are submitted lo the examination of a committee, which subsequently converts them into a bill ; this is then discussed and voted in the two chambers, which can either pass it verbatim or reform and reject it. The sessions of the chambers are public, excepting on such occasions as the welfare of the State demands that they should be secret. Every business is decided by the absolute majority of votes present. The members of the two chambers are inviolable as to the opinions expressed by them, in the exercise of their functions. No Senator or Deputy can be arrested by any autho- rity as long as his mandate lasts ; excepting in flagrante delicio, liable to capital punishment. The Emperor cannot employ any Senator or Deputy out of the Empire, and no one of these can go and fill any ofBce that will prevent him from being present at the meeting of the General Assembly, either ordinary or extraordinary. Tn any unforeseen occurrence whereon the public security or welfare of the Slate depends, and which — 74 — renders it indispensable for a Senator or a Deputy to be charged with some special mission, it pertains to the respecUve ctiaaiber to give the permission required. The Depalies, during the sessions, receive a subsidy, which is taxed st the close of the last session of the previous legislature, and, moreover, they are paid of a certaiu sum for their voyage expenses. The Senators' subsidy is as much and one half more than is paid to the Deputies. la cases of an absolute refusal of one of the cham- bers, the proposal of the other is held as rejected. In the case, however, of amendments or additions, if the chamber that initialed the proposition does not approve of them, and contiaues to judge the bill ad- vantageous, it can demand a conference or meeting of both the rhambers, and whatever is then decided by the majorily of the General Assembly becomes law. When the two chambers meet together ia a General Assembly, the regulation of the proceedings, except a few articles that are common to both, is that of the Senate, the president of which takes the lead, the deputies and the senators sitting and voting indiscriminately. The veto of the moderating power has a suspensive effect for the space of two legislatures following on that in which sanction was refused to any law. If, meanwhile, the vetoed bill is again presented twice in succession, it becomes law and produces all the same effects as if it had been sanctioned. If likewise, within one month, the Emperor has neither given nor refused his sanction, it shall be con- sidered as if he ha'd expressly refused it, and then the period above said begins to be reckoned. - 75 - Tbe Chamber of Depnties. The Chamber of Depulies is bolh elective and lcni-« porary. The elections are indirect and made by the provinces, divided into electoral districts of three depulies each, in the maxioium, and of two, in the minimum. The iniiialive as to taxes, recriiiling, and the choice of a new dynasty, in case of the extinction of the reigning one, constitute lis private attributes. The inquiry about the past administration and the reformation of its abuses should also have its origin in this chamber; as should also the discussion of the propositions of the executive power, and the impeach- ment of the ministers of State. The Chamber of Deputies is elected every 4 years, that being the term of duration of each legislature, pro- vided it be not previously dissolved, in which latter case the legislature is considered as terminated, and the new chamber subsists for four sessions, The Senate,; The Senators are chosen for life, and their election is made by provinces, with special electors who form a triple list of names, from which the Emperor selects one third of the whole. The number of senators cannot exceed the half of that of the Chamber of Depulies. The Princes of the Imperial House are senators by rif^ht, on their attaining the age of twenty Ave years. - 76 — It is the exclusive attribute of the Senate to proceed to the trial of the members of the Imperial Family, the ministers of State, and senators; of the deputies during the period of the legislature, and of the responsibility of ministers and counsellors of State ; in all these cases the Senate acts as a Court of Justice. It is also an attribute of the Senate to convoke the General Assembly, whenever the executive power shall have not done so, within two months after the time prescribed by the Constitution. The Moderating Power. The moderating power is exclusively delegated to the Emperor, as being the Supreme Chief of the nation and its chief representative, in order that he may incessantly watch over the maintenance of the independence, and the equilibrium and harmony of the other political powers. The Emperor exercises this power : With regard to the legislative power, by choosing the senators; convoking extraordinarily, proroguing or adjour- ning the General Assembly ; dissolving the Chamber of Deputies, whenever the safety of the State requires it; and sanctioning the decrees and resolutions of the General Assembly that they may have the force of laws. As regards the executive power, by appointing and dis- missing, at pleasure, the ministers of State. As regards the judicial power, by suspending magis- trates, pardoning or commuting the penalties of those condemned after legal resources have been employed ; and by granting amnislies. The person of Ihe Emperor is sacred, inviolable, and subject to no responsibility. - 77 — The Executive Poner. The Emperor is the head of the executive power, which he exercises through his ministers. Its principal attributes are: To convoke the new ordinary General Assembly. To appoint bishops, magistrates and all civil, military and political functionaries of any rank or condition, created by the general laws. To provide to ecclesiastical benefices. To declare war and make peace. To regulate the political intercourse with foreign nations, and to make treaties of offensive and defensive alliance, of subsidy and of commerce, bringing them subsequently before the notice of the General Assembly, whenever the interest and security of the Stale will permit so. If the treaties, concluded in time of peace, involve a cession or exchange of any terrilory of the Empire, or of possessions to which it has a right, such treaties shall not be ratified without being sanctioned by the General Assembly. All titles, honours, military orders, or distinctions in reward for services rendered to the State, are also con- ferred by the executive power ; but all pecuniary recom- penses, when they be not determined by law, remain dependent on the approbation of the General Assembly. It is also an attribute of the executive power : — to grant or deny its consent to the execution of the decrees of the councils and the apostolical letters and any other ecclesiastical constitutions, not contrary to the — 78 - Constitution of the Empire, the previous approbation of the Gineral Assembly being required, whenever they contain any general resolutions ; to grant titles of naturalization, in accordance Avith tlie law — to issue the decrees, instructions, and regulations for the due execution of the laws; and, in short, to provide for all that concerns the home and foreign safety of the Stale, according to the Constitution. There are seven ministers, viz : of ihe Empire and of Eccle- siastical Affairs; of Justice ; ofFmance ; of Foreign Afrairs;Of Marine; of War; and of Agriculture, Commerce and Public Woiks. One of the ministers is the Prezident of the council. Every minister has his office and various departments, which are subordinate lo him. The execution of all the acts of the executive power depends essentially on the ci untersign of the respective minister of Stale, in order that may be put into execution. Tlie ministers of State are responsible for their acts ; a verbal or written order of the Emperor in no wise relieving them of this responsibility. The m »de of defining and ren.lering effeclive this res- ponsibility is set forth in a special ordinance. The Judicial Poiver. The judicial power is independent, and is composed of judges and juries.- The latfer pronounce a verdict as to the fact, and the former apply the law. The judges hold their offices for life, and cannot lose them except by a condemnatory sentence: they can, howe- ver, be removed to different places for the time and in the manner prescribed by law. They possess a privileged jurisdiction, in conformity with the respective laws, and can only be suspended — 79 — after being previously heard, in order to be legally tried. No judge can take away from the jurisdiction of another, any causes that are still undecided; nor stop the proceedings, or renew suits once decided. The judges are responsible for all abuse of power and for any prevarications which they may be guilt of, in the exercise of Iheir functions. Every one has the riglit to accuse them before the legal authority for subornation, bribe, peculation or extortion. In criminal cases all the proceedings are public after ihe indictment, as are also the audiences of thejudges and the sessions of the Jury, except, however, when the council meets for judgement. Iq civil cases, and in such penal cases as are tried by civil law, the parties may appoint arbitrators, whose de- cisions are executed without any appeal, if it has been thus previously agreed upon. No law-suit can be carried on without the previous de^ claralion that the conciliatory means were attempted in vain. The Regency Of the Empire. The Emperor' is considered a minor until he is 18 years of age. During his minority the regency pertains to his nearest relation, according to the line of succession, provided that he be above 25 years old. In cise of non existence of a relation, in the said condi- tions, the Empire is to be governed by a temporary re- gent, elected, every four years, by the electoral body of the respective legislature, the acts of the election being opened — 80 — by the president of the t-eoaie and the voles therein con- tained, summed up before the General Assembly. Whilst the Regent does not take possession of the office and in his impediments, he shall be substituted by the minister of the Empire, and in the want or impe- diments of Ihe latter by the minister of Justice. If the Emperor, either by physical or moral causes, evidently acknowledged by the majority of each of the two Chambers, become unable lo govern, the Prince Imperial, if he be above 18 years old, shall govern in his stead, as Regent of the Empire. The Regent has no responsabilily for his acts, and the limits of his po>yer are determined by ihe General Assembly. Council of State. The council of Slate is purely consultative ; but it con- slilules one of the most imporlant auxiliaries of the high ad- ministration. The healing this body is, in general, a matter of option, but it is always required by the Emperor when he intends to make use of the prerogatives of the moderating power. It is also constantly consulted on the most important branches of the public service, under the charge of the seven ministers; on the conflicts of administrative and judicial jurisdiction ; on prize claims and others of a quasi- contentious nature; on matters of administrative conten- tious nature; and on the appeals to the Crown against the excesses of ecclesiastical authorities in those cases no excepted by law. It is composed of twelve effective members, besides which it may have as many as twelve extraordinary mem- bers, all of them appointed for life. — Sl- its proceedings are divided into sections corresponding to the seven ministries, or are carried on in a full meeting, presided over by the Emperor. The Prince or Princess Im- perial, on attaining the age of 18 years, has a seat in this council, and so is the case with the other Princes of the Imperial Family, as well as the Prince consort of the Heiress Presumptive of the Crown, when they be appointed. The ministers have also a seat in the Council of State, but they do not vote ; nor do they even witness the division when the object of the meeting is to decide about the dissolution of the Chambers or a change of ministry. Public Hlnistrj' (CrOwn OfGce). The public ministry is not yet organized, in Brazil, in all the degrees of the judicial hierarchy. The important functions of- this department, however, are exercised by the Attorney General, a magistrate of high rank ; and also by the Crown -proctors, in provinces ; the lords advocates, and the solicitors of the public treasury. Tlie Administration of tlie Proviaces. The Presidents. The government of each province is entrusted to a pre- sident, appointed by the executive power, that can re- move him whenever it is considered advisable for the welfare of the Slate. He is the supreme authority in the province, the chief and immediate agent of the central government. His principal attributes are : to grant or tofuse his — 82 — sanction to tlie statutes and resolutions of the proyincial assemblies; to suspend, in certain cases, the execution of such statutes; to appoint and dismiss the provincial fanctiooaries ; and to suspend the general functionaries ; all of which attributes are regulated by law. The Provincial Assemblies. There is also in each province a legislative assembly, charged with the making of the laws, on purely provin- cial matters, or on those immediately relating to the private interests of the province. These assemblies are elected, every two years, by the same citizens, who elect the members of the Chamber of Deputies. Their principal attributes are : The organization of the budget of provincial and mu- nicipal receipts and expenditure, on the proposals of the president of the province and the different town-councils ; — the fixing of the police force according to the infor- matious afforded by the President of the Province ; — the levying of such provincial and municipal taxes as do not interfere with the general revenues of the State ; — the creation and extinction of provincial and municipal offices; — the authorization for public works of the sa;ue nature ; the issuing of laws ounceroing public instruction, and those establishments created to spread it, not comprising the high branches of instruction and other literary esta- blishments created by the central government ; "— the civil, judicial, and ecclesiastical division of the respective province, provided that in all their resolutions they res- pect the Constitution, the general laws and interests, - 83 - the treaties with foreign nalious, the rights of the other provinces and the municipar economy, according to the proposals made, on that purpose, by the town- councils. Within their respective provinces, they possess together ■with the president, the temporary power lo suspend any civil guarantee, in cases and in the manner determined by the Constitution. Their laws and resolutions require the sanction of the president of the province, excepting in very few cases, expressly declared by the Additional Act , in the manner and with the solemnities prescribed by it. Their members are inviolable as to the opinions ex- pressed by them, in the exercise of their functions. They receive during the ordinary and extraordinary sessions and even the prorogations, a subsidy fixed by the pro- vincial assembly, on the first meeting of the past legis- lature. They likewise receive a sua of money for their voyagg expenses, when ihey reside far from the place wliere the assembly meets. Those expenses are decreed bj the provincial assemblies, in proportion to the length of the voyage, and in the manner prescribed for subsidies. The Town-cnuncils. In every city or town of the Empire a corporation is chosen every four years, by direct elections, and this body is charged with the economical and municipal ad- ministration of the city or town. Those corporations have a revenue of their own to meet their respective expenditures ; and a fundamenta - 84 - law defines their municipal functions, the organization (if their municipal regulations, and the distribution o' heir revenue. They are composed of nine aldermen in the cities, and of seven in the tovrns; that one who obtains most votes being the president or the mayor. The town-councils, by the Additional Act, have the right to propose the means of providing for the ex- penditure of their respective municipalities. The town-councils are, in the provinces, subordinate to the legislative assemblies and to the presidents ; that of the capital of the Empire is subordinate to the Ge- neral Assembly and the central government. In each parish there is, at least, a justice of the peace, before whom all parties, disposed to go to law, must previously attempt the conciliatory means. The Rights of Brazilian Subjects. The Constitution guarantees the inviolability of the civil and political rights, based on the liberty, the in- dividual safety and the property of Brazilian citizens. IndiTitlnal liberty, y/No citizen can be compelled to perform or not per- form any action but in virtue of a law. No law can be issued out without public utility, and, in no case soever, it can have a retroactive effect. Liberty of Ihonght. Every one can communicate his opinions by words or writing and through the press, without being subject — 85 — to censure ; but all are responsible for any abuse com- mitted in the exercise of this right, in the cases and in the manner determined by law. Liberty of conscience. No one can be persecuted on account of his reli- gious belief. Liberty of travel and of residence. Every one can stay in the Empire, or leave it, at plea- \ sure, taking away with him his fortune, provided that he observe the police regulations, and cause no prejudice to third parties. I Liberty of industry. No kind of labour, cultivation, industry, or trade can be prohibited, as long as there is no offense to morality, to the safety, and to the health of the citizens. All trade-guilds were abolished by the Constitution. Right of security . Every citizen has, in his house, an inviolable asylum. No one can enter it, by night, without his consent, unless it be to protect it from fire or inundation. In every other case, the entry of the domicile of a citizen can only be effected by day, and in the manner de- termined by the laws. No one can be imprisoned without judicial inquiry, unless in the cases declared by law, and even then the authority must declare, within a short time, the motive of the arrest, the name of the accuser and those of the witnesses, and deliver a note to this effect to — 86 — the prisoner. Even after the judicial inquiry, no one can be carried to prison or kept there, if already ar- rested, if he give sufficient bail in those cases per- mitted by law, that is to say, in nearly all minor crimes. Excepting the case of in flagrante delicto, no one can be arrested, without a written order from the lawful authority, under penalty of responsibility for the judge, who gaTe such order, and the party who asked for it. No one can be sentenced except by the competent authority, in virtue of some previous law, and in the form prescribed by it. Neither the penalty nor the dishonour of the culprit, liowever infamous may be the crime, can extend beyond (he person of the delinquent : — the confiscation of pro- perty is prohibited in every case. The Criminal Code, in vigour in the Empire of Brazil, is founded on the solid bases of justice and equity ; and neither torture nor any other cruel or dishonour- able penalties, expressly forbidden by the Constitution, are found in it. Capital punishment does not exist for political cri- -^mes ; and although only inflicted for the crime of murder and on the leaders of insurrections, it is very rarely put into execution. In no case can a sentence of death be executed, without the whole proceedings being presented to the moderating power, accompanied by all necessary expla- nations, in order that the Emperor may decide whether the crimiaal should be pardoned or the sentence com- muted ; the iatier course is almost always adopted. — 87 — Tbe Right of equality . The law is equal for all, whether il protects or pu- nishes ; and the Constitution guarantees thQ recompenses due for civil and military services, in proportion to each one's merit, as well as the right to them, obtained in conformity with the law. Every citizen can be admitted to public charges, either civil or military, without further distinction than that of his talents and parts. No one is exempt from a contribution to the ex- penses of the State, in accordance with his pecuniary means. There are, in Brazil, no privileges but those based on the public benefit, and connected with the ofQces held: neither is there any privileged court, nor special commission in civil or criminal cases, with the excep- tion of those misdemeanours, which, from their nature and by law, pertain to a special jurisdiction. Tlie Bight of property . The right of property is guaranteed in all its pleni- tude; and if the public welfare, legally verified, requi- res that the State should dispose of the properly of the citizen, the latter is previously indemnified according to its worth. A regulative law specifies the cases in which can take place this only exception to the full exercise of the right of property; and sets forth how the indemnity must be paid. The public debt is also guaranteed. The Right of inventors (Patent laws). fii^1d\ inventors have the ownership of their inventions. The law afforjls them an exclusive, temporary , privilege (patent) ; or else they are indemnified of the prejudice accruing from the divulgation of their secret. Inviolability of corrcspandencc. The secret of letters is inviolable ; and the Post- Office authorities are responsible for any abuse of this guarantee, committed in their departments. The Right of complaint and other guarantees. The Constitution likewise guarantees to all citizens: — the right of presenting claims, complaints, and petitions, to the legislative and executive powers: — the right to denounce all infractions of the Constitution, and to pe- tition the competent authority to render effective the res- ponsibility of infractors : — the public assistance : — the primary instruction gratuitously : — the foundation of schools and universities. Even in case of rebellion or foreign invasion, when the safety of the State requires the suspension, for a fixed period, of any one of the guamntees of individual liberty, this can only be done by means of a special act of the legislative power. But if the General Assembly be not sitting at the time, and the country be in imminent danger, the government may take this expedient, as a provisional and indispensable measure ; under the obli- gation, however, of giving an account of their conduct to the said Assembly, at its first meeting. The like measure, under tbe same conditions, may be — 89 — taken, in the provinces, by their own legislative assem- Ijlies, as it was already said. No article of the Constitution, concerning the limits and respective attributes of the political powers, as well as the political and individual rights of the citizens, can suffer any change by an ordinary statute. Such a reform depends on essential formalities required by the Constitution. It is only when by one legislature the necessity has been recognised, that a law is issued out for the electors of the deputies, for the next legislature, to confer on their mandataries a special power to make the intended alteration. It is, therefore, in this new le- gislature, that the question is resolved, which ought to turn exclusively on the article declared reformable by tha pre- vious law. DiYisioa of tlie Empire. Political division. The election for the members of the provincial assem- blies, of the Deputies, and the Senators, are by the indirect system. Every year a qualification is made of the voters, who are to choose the respective electoral body. The aldermen and the justices of the peace are, however, directly chosen by the voters. In accordance with that system, the Empire is divided into electoral districts, each of them electing a fixed number of deputies for the general and the provincial assemblies. The election for senators takes place at once in the whole province, the electoral districts contributing for the election of the three citizens, from which the moderating — 00 — power chooses he who is to fill the seat vacant in the Senate. On ihe election for the senators by the province of Rio de Janeiro, the electoral district of the capital of the Empire meets with ihose of the province to make up the triple list. The electoral districts are divided into colleges, which, in their turn, are subdivided into parish assemblies. According to the oDScial returns lliere are 46 electoral districts comprising 408 colleges, and 1,431 parish as- semblies. The number of voters amounts to 1.097,698; and Ihat of the electors to 20,020. There are 578 provincial deputies ; 122 general deputies, and 58 senators. The number of electors is to that of the voters as 1 to 54,8. The number of deputies keeps the following proportion : 1 provincial deputy to 3i,(5 electors, and to 1.899 voters. 1 general deputy to lo4 electors, and to 8. 997, 5 voters. 1 senator to 345,1 electors and to 18.925,8 voters. Administrative division. The Brazilian territory, as regards its administration, is divided into 20 provinces, comprehending 642 rauni'-i- palities, including that of the CapHal. The latter contains 209 cities and towns, 433 villages, 1,473 parishes and 28 curacies. Some peculiar occurrences, so common in new coun- tries like Brazil, drawing constant migrations of the in- habitants from places, the prosperity and progress of which, - 91 - are owing to Iransilory causes, almost annually make an alleralion in the statistics of the municipalities and pa- rishes, either by the creation of new ones, or by the suppression of others then existing. Ecclesiastical division. The ecclesiastical jurisdiction, in the Empire, is exercised in 12 dioceses, one of which is a metropolitan archbishop- ric; all of them are subdivided. into 1,473 parishes, and 28 curacies. The Metropolitan See, the archbishopric of S. Salvador, comprehends the territory of the provinces of Bahia and Sergipe, divided into 21 ecclesiastical comarcas or districts, I general vicarage, 201 parishes, and 1 curacy. This diocese is the seat of a metropolitan Court of Appeal (Relagdo), composed of judges of appeal [desem- bargadores), who decide clerical cases, in final jud- gement. It possesses two seminaries, one for the teaching of the Humanities, and another for that of the Ecclesiastical and Ca- nonical Sciences (Divinity College) ; the courses being attended by those who study for priests. The diucese of S. Sebastiao comprehends the municipali- ty of the capital, the provinces of Rio de Janeiro, Espirito- Santo, Santa Catharina, and the eastern side of Micias-Ge- raes. It is divided into 28 ecclesiastical districts, 1 general vicarage, 211 parishes, and! 1 curacies. It possesses a petty seminary for the teaching of those who want to be priests, the course of preparatory studies as well as that of theological sciences being lately reorganized. — 92 — The provinces of Pernambuco.Alagoas, Parahyba, and Rio Grande do Norte, form the bishopric of Olinda. The religious service is performed in 1 general vicarage, 163 parishes, and 1 curacy. II has a high seminary with courses of prepa- ratory studies, and ecclesiastical sciences. The provinces of Maranhao and Piauhy are subject to the jurisdiction of the bishopric of Maranhao, which reck- ons 27 ecclesiastical districts, 2 general vicarages, 82 pa- rishes, and 1 curacy ; and possesses 1 high and 1 petty se- minary for the teaching of those who aspire to priesthood. The amazonic region, comprehending the provinces of Para and Amazonas, forms the diocese of Belem do Para. It is divided into 15 ecclesiastical districts, 3 general vi- carages, and 95 parishes. It possesses two petty semina- ries, one in the city of Belem, the seat of the bishopric, and the other in the capital of the province of the Amazonas. The diocese of S. Paulo is formed by the provinces of S. Paulo, Parana, and the southern side of Minas-Geraes, comprehending under its jurisdiction 48 ecclesiastical districts, 1 general vicarage, 212 parishes, and 12 cura- cies. It has 1 high and 1 petty seminary. The province of Minas-Geraes, besides the territory that pertains to the bishoprics of Rio de Janeiro, S. Paulo, and Goyaz, is divided into two bishoprics. That ofMarian- na, in the central part of the province, with 24 ecclesias- tical districts, 1 general vicarage, 214 parishes, 3 curacies; and possessing 1 high and 1 petty seminary. That of Diamanlina, comprehending the northern part of Minas-Geraes, is divided into 8 ecclesiastical districts, with 1 general vicarage, and 67 parishes. It has 1 high ?iQd another petty seminary. — 93 — Tbe bishopric ofj^Goyaz comprehends the province of the same name, and the western side of that of Minas-Geraes. It is divided into i9 ecclesiastical districts, 4 general vica- rages, 82 parishes ; and possesses a petty seminary. The diocese of Cuyaba, consisting of only the province of Mato-Grosso, has 6 ecclesiastical districts, 1 general vica- rage, and 16 parishes. It has a petty seminary. The province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul constitu- tes Ihe bishopric of the same name. It is subdivided into 36 ecclesiastical districts, 1 general vicarage, and 73 pa- rishes. A petty seminary will be inaugurated as soon as the edifice destined for it, be concluded. ' The bishopric of Ceara is limited to the territory of the same province, and is divided into 57 parishes with 1 ge- neral vicarage, the ecclesiastical districts being not created as yet. It has 1 high and I petty seminary. In the Empire there are 23 convents and 1 hospice be- longing to the monks of S. Francisco ; 13 convents and 2 hospices to the Carmelites; 11 monasteries of Benedictines, besides 6 nunneries. The number of monks and nuns is : Franciscans 80 friars and 75 nuns. Carmelites . 46 » and 18 » Benedictines 40 » There are also 61 Missionary Capuchines, in the most, foreigners, who possess a hospice in the capital of the Em- pire, it being the seat of the mission and the residence of the prefect. There are more 5 hospices of that community, in the provinces. Besides those, the general committee of the Holy Land, whose object is to get alms for the preser- vation of the Holy Places, in Jerusalem, owns 7 hospices in - 94 — different quarters of the Empire for the residenre of the respectives monks, the number of which is variable. The governmenl issued out a decree, in 1855, prohibiting the admission of novices in the regular orders, then exis- ting in the Empire. In accordance with the law of the 28*". June, 1870, it was determined that the rural and urban property of the above mentioned orders, should be sold and the pro- duct converted into policies of the national debt. Judicial division. As to what concerns the administration of justice, the Empire is divided into large judicial districts, each having a Court of Appeals, charged with those civil and cri- minal causes thai cannot be decided by the judges of 1" instance or primary jurisdiction, as also a Court of Commerce, which is about to be reorganized, ceasing to be of a contentious nature. The courts of appeal are competent to try and judge all crimes perpetrated by the law-judges, and those of res- ponsibility of the military commanders. Of the sentences of those courts there i« but an appeal for redress (revista) to the Supreme Court of Justice, which can only allow it, in cases of notorious grieTance and of manifest nullity of the process, and then it designates another court of the same rank and jurisdiction as that one from which it was made the appeal, for the revisal of the law-suit. The Supreme Court of Justice is the highest rank of the brazilian magistracy, and its members are denominated ministers and, by the Constitution, are Counsellors to the - 95 - , Emperor. It takes cognizance of the offenses and official errors commitied by its ministers, by the judges uf appeals, the employes of the diplomatic corps, and the presidents of provinces. It tries and judges the archbishops and bishops, in crimes not purely ecclesiastical. It decides all conflicts of jurisdiction and the compe- tence of the courts of appeal. Its members sit and judge toginher, and they can neither receive more than their salary, nor exercise any other charge, except that of member of the legislative body. This court consists of 17 members, chosen from among the judges of appeal, according to their antiquity. The president of the court is chosen, every three years, by the government, from among its members. According to the lately enacted division, the courts of appeal in the Empire are to be eleven in number, com- prising. The i "'.—the provinces of Para and Amazonas, the seat being in the city of Belem. The 2*. — the provinces of Maranhao and Piauhy, the seat being, as it is now, in the city of S. Luiz do Maranhao. The '5\— the provinces of Ceara and Rio Grande do Norte, its seat being in the city of Fortaleza. The 4 '\— the provinces of Pernambuco, Parahyba and Alagoas, continuing to sit in the city of Recife. The 5*. "-the provinces of Bahia and Sergipe, the seat continuing to be in the city of S. Salvador. The C". — the municipality of the capital whe re it con- tinues to sit, and the provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Espirito-Santo. The 7'^ —the provinces of S. Paulo and Parana, its seat being in the city of S. Paulo. — 96 — The 8"'.-— the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and of S." Catharina, the seat being in the city of Porto-Alegre. The 9'".— The province of Minas-Geraes, the seal being in the city of Ouro-Prelo. The 10*^. — the province of Mato-Grosso, with its seal in Cuyaba. The ll'\ — the province of Goyaz, with its seat in the city of the same name. The organization of those courts is the same for all ; the only difference is in the number of the judges, all of them having a president and a crown-proctor. Both the president of the court and the crown-proctor are appointed by the government, the former from among the members of the court ; and the latter from among 15 of the most ancient law-judges. The court of appeals, in the capital of the Empire, by the new law, is to consist of 17 judges; those of Bahia and Pernambuco of 11; those of Para, Maranhao, Ceara S. Paulo, Kio Grande do Sul and Minas Geraes of 7 ; and those of Mato-Grosso and Goyaz of 5. For the judgement of causes in 1" instance, and those in the 2*, that do not surpass the value legally determined, the law created juices de direito, law-judges, who minister justice within certain territorial limits, called comarcas, districts, and also take cognizance of the crimes of respoQ- • sibility of non privileged officials. In the whole Empire there are 296 judicial districts, divided into three orders or entrandas, besides 30 charges [varas] of law-judges, ail of the same rank, 1 1 of them sitting in special districts, for the readiest expedition of civil causes; 5 particularly destined for the affairs of orphans ; 5 . — 97 — especially appointed to decide commercial suits; 4 charged with the civil jurisdiction upon religious brotherhoods and unclaimed inheritances ; and 3 for the cognizance of causes concerning the national treasure ; the remaining special charges of law-judges are occupied by 2 auditors of war and 1 auditor of marine (judge-advocates). No one can be appointed a law-judge unless he has per- formed the duty of municipal judge, for a period of 4 years ; neither can any law-judge of 1" enlrancia (rank) go up to the 2*, before an equal period, or advance over to the 3*, before 3 years of uninterrupted service. The law-judges cannot be removed to charges or districts of an inferior rank, but at their demand, and neither can they be appointed to others of the same rank except in the case: 1^' Of rebellion, civil or foreign war, sedition or insur- rection in any province, or of any conspiracy within the district. 2^ . Upon the demand of the president of the respective province, arguing the necessity of his removal, by motives of public utility. In this case the Council of State must be consulted, as also the magistrate is to be previously listened to, when possible. At all events, however, he ought to be acquainted with the motives of his removal. The new law concerning the judicial, organization created, in the special districts, assistant judges, who, conjointly with the law-judges, exercise some of their attributes; the full jurisdiction being imparted to them only when they substitute the latter, who, in their turn, assist one another in the same districts. In the capital of the Empire there are 9 assistant judges Ouizes substitutos) ; in the province of Rio d& 0. I. — 98 — Janeiro 2"; in that of Bahia 6 ; in ihat of Pernambuco 10; and in that of Maranhao 7. The assistant judges are appointed by the govern- ment, from among such doctors or bachelors in law, by the schools of the Empire, as have, at least, 2 years practice of the bar, and they hold their ofSce fur 4 years, on the same conditions and advantages as the municipal judges. As to their rank, the districts are divided into 151 of 1" ; 107 of 2*; and 38 of 3^ entrancia (class). A district is divided mto termos (hundreds or boroughs), which may contain one or more municipalities. In each borough there is a, municipal judge, who> besides other attributes, has the criminal jurisdiction on cases of smuggling, except those in flagrante ddiclo; and the judgement of such trespasses as concern private security and good neighbourhood [termos de seguranga e de bem viver). Their civil jurisdiction is limiled lo the prepariug of the suits, that are to be decided by the law-judges, as well as the trial and judgement of suits from above Rs. 1005?>000 lo Rs. 500$000 {£ 10 to £ 50). In those boroughs where there are not special judges for the orphans affairs, they are likewise charged with that department. In the whole Empire, there are 418 boroughs and as many municipal judges, appointed by the government, from among such doctors or bachelors of law, by the schools of the Empire, as have, at least, a year practice of the bar. They hold their office for 4 years, but can ie reappointed. The following table points oat the number of districts. 99- charges (varas) of law-judges, and boroughs, actually exisi'- ing in the provinces and the capital of the Empire. PROVINCES Amazonas l»ara , Maranhao , Piauhy. ..• Ceard , Rio Grandd do Norte Parahyba , Pernainbuco , Alagdas Sergipe , Bahia Espiri to Santo Rio de Janeiro Municipality of the capital S. Paulo Parana Santa Catbarina S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul Minas Geraes Goyaz Mato Grosso DISTRICTS 114 18 12 21 8 14 27 11 8 31 S 20 1 28 6 7 16 31 13 4 LAW-JDD- geS spe- cial 4 12 23 12 21 8 14 33 11 8 36 5 21 11 28 6 7 18 31 13 4 BOROUGHS 6 15 19 12 23 9 18 29 14 17 49 6 33 1 47 7 7 26 61 14 6 326 418 In order to plead the interests of society, with regard to public crimes, there is in every district, at least, a lord- advocate appointed by the government, in the capital, and by tiie presidents, in the provinces ; there is in each borough an assistant, who substitutes the lord-advocate in his impediments, and is appointed by the respective law-judge, with the sanction of the president of the pro- vince. The justices of the peace exercise their jurisdiction upon civil causes, the value of which does not exceed Rs. 1005U00O (£ 10) , as also on cases of trespasses against the municipal statutes . The justices of the peace, actually d,S02 in number, are — 100 — elected, every 4 years, by the voters of the respective par- ishes on lists containing 4 names each. Each of the 4 most voted upon, holds his office for a year, according to the number of votes, and they all are substi- tutes to one another. The judgment by jurors, in conformity with the Consti- tntioD, is as yet admitted only on criminal causes. For that purpose, there is in each borough a court consisting of jud- ges of facts under the name of jury, presided over by the law-judge of the district, except at the seats of courts of appeal, for then the presidence of the jury is held by a judge of appeals. The police, in Brazil, is under the care of the justice de- partment, and has a peculiar organization defined by law. It is exercised, both in the capital of the Empire and in those of the provinces, by a chief of police appointed by the government from among those magistrates, doctors and bachelors^of law, who have 4 years practice either of the bar or of administration. In the municipality of the capital, there are 3 police- delegates'; and in the provinces, there is usually one for each municipality; in every parish or poUcial district of a parish there is one assistant-delegate [subdelegado] ; and in each ward [quarteirao] an inspector. PuMc force. All the Brazilians are bound to take up arms in order to maintain the independence, and the integrity of the Empire. The public forces consist of the army, the navy, the na- tional guard, and police corps. The officers, both of the army and of the navy, can only be deprived of their ranks by a legal sentence. 101 — Army. The army consists of special, movable, and garrison corps, amounting to 13,938 men, including officers. In this num- ber are not reckoned the artillery apprentices, who amount to aboTe 500. The land-forces were fixed, by the late law, for the year 1873-1874, at 16,000 men, in normal circumstances, and at 32,000, in extraordinary occurrences. The special corps are : the staff general, the engineers, the 1" and 2* class staff, the medical and the ecclesiastical departments. The movable corps consist of the three arms. The garrison corps do duly in the provinces. The government is authorized to create 2 regiments more of artillery, with 4 batteries of 6 guns each. In some provinces, besides the garrison corps or compa- nies, there is a force of the movable corps. The Empire, maintains in the republic of Paraguay, a military division of 1,500 men, of the three arms. All possible care has been taken to adopt the most improved arms known : for infantry, the type preferred is the improved Comblain musket ; for artillery, the guns Krupp ; for cavalry, the carabine Spencer and the revolvers Lefau- cheux, besides the swords used, according to the different corps. National guard. The force of the national guard of the Empire, inclu- ding the reserve is, according to the late official returns, of 741,782 men, that is: 616,596 in active service, and 125,186 in the reserve. — 102 — There are 3,343 guards doing detachment duly, as au- xiliaries to the army. The national guard is divided into 274 superior com- mands, comprising: The cavalry — 96 squadrons. 112 corps, and 10 compa- nies. The artillery — 11 battalions, 9 sections of battalion, and 4 detached companies. Theinfantry— 278 battalions, 44 sections of battalion, IS companies, and one detached section. The reserve — 79 battalions, 144 sections of battalions 97 companies, and 57 sections of detached companies. Police seiv:co in the Capital of the Empire. This service is performed by a corps of city-guards, which amounts to 560 men. It is assisted by another corps, under a military organiza- tion, called — police corps of the Capital — the effective force of which is 560 men, obtained by enlistment. The fixing of the police force of each province being un- der the charge of the respective legislative assemblies, it has a special organization, according to their peculiar cir- cumstances. Fire-men corps. For the extinction of fires there is, in the capital of the Empire, a fire-men corps which is very serviceable, and is strong of 109 men, including the commander, the officers, instructors, foremen and fire-men. The government is about to reorganize it, endowing — 108 — !t with the mosl important improvements, actually used at the chief-towns of Europe, where this kind of service is perfectly performed. This corps is, to a certain degree , an auxiliary to the police. Military legislatinn. A Board composed of several competent members, and presided over by H. R. H. the Comte d'Eu, Marshal of the Array, is charged with Ihereformationof the military legislation, and is to propose whatever it may be thought necessary to improve it. As an evidence of its zeal there exist already some) laborious works, some of which having been submitted to the examination and disquisition of the general assembly, it is likely that, in time, they will be converted into law. Among them deserve a special notice eight schemes on highly important subjects, such as : V\ the one for the recruitment bill, which served as ground-work for that, approved by the chamber of deputies, and pending from the vote of the Senate and of the Imperial sanction ; 2% that of the penal military code, already sent over by the government to the above mentioned chamber ; 3*, the plan for the reorganization of the medical corps, already forwarded to the said chamber ; 4'S the scheme for a disciplinary military code ; 5*, that of a bill regulating the officers's half-pay ; 6tii, that concerning the military sa- laries, upon which was framed the present law, that raised the pay of the officers and soldiers of the army -, 7'\ that for a new organization of the military ecclesiastical department; 8'\ the one for regulating the service of the military medical department. One of its committees has also laid out a scheme of — 104 — a code of military prosecutions, still pending of the dis- cussion and approval of the ^general Board. Military Arsenals. Arsenals and Intendancy of War, The military arsenals of the capital, and of the provinces, have recently been reorganized, and by virtue of the re- form that was effectuated, there exist in the capital of the Empire the war arsenal, properly so called, and the in- tendancy of war. ' The arsenal is charged with the manufacturing of arms (which, at present, are repaired and transformed in another establishment, a dependency of the arsenal), of uni- forms, equipment, thongs, machinery, apparatus, and other objects necessary to the furnishment of the army, the fortresses and military establishments, as well as in the keeping and preservation of the portable arms and train of artillery. To it belong the body of military operatives, the com- pany of artisans apprentices, and the military museum. The intendancy of war has to its charge the commis- sariat, and the shipping of the arsenal, as well as all that concerns the acquisition, storing, keeping and distribu- tion, of the materia prima, and of the products destined to the administrative service of war. The superintendence of the arsenal of the capital, is entrusted to a director, who must be a superior officer of a scientific arm, and to a subdirector, in the same con- ditions, having as their assistants, other employes of different military ranks. Besides these, the war arsenal of the capital gives em- — 105 — ployment, in its workshops, to about 600 workmen, which number has risen to above 1,000, in extraordinary emer- gencies. The body of military operatives is divided into two companies of 100 men each, besides the commander and the subalterns, which number may be increased according to the necessities of the service. The company of mecha- nics is composed of 200 boys from 7 to 16 years of age, in fi divisions, each of SO apprentices and with the teachers required, a chaplain and a physician, who superintends the infirmary, The apprentice who, after having proved his state of poverty and other conditions required, is admitted into that company, remains there till he is able to pass over to the body of military operatives ; those, however, that prefer following the military career are permitted to be transferred to the deposit of artillery apprentices. They can, however, by special grant, and paying the expenses incurred with their education, obtain their dis- charge and embrace whatever profession or trade they please. All the expenses of board, clothing, instruction and treat- ment, in case of sickness, are defrayed by the government. Besides the military exercises, they learn primary ins- truction, geometrical elementary drawing, geometry, and practical mechanics, music, gymnastics, and the trades for which they show]' capacity and strength, and which are adapted for the manufactory of warlike articles. In extraordinary circumstances, the government is autho- rized to create, in the provinces, provisory intendancies. In each province, where there is no war arsenal, a — 106 — deposit exists under the name of store of warlike articles, which is entrusted to an army officer. These stores serve for the collecting and keeping of all the materiel of the army, sent by the intendancy of the capital or by any of the war arsenals, for the supply of the army corps, fixed companies and fortresses. Under the immediate control of the war arsenal of the capital is the manufactory of arms, in the fortress of Con- ceicao, which, especially destined for the repairing and transformation of flint lockguns into percussion muskels, is also provided with the necessary instruments for the rifling of smooth bore muskets. It was also a school for primary learning. The provinces of Para, Pernambuco, Bahia, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and Malo-Grosso possess military arsenals, and to the directors of such establishments and to their assistants belong the attributions of chief and assis- tant of the intendancy of war, besides the direction of the services, which, in the capital, belong to the respective arsenal. Pyrotechnical Laboratories, The war office has laboratories of this kind, in the mu- nicipality of the capital of the Empire, and in the provinces, where there are arsenals. The most important is the one in the said municipality, named Campinho, 26,4 kilometers distant from the centre of the capital, and 927 meters from the Cascadura Station, on the D. Pedro II Rail-Road, with which it communicates by a branchroad. It manufactures all the ammunition and warlike articles for the service of the army and the fortresses, i.» 3^ — 107 — and comprises a spacious ground with 36 edifices, includ- ing barracks, military inQrmary, chapel, station of the brancli-road of the rail-way, 14 workshops, powder- magazine, and others more. It is under the special superintendence of an officer of a scienlilic arm, and it has the men necessary far the, pyrolechnical works and accessory services , as well as for the economy and good management of the esta- blishment. In normal circumstances, about 100 workmen are em- ployed at the establishment; and they prepare daily: Percussion caps 30,000 Ball CarlriiJges 20,000 Friction tubes 1,000 The same for hollow projectiles . 200 or, in a like proportion, any other kinds of ordnance stores. The laboratories, in the provinces, have the same pur- poses as the one at Campinho. They work, however, in a smaller scale, according to the necessities of the ser- vice and the remittances of ammunitions from the inten- dancy of war, in the capital. Gnn-pnwder and Iron Iff anafactoiles , The powder manufactory is organized with the requi- site number of persons and material, and is situated far from the village, at the foot of the Serra da Eslrella, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, near a sea-port and at a very short distance from the principal rail-road sta- tion, which terminates at that of Maua. Solid works are constructed here, in order to canalize the waters for different workshops. — 108 — The machines are moved by a Fonrneyron turbine and an iron hydraulic wheel. In the grounds, belonging to the establishment, is to be found excellent and abundant water, that runs down in cataracts from a great height, and also woods, where- from is taken the timber most fit for charcoal. There is steam apparatus for drying powder, and the coal is prepared in distilling apparatus and by means of the action of steam. There has been made excellent gun-powder of S kinds, to wit : Powder of 3 different marks for cannon, smooth or rifled, powder for portable arms as well smooth as rifled, and finally powder destined to different artifices of war. The establishment has the necessary capacity to produce 146,900 Kilograms a year, as was shown during the Paraguayan war, as the manufactory of those 5 kinds amounted, in the year 1869, to than or about 161,590 kilograms. The government endeavours to carry into effect the establishment of the manufactory, long since projected, in the province of Mato-Grosso ; and from the infor- mallons obtained, it may be affirmed, that it will be concluded within a short period. The iron factory of Ipanema, whereof we spoke length- ly under the head « minerals » , reorganized as it ac- tually is by the Minister of war, besides the incalcu- lable benefices which, in general, it will produce in behalf of the Brazilian industry and agriculture, will prove at the same time qualified to be of great service to the army and navy, in furnishing them all kinds of ordnance stores, iron and steel cannons, white arms, and the works of — 109 — cast or beat metal, of which the arsenals may stand in need. Penitentiary and Military Colonies. Penitentiary Colony in the island of Fernando de IVoronha. The most important penitentiarj colony is that in the is- land of Fernando de Noronha, in the province of Per- nambuco. It was founded for those sentenced to prison with work, for civil or military crimes. It is superintended by a superior officer of the army, and is subject to the command of arms, of that pro- vince, in the part concerning the materiel, the force and military government. Its means of defense consist in a fortress, 1 artillery park, and 7 forts. The population, comprising the public force, the em- ployes, the sentenced, and some families , consists of 1,875 individuals. The sentenced receive here a moral and religious education, and are set to work at any trade they know, or at that occupation for which they are found most apt to. In order to regulate and reward their service, with equality, pecuniary gratuities are allowed to the priso-~ ners, of which a part is destined to form a peculium, as an aid in the future, for the first expenses of an' establishment, when they are restored to society. A company of the sentenced, consisting of 183 men, as well as other inhabitants of the island are employed in the trades of cooper, blacksmith, carpenter, and shoema- ker, in the workshops of the colony. — 110 — The shoemaker's workshop, which ihe Minister of war lately ordered to be organized on a larger scale, is to manufacture the greatest part of the shoes, necessary to the soldiers of the army. It possesses 2 primary schools for the male, and 1 for the female sex ; 2 churches, one of which is ihe pa- rish, a chaplain for religious instruction and divine ser- vices, an arsenal where are established four woikshops, store-houses, pharmacy, infirmaries, barraiks, prisons, burying-grounds and houses for the whule pupulilion of the island. The fertility of the ground permits that many of the inhabitants may devote themselves adv^ntageou'^ly to agriculture, and the ordinary crop is almost suDQcient for the consumption. Military and discipliiinry cti organized, in the province of Mato-Grosso. The one at the capital of the Empire is in possession — 121 — of every means for the conslraction of vessels and ordenance stores. It employs about 3,000 workmen, most of them na- tives. From its stocks have been launched out most of the vessels of the navy, many of which of great capacity, either sailers or steamers. -,,^_ It possesses excellent machinery and mighty steam- hammers, and is provided with the necessary means for making plates of the thickness required by any iron-clad ship, as il was plainly demonstrated during ihe late war against Paraguay. ■^ Brazil is wonderfully abundant of woods fit for naval con-^ slruelion ; they could be exported in a proportion equal to the iron imported , which, however, abounds in the country. ' "~. Hi ,1 ^MSt^ l^n^I^^ The Arsenal of Rio de Janeiro has a dock, in actual service and another is in ;way Jof construction. The former is -being enlarged in order to adapt it to modern vessels of whatever lenglhi k dock is also in construction, in the harbour of Mara- nhao, where the difference of tides is from S.^G toe,""!. The river Amazonas in many places, at the vicinity, of the city of Belem, capital of the province of Para, is proper for the construction of docks capable of holding high tunnage ships. ^ It would be long to mention the many points on the vast extent of the brazilian sea-coast> that might be availed of for the building of stocks for natal construction. The ships of the Brazilian fleet carry guns of the improved systems. Many officers and mariners, instructed in tlie respective — 1&3 - schools, are able to handle and to sight and point ihd different guns. The battle of Rlachuelo, that bears comparison with Ihal of Lissa, and many other deeds of the fleet in Paraguay, sufficiently prove the military skill of the brazilian navy. There have been furthermore adopted many other partial improvements, worthy of the attention of professionals. The steam-corvette Trajano, constructed according to the new invention of a clever officer of the brazilian navy, has been launched on 12^^ July of the current year, and 'in a short time she will be tried in a sea-going voyage. Previous experiments made with steam-pinnaces have proved the excellence of the new construction, both JnAwiftness, and stability. ^ Experience will decide between this new model and the vessels constructed according to the classic system, ^ihat essentially belongs to Great-Britain. Though in the last five years the service of light- houses has been considerably improved, hy the increase of lights and the introduction of new machines, however, the light-houses existing on the coast and harbours of Brazil do not answer yet the claims of navigation. This service requires a great development and it is to be expected that the legislative assembly will allow a credit of £ 60,000 for such a purpose. Pyroteclmical Lal3oratory. The navy department possesses a Pyrotechnical Laboratory with engine and pyrotechnical work, as well as workshops of gun-smiths and stock-makers. The said laboratory was - 123 — first established in 1868, on the hill of Armacao, in Nicthe- roy, the capital of the province of Rio de Janeiro. This establishment, which is under the charge of a navy-ofBcer, contains 10 pyrolechnical workshops. Including those of triluralion, of the making of slow burning powder, and of the hydraulic press, which is designed for prepa- ring time fuses for shells. Every precaution, advised by science, has been taken to protect the workmen in cases of explosion. The store-houses both for primary matter and for the articles of the laboratory, are placed at a convenient distance from the workshops, that are themselves quite separate from each other. The engine works, annexed to the laboratory, possess mechanical lathes and 12 capstans, wire drawing iron, mechanical sheers to cut out copper, divers boring tools, circular saws for wood and metals, and engines for ma- king cartridges and friction tubes. Those of gun-smiths and stock-makers work Avith mechanical planes for melals, boring machines, grind, and mill, stones to rough-hew and polish. There is also a black-smith workshop with 4 large and 2 small forges, besides a tempering kiln. All the machinery works by steam. The gun-smith -workshop makes all necessary repairs in the portable armament of the ships and marine corps, manufactures white arms and, in case of necessity, fire- arms too. The engine works not only furnish the necessary articles to the laboratory, but still prepares all the apparatus for tubes and signal rockets and the ordnance appur- tenances. — 124 — The refining, casting, and brazier's workshops, refine sallpetre, prepare blacking for thongs, and grease for the artillery and armanaent, prepare case-shots, make zinc and tin caissons to store pyrotechnical products and other like services. The foundry has 4 ovens for cracibles, and furnishes all objects of metal and lead projectiles. Near the Armagao wharf there exists great stores of projectiles, and workshops for loading and making grape- shot, case-shot wads and other war articles. In the above mentioned services are employed 155 workmen and :22 servants, a sufficient number for the exigencies of service, in time of peace. On extraordinary circumstances the number of workmen may be raised to the double, the laboratory being thus enabled to prepare daily sufficient ammunition for a thou- sand shots, live hundred of which for shells. It must be observed that every ship has always on board 120 shots for each gun. Light-bouses. Besides 19 small light- houses that guide navigators approaching the entrance of some ports, and are very serviceable to the river navigation both at Para and Rio Grande do Sul, there exist 21 lirst-class light houses along the whole coast of Brazil, not including 2 still in con- struction, one at the entrance of the river Parahyba do Norte, and the other at Itapoan, in Bahia. It is to be noticed, with regard to their astronomical position, that all the laliiudes are south, and the loogi- ludes referring to the meridian of Rio de Janeiro. — 125 — Coming downwards from the North Ihey are situated «s follows: PARA. Floating light-house, on the shoals of Bragan^a. Lat. 0''26'9" Long. 4°48'0"W. Catoptric, with eclipses; risible at the distance of 8 miles, 14,8 kil. It works since the 24*^ November 1866. Salinas, on Atalaia point. Lat. 0° 35' 3" Long. 4* 13" 1.5" W. Dioptric, of 3.* December 1839. S. Paulo Hill. Lat. IS" 21' 40" Long, k" 12' 18" E. Dioptr. 1 .** class, with eclipses ; reach 24 mfles, 45,5 kil. It works since May 3.^ 18S5. Abrolho8, on the isiand of Santa Barbara. Lat. 17-57' 31" Long. 4° 25' 0" E. Catoptr. with eclipses ; reach 17 miles, 31,5 kil. It works since the 30"^ October 1862. ESPIRITO-SANTO Santa Luzia, on the hill of that name. Lat. 20»18'0" Long. 2- 49' 30" E. (not rectified.) Dioptr. 4."" class, fixed light ; reach 12 miles, 22,3 kil. It works since the 7.*' September 1871. — 128 — RIO DE JAffElRO. Cape Frio. Lat. 23-0' 45" Long. i'TO" E. Catoplr. with eclipses; reach 20 miles, 37,1 kil. It works since 7.'" September 1861. Baza island. Lat. 23° 3' 30" Long. 0° 1' 20" W. Catoptr, revolving, while and red lights ; reach 20 miles, 37.1 kil. It works since July the 31." 1829. S. PAULO. Moela island. Lat. no 3' 0" Long. 3' 9' 0" W. Catoptr, fixed light; reach 20 miles, 37,1 kil. It works since 13. '" December 1862. PARANA. Morro das Conchas, on the island of Mel. Lat. 25" 32' 38" Long. 5° 10' 30" W. Dioptr. 3.* class, fixed light, reach 20 miles, 37,1 kil. It works since the 25.'" March 1872. SAKTA CATHARINA. Point of the NaufragadoB. Lat. 27°50'0" Long. 50 27' 0" W. Catoptr, with eclipses; reach 16 miles, 29,7 kil. It works since the 3." iMay 1861. — 129 — RIO GRANDE DO SUL. Pontal da Barrel. lat. 32° T 0" Long. g-O'S" W. €aloplr, wilh eclipses; reach 25 miles, 46,4 kil. II works since January 18.'" ^852. Small Light-liou;.«s. PARA. Chap6o virado. Lat. 1» 7' 45" Long. 6» 18' 3" W. Dioplr. 6'" class, fixed light; reach 7 miles, 13 kil. It woiks since March 25'" 1872. Cotijuba. Lat. {• 15' 35" Long. 5° 28' 30" W. Dioptr. 6*^ class, fixed light; reach 7 miles, 13 kil. It works since February i860. Capim island. Dioptr. 6'" class, fixed li;;ht; reach 7 miles, 13 kil. It is still in construction. Panacuera. Lat. i" 44' 30" Long. 5° 58' 25" W. Dioplr. 6*" class, fixed light; reach 7 miles, 13 kil. It works since October 1860. Goiabal. Lat. i" 37' 0" Long. 6» i' 45" W. Dioptr. {)'" class, fixed light; reach 7 miles, 13 kil. It works since July 1860. 130 Jutahy. Lai. 1"51' 0" Long. 6« 44' 45" W. Dioptr. 6'" class, fixed light; reach 7 miles, i3,kil. [t works since October 1859. Marianno. Lat. 1" 47' 30" Long. 7° 0' 45' W. Dioptr. 6'" class, fixed light; reach 7 mile'', 13 kil. II works since December 1860. MARANHAO. S. Ma COS. Lat. 2' i9' 0" Long. 1* 9' 25" W. Caloplr. fixed light; reach 6 miles, H,l kil. It works since March 1831. Alcantara. Lat. 2° 24' 0" Long. 1° 17' 0" W. Catoptr. fixed light; reach 2 miles, 3,7 kil. It works since February 1831. Bar. Lat. 2° 29' 30" Long, l" 11' 0" W. Caloplr. fixed light ; reach 2 miles, 3,7 kil. II works since January 1831. SERGIPE. Cotinguiba. Lat. 10' 59' 0" Long. Q" 3' 0" E. Caloplr. fixed light, white, red and yellow ; reach 8 miles, 14,8 kil. It works since November 1862. — 131 — BAHIA. Forte do mar. Lai. 12" 58* 16" Long. 4° 43' 10" E. Dioptr. fixed liglit, red; reach, 4 miles, 7,4 kil. It works since the 30'" October 1862. RIO DE JANEIRO. Fortress Santa Crui. At the entrance of the bay. Catoplr. fixed light; reach 8 miles, 14,8 kil. It has been working many years ago. Cafofo. At the Military Arsenal. Fixed light, red; reach 2 miles, 3,7 kil. It is working since long. 8. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL. Pcnta do Estreito. Lat. 31° 46' 14" Long. 8° 45' b3" W. Catoplr. flxed light; reach 6 miles, 11,1 kil. It has been working since long. Bojuru. Lat. 31° 29' 13" Long. 8° 23' 21" W. Catoplr. flxed light; reach 8 miles, 14,8 kil. It has been working long since. Capao da Marca. Lat. 310 18' Long. 8» 6' 21" W. Caloptr. fixed light; reach 6 miles, 11,4 kil. It has been working long since. — 132 — ChrJBtovain Pereira. Lat. Si" 4' Long. 8' V 21" W. Catoptr. fixed light; reach 15 miles, 27,8 kil. It works since January 8** ISl'l. Itapuan. Lat. 30° 22' 24" Long. 7° 58' 21" W. Catoptr. fixed light ; reach 12 miles, 22,3 kil. It works since 1" Marcb 1860. Tlie finances. The national revenue and expenditure is entrusted to a board denominated the Tribunal do Thesouro Nacional (Exchequer) , which is composed uf high functionaries, and Ihe Minister of Finances presides over its proceedings. The supreme direction and surveillance of the revenue and expenditure, the collection, distribution and accounts of the public monies are its principal attributes; it also de- cides administrative questions relating to these matleis, and at all times defends the interests of the Treasury. For this purpose, a treasury-office and sundry bureaux are in each province subordinate to the central Ijoard and there are special agents in each municipality. Tbe Minister of Finances is obliged, at each legislative session, to present to the chamber of deputies, shortly after it meets, a general balance sheet of the revenue and expenditure of the National Treasury during lh3 preceding year, as also the budget of the expenses for the coming year, and of the total amouiii of the contri- butions and public income. The suits or actions of the public Treasury enjoy a privileged jurisdiction. The payment of the capital and interest of the intemal - 133 - public debl, fimded by law, and represented by bonds, called apolicas, is under Ihe charge of an office indepen- dent of Iho National Treasury and denominated the « Caixa de amorlisa(jao» (Sinking-fund office). It is govi'.rneci by a committee over which the Minister of Finances presides, and composed of a general inspector and five Brazilian capitalists, holders of bonds. The Treasuries in the provinces where national bonds or apolices have been emitted, are subordinate to this office, as to all that regards the sinking-fund. Public rcTonue. The public income comprises the municipal, provin- cial, and general revenues. The first is decreed by the provincial assemblies on the proposition of the municipal councils, and collected - by the proctors and agents of the latter bodies, in order to meet the municipal expenses. The second is decreed by the assembly of each pro- vince, with the sanction of the president, to meet the provincial expenses, and is collected by the Ireasury- oCSces, collectors and revenue-boards, toll-bars and agen- cies created, for this purpose, by the said assembly. The third is decreed by a law of the general legisla- ture, and raised by custom-houses, excise-offices, revenue- boards, collectors and other fiscal authorities. The general revenue of the Empire, which, in the fi- nancial year 1831 — 1832 (the first of the present reign), amounted to f 1,117,132, (*j and in that of 1S40 — 1^41 (•) Each pound sterling is calculated, through this whole work, at the rate of 10 mil reis in Brazilian money ; change at par, how- ever, is 27 pence for 1 mil reis, a pound sterling being thus equivalent to 8888 reis. — 134 — (the first of the majority of the Emperor) to f 1,631,057 has progressively risen to £ 6,477,684 in 1866—1867, and ia 1871—1872 ascended to £ 10,193,075. The provincial revenue eslimaled in 1867 at about £ 1,400,000, rose up to £1,903,590 in 1870—1871. The municipal revenue which, in 1867, amounted to * 350,000 has now risen to nearly f 500,000. The number of custom-houses in the Empire, which in 1867 was 16, has risen to 23, inclading,lhat of the Capital. The amount of duties collected by them during the year 1871—1872 amounted to £7,772,494, without reckon- ing £ 55,913 proceeding from deposits. For such a sum the custom-house of the Capital con- tributed with £ 3,480,198. During the last three years (from 1869 — 1870 to 1871 — 1872) the average of its collections amounted to f 3,284,812, not including the deposits, the average of which attained nearly * 16,200. Next to this, comes the Pernambuco custom-house with an average of more than & 1,100,000; that of Bahia with more than ^ 900,000; and that of Para wilh upwards of f 400,000. The fiscal regulations and tariffs of our custom-houses are analogous to those of other european nations, espe- cially to that of France. It is not based on the protecling- syslem and lends to become more liberal every day, though the facility of smuggling requires more precautions than in other countries. The government and the legislative assembly are aware that some improvements are required in the fiscal regu- lations of our custom-houses, and are proceeding to them by degrees, according to what experience points out. - 135 — To enable the exchequer to occur to the extraordinary expenses resulling from the war, against the late dictator of Paraguay, new taxes were created, which have almost no influence upon either the imports or the exports. Such taxes will be diminished as soon as Ihe state of the exchequer will allow it. The general receipt and expenditure of the Empire are the following ; 1870—1871 This financial year is definitely liquidated, the res- pective balances having been distributed to the Chambers, in the present legislature. Receipts collected, in- cluding the sum of £185,128 proceeding from deposits. . . £ 9,773.655 Policies emitted. . . £ 2,614,560 Produce of the London loan )> 2,652,174 Emission of money pa- per in precedingyears, and now liquidated. « 1,022,043 Private loan. ...» 70,000 » 6,338,778 Expenses paid ...» 10,009,351 Supply to the preceding year > £ 16,132,434 5,147,662 .. 15,157,013 Bilance forwarded to 1871—1872 ... £ 975,420 — 136 — 1871 — 1872 Though il be ended. Ihis year has nol been quite liquidated ; a single synopsis of its receipt and expendi- ture has been made, because Iha provincial treasuries have not yet sent their definitive balances. The following figures, however, will not be much al- tered in the general balance. General revenue £ 10,095,490 Deposits (liquidated) » 289,425 Policies emitted » 2,426 Nickel coins emitted . ...» 56,460 Operations of credit » ^ * Balance of the preceding year, with the deduction of £ 13,067 proceeding from unpaid bills » 962,352 >f H,3S6,i65 Expenditure » 10,133,627 Bilance still unliquidated f 1,230,538 187-2 - 1873 This financial year is neither liquidated nor shut. In accordance with the system of accounts adopted in the Empire, the financial year begins on the 4 " July and finishes on the 30*" June of Ih? next year ; but the collection of the income, and the expenditure relating to that period are carried on till the end of December, and then the transactions of the financial year are quite closed. From that lime forward there is an additionaj term of 3 months in the provincial treasuries, and of — 137 - 6 months ia the National Treasury for Ihe shutting of accounts. Thus it is not possible to estimate exactly the revenue and expenditure of the year 1872 — i873: for its com- pletion a few months are still wanting, during which several receipts are to be collected, and several expenses p9iid. In the meantime, according to the official data, afford- ed by the last report of the Minister of finance and by the synopsis of 1871 —1872, its revenue and expenditure may be nearly estimated as follows : Revenue, including the deposits . . . f 10,804,121 Remaining emission of nickel coins. . » 56,711 Treasury notes emitted » 73,090 Balance of the preceding year ...» 1,230,338 £ 12,18't,46l Expenditure of the several State offices . . . f 9,665,495 D.° authorized by dif- ferent special and ex- traordinary credits, including that fof the prolongation of the D.PedroII Rail -Road. » 1,307,789 f 10,973,285 Balance probable . . £ 1,211,175 1873—1874 This year, which is but in the beginning, the basis for the calculation of the receipt and expenditure cannot — 158 — be other but ihat offered by the respective budget- law. According to the law, that has been just issued under n. 23i8 of the 25'" August, the valuation is as follows: General revenne. inclu- ding only the deposits, estimated at . . . f 100,000 £ 10,400,000 Expenditure voted with fixed sums. ...» 9,825,016 D." autorized, the im- portance of which is not possible to prefix exactly « 74,983 » 9.900,000 Balance of the year , according to the bud- get » 500,000 Joined to that of the preceding year . » £ 1.211,175 Total probable . . 1,711, !7j From this balance is to be abated £ 560,000 sent abroad for defraying expenses made by the war against Pa- raguay, as soon as be remitted to the exchequer the comprobatory documents of their being paid. In the receipts of the financial years 1871 — 1872, 1872—1873 and 1873—1874 are not comprised the sums collected for the Slave-Emancipation-Fand, since they have a special application, by virtue of the law of 1871. — 139 — PiiWic-Del)t. The public debt of Brazil is divided into consolidated and floating. Of the Qrst kind are the internal and foreign ones. The latter proceeds from loans negotiated at the London Exchange, in consequence of some legislative au- thorizations ; and the former from the policies emitted, according to the lav^ of .the 15'" November 1827, and the decree n. 4244 of the 15'" September 1868. The external debt amounted, on the 30'" July of the current year, to £ 15,255,200, at change par, that is, 27 pence for 1 mil reis ; and the internal is nov*^ amoun- ting to £ 28,613,720, of which £ 23,746,870 are from policies authorized by the law of 1827, and £ 2,868,830 from the loan of 18G8. The floating debt consists of the one previous to the year 1827, of different deposits, of Exchequer bills, and paper money. The debt previous to 1827 is reduced to £ 34,453. The deposits, which are loans borrowed from the coffer of orphans and other sources, ascended, according to the last Report of the Minister of Finances to ^ 2,914,668. The Exchequer bills, which emission can be elevated to £ 2,000,000 by virtue of art. 3* of the law n. 19S3 of the 17'" July 1871, that authorized the prolongation of the D. Pedro It rail-road, amounted on the 30'" June 1873 tof 1,172,890. Paper-money, on the 30'" March 1873, was reduced to £ 14,937,873; but even this figure lends to diminish, since besides the amortization resulting of the change of bron- zecoins and by >he substitution of paper-money, the - 140 - governmenl is authorized lo apply to the paynaenl of the said debt the balance of the Savings-Bank deposits, as also lh3 excess of lb; reseipts over the expenditure. The debt of the Empire is then the following : Foreign debt, change at par. ... £ 15,253,200 Home funded debt » 28,r)lo,72^> Previous to 1S27 . >. 34,433 Deposits » 2,914,668 Exchequer-bills *. . . » 4,172,890 P.iper -money » 14,937,873 Sammi'ig up. . . . £ 61,255,782 The interests and anaorlization of the foreign loans, and those of the home loan of 1868, are paid in gold or its equivalent. MONeT.\RY SYSTEM OF BRAZIL. In Brazil the monetary unity is the real, the existence of which is qaile imaginary. As a basis for the system, was taken a drachm of gold of the touch of 0,97, that is, Hf, of gnld and ^h of alloy, representing the value of 45)SOOO reis. The gold coin of 20$t000 reis has 17,9i97 grams weight; those of 10 and 5 mil reis are in equal proportion. They are composed of 0,917 pure gold, and 0,083 copper and silver alloy; the difference of! grain being tolerated in lh« coins of 2051S300 reis, and in the others, in an equal proportion. Tlie relation existing between the gold and silver coins, free from seignoriage duly, is IS '/, silver to 1 of gold — 141 - of the same touch. B) a decree of 18i9, ihe silver coin was charged with a seignoriagiTduty of 9,863 "l„, thus becoming an auxiliary coin. Those coins are worth 2^5000, 1 $5)000, and SOO r6is. Their composition is 0,097 fine silver; the weight cor- responding to that of 25?i000 reis is 23,5 gram., and that of the others is proportional ; a difference of 2 grains being tolerated in the former, and keeping a like pro- portion in the others. The law of 1867 has determined thai the silver coins of 25i»00O and I'OOO should have 23, and 42,8 grams of silver, of the touch of 0,9 ; those of SOO and 200 reis, 6,25 and 2,3 grams of silver, with Ihe touch of 0,833. In 1870 this statute was altered by a law determining that ihenceforwards the silver coins should have the values of S?J0i)O, l^iOOO reis and oOO reis, the touch of 0,917, and the weight llxed by the decree of 1849; it being aho determined that all coins of the touch of 0,9, as well as those of 200 reis should be taken out of the circulation. In conformity with the said decree, the government resolved to order the manufacturing of small coin, com- posed of 23 parts of nickel and 75 of copper, their values being 200, 100, and fJO reis; the first weighing 13, the second 10, and the third 7 grams. The old copper coin of 6i0 reis, a pound of metal, was substituted by those of 20 and 10 reis of a ternary alloy of copper, tin, and zinc, according to the law of 1867. In order to fix the values of foreign coins it was agreed that a brazilian pound should contain 4" 9 grams, after- wards setting the price of each gram of pore gold, accor- ding to what it is worth in tlie coin of 2035000 reis. — 142 — A table of Brazilian coins. GOLD Coins. Pieces of 2015000. » oflOgOOO. Grams. 17,9296875 8,9648438 Stan' dard. 917 917 Grams or pure metal. 16,4415234 8,2207617 Remarks. /Law of 1847. SILVER AUXILIARY. Coin of 2S0O0. » of IflOOO. . of SoGO 25,500 917 12,750 917 6,375 917 23,38350 11,69175 5,84587 I Decrees of 1849 ( and of 1870. ANCIENT SUBSIDIARY. Coin of 20 rSis . . . Law of 1867. » oflOreis • ■ • ... . MODERN SUBSIDIARY. Coin of 200 reis. » cf 100 reis. » of 50 r^is. 15,000 10,000 7,000 3 a ^ Decree of 1870. Coin of 20 reis. • of 10 r^is. 7,000 3,500 Decree of 1867. — 143, - The Hint. The first Mint, in Brazil, was established in the year 1694, at the city of S. Salvador da Bahia, whence it was removed to that of Rio de Janeiro, where it began work- ing in 1699. Some lime afterwards it was again trans- ferred to Pernambuco, where it stood until 1702. All the latter establishments were destined for the striking of the coins, then called provincial, for its cur- rency was limited to Brazil. They coined Rs. 3,200:0009^ (£ 320,000) in gold, and Rs. 800:0003^000 {£ 80,000) in silver. In 1702 the government ordered the. Mint to be remo- ved again to Rio de Janeiro, and so it was, being defini- tively established in the Capital since January 1703. It was then that began, in Brazil, the coinage of the ge- neral coins, so called because they circulated through the whole kingdom of Porlugal. In consequence, however, of the vast production of the gold-mines, a new Mint was founded at Bahia, and afterwards another in Minas ; but the latter was shut up in 1735, and the former in 1830. That of Rio de Janeiro, at first worked in buildings ' little fit for the purpose. . In 18S8 the edifice, where it is now standing, began to be constructed. Its work-shops are vast, well aired, and in superior conditions to many of the same kind in Europe. From its definitive foundation in 1703 until 1833, the Rio de Janeiro Mint coined Rs. 216,257:629^929 (£ 21,62,V62) in gold, andRs. 16,460:8665)>319 (£ 1,646,086) in silver; - 144 — from 1833 to 1849, by the subsisting standard Rs. 9S0:6843» (£ 95,068) in gold, and Rs. 67:3905J680 [£ 6,739) in silver; from 1850 to 1870, by the said standard, Rs. i3,19S,230?l» (£4,319,323) in gold, andRs.l6,812:6i:'5?i00(£l,C81,261) in silver. The Mint comprises seven sections under the superin- tendence of a governor called provedor. Its several de- partments are the book-keeping and accompt-office, the Cash, the stamping of metals, Ihe casting and allaying of metals, the liming, (he coining, the engraving, and machi- nery, workshops. Besides the business of coinage, some of the sections lake charge of works concerning that art-departement, either for public ofDces or for private parlies, ihe pro- ceeds being a source of revenue for the Mint. Thus the casting business comprehends the refining of precious metals, for the account of private parlies ; ihat of the chemical laboratory, the assays and analysis of mine- rals; and the engraving department, the making of medals and other bespoken Nvorks. To the casting department is adjoined another fi r the clearing of the earlh and ashes prjceeding from the work- shops, where precious metals have been worked. The stamping and printing of the policies and other titles of Ihe national debt are a department of the Mint. The coinage, reflning, and other tasks are performed by steam machinery of the most improved and modern system. All the coining engines, 6 in number, have been cons- tructed in the very establishment, wilh the exception of some pieces cast at (he naval arsenal and private work- — 145 — shops. They are of Tonnelier's syslera, modified, and strike more than fifty coins, in a minute. The Mint possesses a precious collection of medals and coins, both brazilian and foreign. Commerce. Possessing so many sheltered ports along its vast sea- ftoast of 0,9iO kil, and a great number of rivers na- vigable to sleamers ; extensive prairies and forests; most fruitful lands and varied climates, under which thrive nu- merous planls both of the tropical and the temperate zones ; containing, besides, a great deal of mines of gold, silver, lead and other meals and important beds of diamonds, the Empire of Brazil has rapidly progressed," as it was to be expected, since the opening of her ports to all friendly nations, in 1808. The government has granted important favours to commerce, and regulated the transactions with the ut- most liberality, providing for its oecessities in proportion as they are pointed out. With the laudable purpose of facilitating and develo- ping commerce, the government allowed to foreign flags the coasting navigation, as well as that of the prin- cipal rivers, the Paraguay, the S. Francisco and the Amazonas to the frontier, an extent of 3,828 kil., and of their respective affluents, thus setting a worthy example to all na ions. The commercial legislation of Brazil, modelled after that of the most refined countries, consists of a code issued out in order to give a greater impulse' and security C. r. 10 — 146 — to transactions, as also of legislative acts subsequently decreed to amend the faults pointed out by experience.. On account of such favourable conditions and owing to the steadiness and liberality of legislation, the Brazi- lian commerce has thriven as much as that of the most prosperous States of Europe. In 1803 the value of the imports and exports of the- foreign commerce was estimated at £2,260; during the^ last five years from 1866 to 1871 the annual average raised up to £ 34,193,200; and in the financial year of 1871 to 1872 this average still went over £ 489,179, notwithstanding the importation having fallen down and the exportation increased to about £ 1,000,000. The increase of the external commerce is perfectly calculated by the following table, organized after the official returns, comprising the period from 1836 to 1871, in which, for a greater facility, the values are represented by periods of five years. Years. Average value in periods Increase. of five years. 1836- -1841 £ 8,793,300 f 1841- -1846 » ^mmT A M %J ^J | ^J X^ ^_^ 9,899,880 » 1,104,680 1846- -1831 » 11,004,500 » 1,104,520 1831- -1856 » 16,925,880 » 5,921,380 1856- -1861 » 23,461,500 » 6,535,620 1861 - -1866 » 25,503,508 » 2,042,008 1866- -1871 » 34,193,201 » 8,689,693 From the first to the second period of five years the commercial movement increased at the rate of 12,5 %, and from 1866 to 1871 at that of 34 '/o, which proves — 147 — that the increase is more £^nd more greater, as it is still ascertained with regard to the financial year of 1871 — 1872. The excess of £ 2S,397,900 of the last, over the first period of five years, is corresponding to 288,76 "/o of increase in the 35 years, or 8,2 °/o a year. These results being compared to those of the european trade shows that only that of France, the annual increase of which is 10,2 %, goes, in this respect, more rapidly than that of Brazil; this superiority, however, may be explained by the deficiency and imperfection of the Bra- silian statistics. In a less advantageous position than that of the Empire, there are to be found Norway with 7,4 »/„ of annual in- crease ; Holland with 7,4 % ; Belgium with 7,1 % ; Dane- mark with 6,1 °/„; England with 5,2 %; the Zollverein with 4,4 7o; Spain with 3,6 7„; Portugal with 3,6%; Russia. with 1,4 %; and Italy with 0,2 7„. Although the development of the foreign trade be enough to give an idea of the country's progress, in order to render it more perfect, it is convenient to study the proportion of the permutation of commercial articles, during the two last years. That this apreciation may be rendered easier, we shall take the average means of from 1861 to 1866 and from 1866 to 1871. Average imports. Average exports 1." period of 5 years £60,325,476 £67,192,055 2.^ » » » » » 79,246,765 » 91,722,240 Increase . . . . » 18,921,289 » 24,530,184 The result is, therefore, that the importation augmented — 148 — from Ihe first to the second period, at the rate of 31 ,36 -/, and the exporlalion at that of 36, S 7„. The balance of the exports over the imports \Yas during the flrsl said period of £ 6,866,579, and during the se- cond of £ 12,475,474, or 81,7 •/, more than the first. From its commercial transactions with other countries has Brazil, therefore, obtained in the period of ten years, from 1861 to 1871, a total of£ 19,3i2,053 pn porlionaily greater in the financial year of 187 i — 72 as well as in that of 1872— 73, though it be not yet liquidated. The constant and progressive increase of trade was also correspondent to the constant and progressive increase of the balance. This result, based on the o'Bcial returns, greatly proves the development of the public wealth, du- ring the late years, and is the best pledge of the Empire's prosperity. It was, however, during that period of ten years that the Empire maintained the war against Paraguay,, for the space of five years, and its exchanges suffered an extraor- dinary vexation as well as the markets, that consume a great part of their products. Notwithstanding all this, the sources of the public wealth were not affected, neither the commerce decreased ; on f&e contrary, it thrived in a high degree, more by the increase of exportation than by that of importation, a clear evidence of the great productive forces of Brazil. Upon so solid a basis, rather strengthened by the sta- bility of the institutions, the best guarantee of commerce, of agriculture and general industry, are settled the deserved credits enjoyed by Brazil in Europe. Of course, the coasting and inland trade followed the same progress, as it may be Sden from the adjoined table _ 149 — with regard to the financial years of 4854, 1863 and 1870. PINAHOIAI; TEAKS. 1854-55 1863—64 1870-71 Coasting trade. . . . £4,977,300 £10,070,200 £13,080,000 Inland and flwial trade » 1,420,000 » 1,730,000 » 1,900,000 Total. . . £ 6,897,200 £ 11,820,300 £ 14,930,000 During the 17 years past, from 1854 to 1871, the coast- ing and inland trade augmented at the rate of 133,4 %. corresponding to the annual average of 7,8 •/„ or the same as the foreign trade. It is still to. be noticed, that the official statistical re- turns comprised but a very small part of ihe home trade, always superior in every country to the foreign one, since the articles, before their being exported, and after their importation, go through many transactions. The total of the foreign trade summed up to that of the coasting and the inland one, belonging to the last fiscal year, proves that, in the general balance, the trans- actions of the brazilian commerce are represented on the official returns by the figure of £ 49,123,200. The different nations of the globe have contributed, in the following proportions, to Ihe result which the com- merce of seagoing vessels presents : As to the imports : Great Britain with 45,73 % ; France with 17,33%; River Plate with 7,26 %: the Hanseatic Towns with 6,15 "/o ; the United-Slates with 5,36 %; Belgium with 4,80 °/. ; Portugal wilh 3,69 "/», and other countries with 9,68 %• As for the exports: the United-States, which consume — 150 — the brazilian produces ia a larger scale, contributed with a perceQtage of 45,84 "/.; Great-Britaiu with 9,07 % ; France with 5,62 %; River Plate with 5,i9 7o ; Por- tugal with 3,20 •/„ ; Hanseatic Towns with 2,03 "/, ; Belgium with 1,04 »/.; other countries with 27,94 »/<,. For the prosperity of the Empire, during the last years, much contributed the progress of the transatlantic steam- navigation, the augment of the banliing establishments, the liberty of' coasting navigation, and the development of the rail-roads and of the coasting and fluvial steam- navigation, greatly subsidized by the general and provin- cial governments. The seagoing navigation in the financial year of 1871 — 72, calculated by the entries and sailings, was carried on by 6,324 vesselsof 3, 418,41-2 tons burden o'r2, 713, 691,028 kilogr., and manned by 122,391 men; and the coasting navigation by 9,893 vessels of 2,402,309 tons burden or 1,905,614,798 kilgr., and manned by 139,233 men. The progress of navigation, during the financial years of 18S4— 65 and 1871—72, may be valued by the fol- lowing comparative table : SEAGOING NAVIGATION. Vessels. Tons burden. Crew. 1864-63. ... 6,138 2,389,098 89,367 1871—72. . . . 6,324 3,408,402 122,391 Increase .... 186 1,019,304 33,024 COASTING NAVIGATION. Vessels. Tons burden. Crew. 1864—63. . . . 6,275 1,283,919 89,822 1871—72. . . . 9,893 2,402,309 139,233 Increase .... 3,618 1,118,390 49,413 — 151 — In the increase relating the tonnage of seagoing vessels, was comprised a great number of steamers, which are taking the place of the sailing ships, wilh notable advantage. The inland or river navigation had a satisfactory deve- lopment, and during the year 1872, was carried on by 8,771 vessels, and manned by 16,238 men; being employed in the fishing trade 4,808 boats, manned by 3,301 men. The provinces of Brazil, which have foreign commer- cial intercourse, are those of Rio de Janeiro, Pernambuco, Bahia, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, Para, S. Paulo, Maranhao, Alagoas, Parahyba, Ceara, Sergipe, Parana, Santa Calharina, Rio Grande do Norte, Piauhy, Espirito Sanlo and Mato-Grosso. Tiiere are in the Empire about 53,000 commercial houses, besides nearly 7,000, exempt from taxes, namely: Brazilian 29,000; Portuguese 18,000; other nationalities 6,000. By the budget law, voted this year, measures were adopt- ed that concern the inlernational trade ; the government being authorized: {."■ To reduce, within certain limits, the additional du- ties of importation. The official value of the articles of the tariff shall be those of the average prices current in the markets, the ad- ditional taxes of 5 % of the value of the articles, and those of 28 and 21 <>/„ on the tariff duties, being sub- stituted by a percentage of 30 to 40 "/o, on the produces of the said duties. This percentage is to be reduced every year by the le- gislative power, according to the circumstances of the ex- chequer, and the increase of the national revenue. The plan for the new tariff is already being studied. — 152 — 2/ To allow, without any limited time, the coasting navigation to foreign vessels, under the condi lions actually in vigour, granting to the national shipping a revrard not exceeding £ 5 per ton, for each vessel built up in the Em- pire, as well as the exemption both from the anchorage duty and the excise tax, for the first sale of every vessel built in the national slocks: the exemption from industry and trade taxes to stocks' owners, as well as that from recruilment to Brazilians employed, as sailors, in the national sliippiog. 3.*To reduce the anchorage taxes, calculated on the tonna- ge of foreign vessels, from SOO reis (1 shilling) per brazi- lian ton to iOO rs. (o pences) per metrical ton, compre- hending all vessels, entered into the ports of the Empire, except those of the navy, those driven into the haibour by stress of weather, those which convey more than a hua- dred immigrants at a time, those which have a free entry according to the custom-houses' regulations, and finally those which, within the period of a year, have paid the same taxes for fix times running. This statute will put out the doubts and contests of the previous laws, bringing back to trade about 30 % of the expenses that were formerly paid. 4.'* To lessen the taxes and other expenses proceeding from the collecting and sale of ihe jetsam of vessels, wrecked on the coasts of Brazil, the due charges being reduced to a half of their present cost. f>. "" To exempt from export duties the timber and other native articles employed in the fitting out and repairing of foreign ships, lying in the roadsteads of the Empire. The principal articles of exportation in Brazil are the following. — 153 — Coffee. This staple, by itself, represents nearly the half of the whole value of the exports. lis cultivation extends from the Amazonas down to the province ofS. Paulo, that is, from 3' E:N to 23" E:S. and from the seacoast to the western boundary of the Empire, the surface favourable to its growth being thus above 15,000 sq. Ig. or 6^3,400 sq. kil. Both the climate and the soil being so adapted for its culture, it has, of course, rapidly extended itself, though, in the beginning there was not great care in the prepa- ration of the berry, thence proceeding the discredit to which it fell down in the european markets. During the last 13 years, however, the quality of the coffee has been so considerably improved, by the intro- duction of machinery and of more perfect processes, that since long more than a half of the brazilian coffee is sold, in Europe, under the denomination of Java, Ceylon, Mar- tinique, S. Domingos and even Moka. — The international Jury of the Universal Exhibition, in 1867, gave a solemn testimonial of this truth, by conferring a gold medal to the brazilian coffee, a reward that was not granted to the similar produces of other countries. The growth of coflFee is increasing, in Brazil, whilst it is either standing still or in little progress, in the East-Indies , Central America, S. Domingos, and other countries. The following table, organized according to the official returns, shows the increase of its production. 154 Quantity. Value. 1840 — 1841 74,294,689 kilgr. £ 2,000,000 1871—1872! 243,584,360 » » 7,164,563 Increase 169,-289,671 » £ 5,164,565 In a period of 31 years, the quantity of coffee exported, has raised at the rate of 228 °l„, and the value lo 258 % or 7,35 °/o and 8, 3 "/„ a year, a sufQcient proof of the pro- gress in the cultivation, and of improvement in the quality of the produce. Ttie production of coffee is, at present, estimated in Brazil at about 260,000,000 kilgr., of which 29,380,000 kilgr. are consumed in the country. It is calculated that in the Empire there exist 530,000,000 of coffee-trees, covering a surface of about 574,99-2 hectars. Cotton> This staple was always cultivated, in Brazil, chiefly in the northern provinces, but in a small scale till of late, because the price, in the importing markets, did not suffi- ciently return the expenses of production and conveyance. The rise in the value of cotton, caused by the United- States war, and by the construction of a few rail-roads, encouraged the planters, and its culture is rapidly spread- ding even throughout the southern provinces. The following table shows the amount of its exportation, during the last 11 years. Quantity. Value. 1860—1861 9,854,933 kilgr. £ 468,214 1871 — 1872 53,589,838 » » 3,563,091 Increase 43,734,905 » » 3,094,877 — 155 — The exportation, therefore, increased in that period at the rate of 443,8 "/„ or 40,3 °/„ every year, an evidence of the extraordinary progress of the cotton growth, which value, during the same period, rose to 661 % of 60 7, in a year. It should be noticed that this great development, in the cultivation of cotton, did not encroach on the coffee, the sugarcane, and other staples of the country, which is but explained by a belter application of the -productive forces.' Sugar. The sugarcane, cultivated in Brazil from the earliest times, constituted its chief staple until the introduction of the coffre-tree, that greatly encroached on it. Lately, however, the production of this article has ra- pidly increased as it is shown by the following table, which may be compared to that of coffee, above men- tioned. Quantity. Value. 1860—1861. . . 63,387,951 kilgr £ 1,090,054 1871-1872. . . 141,994,693 » « 2,627,761 Increase .... 76,606,742 » £ 1,537,707 Within the last H years, the increase of sugar exports, was at the rate of 117 % or 10,6% annually, and that ■of the value at the rale of 141 %. which corresponds to the annual increase of 12,8 °/o. being superior to thai of coffee. The sugar at present produced in Brazil, not com- prising a great quantity of treacle and molasses, amounts — 156 — to 293,800,000 kilgr. Almost a half of this production is consumed ia the country. Dry and salted bides. Although, throughout the Empire, the raising of callle may be carried on to a large scale, this trade has been chiefly developed in the provinces of Piauhy, Ceara, Rio Grande do Norte, Parahyba, S. Paulo, Parana, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, Minas Geraes, Mato-Grosso and Goyaz. JJJt is calculated that there are at present in the Em- pire about 15,000,000 of caltle, which represent a stock of f 13,000,000. During the financial years already alluded to, the ex- portation of this article Avas as follows : QUANTITY VALDE 1860-1861 . . . 18,883,216 kilgr. £ 782,431 1871—1872 . . . 21,748.920 » » 1,176,571 Increase .... 2,865,704 )^ £ 394,140 During the last 11 years the production increased at the rate of 15 °/„, and the price at that of 50,4 "/., or 1,4 "/, e 4,6 % annually, as it is seen in the table above. Gum elastic or caoutcbouc. This article, the Indus' rial applications of which are constantly growing, is produced for the most part in the valleys of the provinces of Para and Amazonas, where the Siphonia elastica, from which it is extracted, springs up spontaneously and abundantly from the littoral to the distance of 3,300 kilom, towards the interior. — 157 — When this plant be regularly cultivated it is likely that Ibe price of caoutchouc will decrease. Even so, however, it will yield a sure revenue superior to that of coffee, since the brazilian kind is the best known. The following table points out the quantity and value of ils exports during the years, that have been taken for our comparative study. QUANTITY VALUE 18fiO-1861 . . . 2,412.612 kilgr. £ 283,395 1871—1872 . . . 4,798,921 « » 730,949 Increase .... 2,386,309 » £ 464,554 The increase was, with regard to quantity, of 99 '/o and to price of 162,2 %, or 9 to 14,7 <>/. a year. Tobacca. The soil of Brazil is perfectly suited to the culture of tobacco which growth has increased, chiefly in the pro- vinces of Bahia, Minas, S. Paulo, Para and several loca- lities of Rio de Janeiro. During the period referred to, the exportation was as follows : QUANTITY VALUE 1860-1861 . . . 4,608,987 kilgr. £ 2.i7,643 1871 — 1872 . . . 12,835,126 » « 674,803 Increase 8,226,139 » £ 437,160 The total rise of the quantity amounted lo 178.5 •/». that of the value lo J84 %. The annual average was 16,2 o/o with regard to quantity, and 16,8 °/„ with reference to value. — 158 — Mate (Paraguay Tea). This article, as an object of exporlalion, is exclusive to the southern provinces of Rio Grande, Santa Catharina and Parana. The wild produce is still availed of, some allempis have, however, been carried on for its culiivation. From the good methods employed, it will result an increase in the production and, of course, great advantages to ihe country, attending to the therapeutical and alimenlitious uses of the plant. The exportation was as follows: QUANTITY VALUE 1830—1861. . . . 6,803,036 kilgr, £ 14-2,975 1871—187-2. . . . 9,507,086 » » 2i7,58l Increase 2,704,030 » £ 84,606 The increasffwas, as to quantity, of 39,7 %, and as to the value of 39,1 Vo- The annual average is wiih regard to quautily 3,6 "/o, and to the value 3,4 7.. Cacdo. It is hkewise from the valleys of the Amazonas and the Tocantins that proceeds most of the cacao, exporlid from Brazil. Its culture is greatly increasing in ihe [iruviuces of Bahia and Ceara. Next to the gum elastic this is the article, that yields more profits to the producer. It grows up abundantly and spontaneously in thi? forests of the Amazonas, being chiefly cultivated in the pinvince of Para; but it yields well throughout the (ouniiy, ex- tending southwards as far as Rio de Janeiro. — 159 — The exports were as follows: QUANTITY VALUE 4860-i861 . . . 3,481 ,324 kilogr. £ 147,671 1871—1872 . . . 3,181,471 « » 150,929 Difference .... 299,853 » £ 3,237 There was a fall, ia the quantity, of 8,6 '/». and a rise of 2,2 '/o in the \alue, or 0,8 "/„ to 0,2 -/„ in a year. Knm, After the financial year of 1860—61, in which the official value attained £ 59,744 and the quantity 3,599,636 litr, the exports of this article, which may take a great de- velopment, increased considerably, its value rising up in the year 1871—72 to £ 124,336, and the quantity to 5,652,908 litr., as it is shown in the following table: QUANTITY VALUE 1860—1861 . . . 3,599,636 litr. £ 59,744 1871-1872 . . . 5,652,908 » » 1^4,336 Increase .... 2,053.272 » » 64,591 The increase was 57 "/o in the quantity, and 108,1 % in the value, the annual proportion of the former being 5,2 o/o, and of the latter 9,8 %• IHanioc iloar. When the alimenlitious uses of this article be better known and valued, its exportation is likely to increase. During the financial year of 1860 to 1861 were exported 3,269,983 litres, officially estimated at £ 10,283. Since that lime the foreign consumption of this staple has ra- pidly increased. — 160 — The following comparalive table of Ihe year referred lo, and that of 1871 — 1872 sho^vs out Ihe total augment. Ql'ANTITY. VALUE. 1860-1861. . . . 3,269,963 litr. £ 30,1284 1871—1872. . . . 7,087,620 » » 35,813 Increase 3,817,657 litr. £ 25,529 The increase is correspondent to the total percentage of 116,7 "/o and of 10,6 "/„ annually, with regard to quan- tity, or 248,3 % and 22,6 °/o annually, with regard to the value. Jacarandii (Bosenood.) In the last financial year the official value of its exports was £ 105,100. The richest forests containing this wood, are to be found in the provinces of Rio Grande do Norte, Per- nambuco, Alagoas, Espirilo-Santo, Rio de Janeiro and Minas Geraes, from which it is exported by the rive. iWucuiy and the ports of Bahia. Hairs and atooI of animals. '-' In the export tables of 1860—1861 these articles are represented, in the official statistics, by the quantity of 370,012 kilo.^r., and the value of £25,794; in the year 1871 — 1872, however, the quantity exported was 543,387 kiiogr., with the value of £ 42,893, as it is seen in the table at foot. QUANTITY. VALUE. 1860—1861. . . . 370,012 kiiogr. £ 25.794 1871—1872. . . . 543,387 » » 42,893 Increase 173,375 kiiogr, £ 17,098 — 161 — The increase was 46,8 o/„ in the quanlily, and 66,2 »/. in the value; or annually 4,3 ■'/. to the former, and 6 7o to the latter. Gold and diamouils. There was a fall in the exportation of those articles, the value of wliichin 1860—61 was £ 510,159. In the year 1871—72 it fell to £ 301,054: this fall is explained by the discovery of more abundant diamond mines, in other countries. Siiniilry »rtii-lcs. The exportation of other articles not referred to, in this work, amounted in value to £ 389,394. The production of cotton was that which had the great- est increment within the period of the last ten years, compared to that of tobacco, rum, sugar, caoutchouc, hides, coffee, and mate. The cacao fell down in quantity, but rose in value. The exportation of the latter article is liable to many changes, because of the overflowings of the Amazonas, which very often destroy the crops. Exchanges. In virtue of a regulation, sanctioned by the government, the merchants of Rio de Janeiro, who constitute the commercial association, elect every two years a committee composed of 15 members of different nationalities, to whom it pertains : l^t to deliberate on all matters which concern commerce generally ; 2, = 88 » 7 » = 15,4 » 247 » 543,4 » 3 palms = 0,66 » 6 inches = 0,165 » Total 544,925 To convert 164,6 meters into english measures o: length. 100 meters = 328 08 feet. 4 » = 13,12 » 0,6 » = 1,97 B 164,6 » = 540,02 » — 175 - Table showing the relat'mns of the weights of Brazil and England AVUh the eorrespondiiig ones in the metrical system. BEAZTT. ENGLAND . _l n 3P. . S a 1 M t/3 S -gi o c m •s^ -S g t3 -2 "> Grains i gram Si 03 O a il «3 b! 1-2 11 6 > ^2 1 0498 3,586 0,459 20,076 0,379 3,178 0,453 1,0157 3,306 0,984' 2 0,0996 7.173 0,918 40,153 0,558 4,357 0,907 2,0313 4,411 1,9692 3 0,1494 10,759 1,377 60,329 0,8:ffi 6,535 1,360 3,0469 6,617 3,953f 4 0,1992 11,345 1,836 80,305 1,115 8,714 1,814 4,0626 8,833 3,9384 5 0,2491 17,932 2,295 100,381 1,391 10,893 2,267 5,0782 11,028 4,9231 6 0,8989 21,518 3,754 120,458 l,67t 13,07C 2,730 6,0939 13,233 5,9075 7 0,34S7 23.104 3,213 140,53J 1,953 15,219 3,174 7,1095 15,430 6,892] 8 0,3985 28,691 3,673 160,610 2,231 17,427 3,627 8,1252 17,041 7,8767 9 0,4483 32,377 4,131 180,687 2,509 19,606 4,081 9,1408 19,850 8,S613 10 0,4981 35,863 4,591 300,763 3,788 31,784 4,534 10,1565 33,056 9,8459 / Pound av du p.= 2 marcs = 459,053 gram. I Mark = 8 ounces = 239,526 » ^ 1 Ounce = 8 drachms = 28,691 » g < Drachm = 73 grains = 3,586 » m j Ton r_- 13 y. cwt = 793,24 kilog. r Cwt =4 arrobas = 58,76 » \ Arroba = 32 pounds = 14,69 » ,^ ( Pound av. d. p. = 16 ounc =^ 453,4 gram. g \ Ounc = 16 drachm = 28,3 -^J Drachm = 1,77 a ) Ton = 20 quint. =: 1015,65 kilgr. ^ f Cwt = 50,78 Suppose 3 pounds, 3 ounc, 8 drachms to be converted into metrical "weights i 3 pounds = 1,377 kilogr. 2 oz = 2 X 0,03869 = 0,057 » ; 5 drachm = 0,018 » Total 1,453 » To convert 245 kilograms into english weights. 200 k. = 441,1 pounds av. d. p. 40 k. = 83,2 . av. d. p. 5 k. = 11,1 i> av d. p. i 345 k. = 540.3 1 ^^-^ 1 4 92,3 1 14 8,3 6 ' or 4 cvsft, 6 stones and 8.3 pounds. — 176 ^ Table of tbc mcasnres and weights of Brazil and their eonesponding 'values ia the metrical system. NAMES OP THE MEASURES. JtineraTy measures . lieague of sesmaria » of 18 each degree . . > of 20 . of 25 Of length. Fathom Geometrical step Foot Palm Inch Xiine Point Agrarian measures, Alqueire of Minas-Greraes . » of Rio-de-Janeiro of S. Paulo.. SmMl measures of surface. Square fathom Square foot Square palm. Square iuch.. Of volume. Cubic fathom Cubic foot Cubic palm . Cubic inch . . Dry. Moio Alqueire or bushel . Quart Selamim Liquid. Tun , Pipe Almude Canada or medida. Pint Weight. Ton Quintal (cwt) Arroba Arratel or pound . Mark Ounce Drachm G-rain Pound troy 3,000 fathoms . 2,810 2,529 2,023 > 2 ella ^ 10 palms 5 feet r= 7 1/2 palms. . . 12 inches = 1 1/2 palm . 8 inches 1 2 lines 12 points 10,000 square fathoms. . . 10,000 * > .. 5,000 > ► .. 300 square palm^ 2 1/4 » » — 144 square inches o4 square in-.-hes 144 square lines 1,000 cubic palms 3,375 » » —1728 cubic inches 512 cubic inches 1,728 cubic line 60 alqueires . 4 quart 1/4 quart . 2 pipas. . . . 25 almudes . 6 canadas . 4 pints 13 1/2 quintaes 4 arrobas 33 pounds , 2 marks 8 ounces 8 drachms 3 scruples or 72 grains. 12 ounces. METRICAL SYSTEM. 6,600 meters. 6,182 > 5,564 4,451 2,2 meters. 1,65 . 0,33 » 22 centimeters. 2,75 » 0,229 0,191 millimeters. 484 ares ^z48,400 square meters. 484 ares =48 ,400 square meters ■ 242 ares— 24,200 square meters . 4,84 square meters . 0,1089 » 484 square centimeters. 7,58 square centimeters. 10,648 cubic meters, 0,03594 of the cubic meter, 10,848 cubic centimeter. 2181,8 liters. 36,36 » 9,09 » 1,14 1- 800 liters. 403 > 16 . 2,687 - 0,667 > 793,943 kilograms. 58,759 > 14,690 0,459 229,526 grama. 28,691 3,586 0,0498 » 344,292 A metrical ton is equal to 1,000 kilograms and, corresponds to 1,2606 of the bra zilian ton. A metrical league is equal to 4 kilometers, and represents 1,818,2 fathoms. — 177 Agriculture. The greatest part of the population is employed in agri- €ullure, that constitutes the chief source of national wealth. Nature seems to have destined Brazil to be one of the mosft agricultural countries in the -world. J Still covered, in its greatest extent, with majestic na- tive forests its soil preserves its primitive luxuriance, which largely and generously repays the toil of man. Wheat and rye that yield in Europe 20 7. and in Asia 8 to 12 for 1, produce in Brazil 30 to 60 for 1. Tliere are lands, in wliich 19,36 ares may give any of the following results in the indicated proportions : ' Of cotton, 826 to 918 kilograms ; of coffee 688,3 kilo- grams ; of manioc 3,636 liters ; of maize 1,818 liters. In general, maize produces 150 for 1, beans 80, rice 1,000 ;.and when in the United Slates an acre of land (36,3 ares) yields 925,3 kilograms of clean cotton, the poor lands of Brazil produce 1,469 kilograms, the better ones 4,407 kilogr., and the best 8,814 kiiogr. The topographical foraialion, the varied climate, the abundance of water, the almost general and constant strength of the vegetation make its lands adapted, in larger or smaller scale, to the cultivation of all the plants of the globe. Thus in almost all the southern provinces whilst in some places coffee, sugarcane, cotton and tobacco thrive, as in the most advantageous countries and while tea, cacao, va- nilla and all asiatic plants, also flourish, olherzones of the same provinces are favourable to the planting of fruit c. I. 12 — 178 — trees, grain, and vegetables of Europe. Indeed, in some provinces they cultivate coffee and sugarcane and plant also with good result, wheat, barley, rye, vineyards, pear, apple and peach-trees- Many produces of Brazilian agriculture supply already the markets of the northern and southern provinces, as for instance, excellent cheese, butter, bacon, a great va- riety of fruit, different qualities of potatoes and olher bul- bous plants. Even the real potatoe, commonly known by the name of English potatoe, as good as the one imported, is al- ready cultivated in great quantity. Gardening, properly said, fruit and vegetable culture, have made since some years remarkable progress, in the ca- pital of the Empire, and in those of Bahia, Pernambaco, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and others, as well as in the colonies. The same occurs with the acclimatization of exotic plants, of grafting and transplantation. The advantages of the culture of the coffee-tree are ob- vious to all in the Empire, having even only a slight know- ledge of the results obtained by it. One hectare may con- tain 918 coffee-trees, which, on inferior lands, produce 674 kilograms; on those of second quality, 1,384 kilograms; and on the best lands 2,022 kilograms. An active man, working regularly, can take care of 2 hectares planted with coffee, his annual income being therefore in the first case £ 36,7 sh. ^ in the second £ 74, 15 sh, and in the third £ 109, 2 sh, calculating at thejowest price of 270 reis a kilogram. On a regular coffee farm the average production per head, including women, children, and old people, is £ 60,000. Nearly the whole Brazilian soil, from the Amazonas — 179 — down to S. Paulo, is perfeclly fitted to the culture of su- garcane, offering real advantages ; but in the provinces of Pernambuco, Bahia and Rio de Janeiro it is cultivated on the largest scale. Many of its varieties are acclimated, and the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio carefully cultivates, on the normal farm, which it created, 17 varieties of it, viz; the green one from Penang or Snlangor, rose, violet, c'ayenne, red of two qualities, cayenne rose, S. Juliao, black, creoIe, iron, soft, 'striped with green and black, green and red, green and yellow or imperial, Egyptian, yellow and red, uba indigenous, uba improved. Of these varieties the same Institute is used to distribute annually a great quantity of specimens amongst the planters. The great agriculture prefers the Otahili cane to the green Penang, and to the violet of Batavia ; because the former, planted in lands fertile and rich of calx, pro- duces more abundantly. In some agricultural districts, however, the Olahiti cane, on account of different diseases, that attacked it, was substituted by the violet. y Even in silicious lands, less adapted to culture, the cul- tivation of sugarcane is remunerating; whereas, if the plant does not develop itself so much, it furnishes in return a juice of 12 to 14 degrees Baume and a much purer one. In the new lands, in which scarcely some correctives such as lime and marl are used, one can gather in 1 hectare of plantation, 100 to liO.OOO kilo- grams, at the end of 13 months, with the addition, that the labour for its plantation and tillage benefits the ve- getables, that may be planted in the same ground. An active workman, making use of the cultivator, may — 180 - lake care of 2 heclares planted with sugar cane, and will gain at least annually £ 60, lOsh, deducting half the value of the sugar for the expenses of manufacturing. The expenses with the culture of sugar cane, in Rio de Janeiro, where wages are high, regulate £13 for each hectare, including the interest of 8 °/o of the sums em- ployed. The product, however, amounting to £ 70, in 1 hectare, the liquid profit will be £ o7. This result is greater yet, when after preparing the ground, the plough may be used. In the manufactory of sugar, excellent results have been obtained by the use of steam to boll the sirups in low temperature, and of the turbines for the forced clarihcalion of the crj'slallized masses. Excellent results have also been obtained in the cul- ture of the cotton-tree, that interests the small farmers ; chiefly because it does not require investment of capital with machines and engines. Its production has much increased, thanks to the remunerating price, which it obtains at present in the markets, and the facility of transport, which our railways offer. It is to presume, that it will develop itself still more, as soon as our lines of rail-Avays are prolonged in the di- rection of the central points. In 1 hectare there is space for 4,-345 cotton-trees, thai give 2,160 kilograms of cotton in pod, according to the quality of the ground. A workman takes easily care of 3 hectares planted with cotton and grains ; he has, there- fore, an annual income of £ 81, supposing at the rate of 125 reis a kilogram, the regular price, in the interior of the country. The culture of the vine is another new branch of agri- - 181 — cultural induslry, that promises to deS'elop itself in a larger scale, and shows itself already in animating con- ditions in the provinces of S. Paulo, and S. PeJro do Rio Grande do Sul. It has also been tried in the district of Nova-Friburgo, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, and in some districts of the South of Minas Geraes. the number of American and European varieties of the vitis vinifera, acclimated in S. Paulo, is very great. It is calculated at 320,000 liters, the wine made there last year, sold at £ 13 to £ 40, and it was observed ft many places that 1,000 vines might produce 4,000 liters. In the province of S. Pedro do Rio Gr.mde do Sul, only on the Island of the Marinheiros and in the colonies, 400,000 liters were annually made, using in preferences^ the' American grape. Though this produce cannot as yet be considered of first quality, it is however, all consumed in the provinces, that make it, and in view of its purity compared to many of the imported wines, it is much sought for. Persevering endeavours are made, principally in the district of the capital of S. Paulo, in order to im- prove it, by introducing new specimens of vines, and bettering the process of its manufactory. Another branch of export, whereof may result advan- tages, superior yet to its consume in the Empire, is the tapioca, already known and appreciated in Europe. Up to this time it has been exported Ihilher, Specially from the provinces of Maranhao and Para. Provenient from the roots of the manioc [Manhiot utilissimaj hmWy of the euphorbiacea, of which there are 30 varieties -in Brazil, it consists in the pulverized matter, that is de-'" — 182 — posited, when the mass of these roots, grated or smashed, is left some time in water. The manioc produces well in almost all lands of the tem- perate intertropical regions, with preference, however, in the dry and loose, and especially sandy lands. It is one of those cultures that, comparatively, require the least attention of ihe farmer. From it excellent flour (farinha) is extracted, that serves to auxiliate the food in almost all provinces, and also starch, cari'ma, and other masses of extensive and varied use. The tapioca is prepared with much facility and even if there were in its actual price a fall of 50%, it would still give a considerable gain, provided it be prepared carefully. It suCBces, in order to acknowledge il, to coasidar that -220 square meters, of good ground, planted with sugar- cane, produce as a rule, 4,690 kilograms of sugar that are sold at £ 300, whereas it is demonstrated by the experiments of an intelligent farmer from the district of Campos, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, that in an equal space of ground, even of inferior quality, 40, COO plants of manioc produce regularly, 36,720 kilograms of tapioca. At the lowest price of 60 reis a pound, 0,459 kilograms will give £ 480. Besides this advantage the manioc has yet that of not requiring, in its culture, so much care and lands so fertile, nor the making of the tapioca so costly machines, and agricultural apparatus, as the other plants, with which it has been compared. One may add in its favour other reasons for preference, as for instance its serving for the food of man, and va- rious and important applications, and its fibres and roots — 183 — being, independently of any preparation, used as nourish- ment for domestic animals. The culture and preparation of cofifee, sugar, cotton and tobacco has improved considerably by the introduc- tion of important machines, and application of perfected processes. As to coffee, the principal article of national production, it can be assured, that no country produces so much, or of belter quality. The Grst of these truths is generally acknowledged ; the other will be so by unprejudiced minds, that give themselves the trouble to examine it. ^,;. For the progress of the culture of our first articles, the agricultural societies, established in the capital and in some provinces, have greatly contributed, and the individual interest, awaked by the example and experience of the most intelligent husbandmen and farmers. Rivaling with those societies, agricultural institutes, created by the go- vernment and with] sufficient properly, are destined to promote by themselves and by means of municipal com- missions, the development of agriculture. fe; This, together with the construction of new roads, the improvement of those existijig, the greatest amplitude, that is always given to the coast and river navigation, the professional instruction, for which attempts are made in the city of Rio de Janeiro and in different provinces, and the introduction of moralizeLl and industrious colonists, which the authorities of the State incessantly promote, will, doubtless, cause the best distribution of rural property, and set it on other basis, thus elevating agriculture in Brazil to the state of perfection, .to which it is entitled. For this purpose will also concur with valuable aid. — 184 — the national and international exhibitions, and above all the partial ones, thai the agricultural institutes aided by the government, are to inaugurate in certain periods, for determined agricultural produces, and in which there will be prizes awarded to the planters, that distinguish themselves most in these contests of intelligent labour. A proposal of the Imperial Agricaliural Institute of Rio about these expositions in the capital,, is actua'ly submitted to the examination of Ihe government. Agricultural Institutes. Agricultural Institutes have been created in the capital of the Empire nnd in the provinces of Bahia, Pernam- buco, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and Sergipe. The three first have already commenced their task, the Imperial Institute of Rio being under the inspection of the Minister and Secretary of State for the Affairs of Agriculture, and the others under that of Ihe presidenis of the respective provinces. Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio.— This one is charged to maintain and improve the Botanical Garden of Lagoa de Rodrigo de Freitas, and receives for this purpose from the government an annual contribution of £ i40. It possesses a stock of more than £ 30,000. To its foundation its members ontributod with diffe- rent offers, and the Chief of the Slate with the sum £ 10,800 from his civil list. The sessions of the Institute have almost always been honoured wi'.h the August pre- sence of His Majesty tbe Emperor. Close by the Botanical Garden the Institute founded a — 185 — normal farm, that dates of a few years, but where are already found those workshops, of which agriculture slands most in need, and carls for the service of the farm are made, as also engines and agricultural instru- ments adapted to the nature of Ihe soil of Brazil, which are also sold to the farmers and husbandmen for prices inferior to those imported. -Here are nurseries of thousands of indigenous and exotic plants, and improved culture of many, the produ- ces of which constitute the principal national exportation, or are most genersElly used by the population. It contains 17 varieties of sugarcane, 27 kinds of ma- nioc, many of aipim, tobacco Djebel, Havanna and other procedencies, cotton of the most appreciated qualities and a great number both of fructiferous plants and of simple ornament. It possesses also a chiraical laboratory conveniently or- ganized, where lands and rjral produces are often ana- lyzed. The Institute founded also a hat manufactory imitating those of Cliile, some of Avhich so beautifully made, ihat they were considered worthy of the Universal Exhibition of Vienna. The substance employed in the fabrication of these hats, is extracted from the Bomboaassa straw, a plant brought out some years ago, from Peru and cuUivaled in great quantity in the normal farm. To this factory, in which poor b.ys, almost all from the Santa Casa da Misericordia of Ihe ci'.y o! Rio de Janeiro, serve as apprentices and workmen, there has been just annexisd a practical school for teaching, not only the breeding of the silkworm of the Asiatic species — 186 — liombix mori, and of the natioual one, named Saturnia, but also the process of the extraction of the silk. The lastitiUe created an agricultural asylum on the system of the most modest ones in Switzerland, for indi- gent boys, that, -whilst they apply themselves every day to practical agriculture in its different branches, cultivate their intellects and receive religious education. This asylum is situated in a vast edifice, containing a closed yard for gymnaslical exercises and recreation, a chapel for divine service, school and sleeping rooms, a workroom for rainy days, horse stables, pens and hedges, made according to the rules of art for the animals, that exist here ; ponds for bathing and swimming, agricultural machines and implements, culture grounds, and plantations made by the scholars, the produces of v/hich are already used to assist and vary their alimentation. The asylum purposes to enable the scholars to be some day excellent overseers or administrators of great rural establishments, and very good auxiliaries of the farmers and cultivators, for the progress and perfection of husbandry. Of late the Institute proposed the foundation, by means of the aid of the government, of a zoological garden and of a veterinary school, inside the Botanical Garden, and to take gratuitously charge of the superintendence of the forest service, at present under the care of the Ge- neral Inspection of Public Works. With those measures they have in view the future establishment of practical courses of zoothechnics and sylviculture. The Institute promotes, besides this, the means to realize, on a large scale, the culture of certain textible — 187 — plants, lately discovered in the forests of the provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Minas Geraes, -which furnish fibres of first quality, the excellence of which was acknow- ledged in London and Manchester, in the examinations made there by order of the government. It is already determined that not only the acclimati- zation and culture of these plants, but also the prepa- ration of the materia prima they famish, are easy and of little expense. According to the opinion of the persons charged with the examination in England, those fibres may be worth more than £ 84 per 793,243 kilograms or H,7 pence 0,459 Kilograms, that is, 9 pence more than flax, and as much or nearly as much as cotton. The Institute publishes an illustrated review of practical agriculture, that is in the 4'" year of its existence, and is assisted by the legislative assembly of the province of Rio de Janeiro. Imperial AGRicuLxaRAL institute of bahia.— Founded in the capital of the province of Bahia, it is about to open a normal course of agriculture, with a boarding school for the scholars that wish to frequent it. It constructed, at its own expense and aided by the national and provincial treasuries, a vast edifice, especially adapted for that purpose, in which it spent more than £ 25,000. Agricultural implements bespoken by the Institute have of late arrived from Europe. It possesses a small library, a laboratory, seeds, some animals and other objects necessary to the wants of agri- culture and the industries concerning it. It has already a small cabinet of physics and chemistry. — 188 — an industrial museum, and has already submitled the regulation of the agricultural school to the approbation of the government. The course of agriculture is to be theoretical and practical. The farm of Lages, where the establishment is situa- ted, has already roads, indispensable for-lhe IrafSc, plan- tation of dififereat kinds of sugarcane, that are distri- but(3d amongst the farmers, and a great quantity of cattle in its fields. Imperhl agricoltoral institute of pbrnambuco.— The work to its charge has not commenced, since it is yet collecting the necessary elements. It was endowed by the respective legislative EtSsembly with the sum of £ 10,000 lor the purchase of lands, on wliich a normSil farai or model plantation is to be founded. It is also annually subsiLlizi3d by the -provincial trea- sury. In the capital of the province of Pernarabuco endea- vours have been also made to organize a society for the purpose of promoting the development of agriculture. Societies of the same description exist in the dis- trict of Campos, province of Rio de Janeiro, where a company intends founding engines with the most per- fected machinery, exclusively for the making of sugar, in return of a pecuniary compensation from those farmers, who may choose to grind there the sugarcane of their crop. From the good success of this company must re- sult great advantages, proceeding from the separation of the culture of the plant, and the fabrication of the sugar, in behalf both of little husbandry and the improvement of the produce. — . 189 — In Maraahao and other provinces, agricuUural societies and courses arc, likewise, about to be organized. In ttie district of tlie Capital, besides the Imperial In- stitute there is the «Society for the Aid to National In- dustry)) which founded in 1830, has rendered, by means of the greatest perseverance and constant efforts, im- portant services to agriculture and to all branches of National Industry. Its meetings are frequently honoured by the august presence of the Emperor. Not only it has introduced many machines and agri- cultural implements, but it has also been infatigable in promoting, by every means in its power, the development of fabrile industry. In the «Auxiliador da Industria Nacional», a review, that is published monthly, important articles respecting industry and agriculture, are to be found. To it is yet due an evening, and an industrial school frequented by numerous pupils. Very recently a society of acclimatization was founded in the city of Rio de Janeiro, that may also render many services to husbandry. Its priucipal object is to acclimate plants and animals, to improve, domesticate, and multiply species, races or varieties of native animals or vegetables, and the useful application of those recently introduced, acclimated or propagated, and of their products. To accomplish its purpose the society intends founding zoological and botanical gardens of acclimatization, a special library and a scientific review, prizes and exhibitions of the products it may obtain. — 190 — Industry. In Brazil there is a complete liberty of industry, gua- ranteed by the Constitution, as long as it does not offend the public morals, safety and health. Industry can be exercised either individually or by means of associations. No law or privilege restrains it, unless in the ex- ceptional cases of an exclusive privilege in favour of invention, or the introduction of a new branch of trade. AUhough Brazil is not in reality a manufacturing couuliy, still on this account its different manufactories have none the less increased and extended themselves. Numerous and important manufactories exist in the capital and in many of the provinces ; some of them are worked by steam and they employ a large number of hands. Some of them can compete, as to their machinery and products with those of the countries most advanced. The proof of this assertion is found in the large number of manufactured objects sent to the inlernational exhibitions, and there rewarded. The Slate has occasionally subsidized some of the most important manufactories and has always assisted Ihem with its protection. The hands employed in the manufactory of cotton goods are exempt from recruitment, that is up to a certain number set down by the government. "^"Tlie products of these same manufactories are exempt from all duties in the transport from one province to another, as also from all export duties when shipped to foreign countries. — 101 — The machinery or pieces of machinery, imported for the use of manufactories, are generally allowed to pass free of import duly,- by decision of the government. These favours, however, are only granted for the space of 10 years. Privileges of invention (patents) cannot be granted by the government for more than 20 years. Beyond this period the concession requires a legislative act. The government has on some occasions conceded, as a recompense, an exclusive privilege to the introducers of branches of useful and important trades, but this con- cession requires the approval of the legislative power. The effects of the patent cease : When it is proved that the patentee presented false statements or concealed essential points in the explana- tion or declaration given by him with a view to obtain the patent. When it is proved to the party stated to be the in- ventor, that the invention which he has presented as his, has already been the object of a previous decree. If the patentee has not put his invention in practice within the space of two years from the date of the concession of the patent. If the inventor has obtained a patent for the same invention in any foreign country. If the article manufactured has been recognised as prejudicial to the public, or contrary to the laws. If it be proved that the patentee used his invention previous to the concession of privilege. The capital of the Empire possesses many manufacto- ries and workshops, which produce and prepare ma- ny articles for its consumption, which were formerly — 192 — imported in a large scale, ■viz- Laboratories of chemical products, minufactories of optical, nautical, surgical and engineering instruments, of shoes, oil cloths, carpets, Russian anJ Morocco leathers, of gbss, carriages, var- nishes, Italian pastes, hanging and MTiting paper, asphaltum, artificial marble, pasteboard, diflerent kinds of snuffs, of cigars and cigarrettes ;. many of them having obtained different prize medals and honourable mentions, that attest the perfection or the excellence of their manufactory. Amongst these, 17 founderies deserve special mention on account of their improved machinery and the per- fection of their products. Eleven of them, not taking into consideration those belonging to the arsenal and other public establishments, are for iron engine works and casting, and six are for copper, brass and bronze castings; not including in this classification no small number of workshops on a smaller scale. The former give employment to 700 workaien, and produce in diff^^rent sorts of iron articles the sum of £ 21^,00:. The total products of the others amounts to £ 32,000. One of them is at present occupied in forging impor- tant pieces of machinery Tor the hoisting engines, which are to be fixed in the vast iron store-houses of the Xuslom-house docks of Rio de Janeiro. All agricultural implements can be manufactured by them, as in general most of them actually are. They are a great improvement on those imported, as they are more adapted to the special circumstances of the gr/)unds, where they are to work at. — 193 — There are also many breweries, as well as several soda, tonic, and mineral water manufaclories, where a large number of hands are dayly employed. Nearly 400 persons are employed in the former, which produce from 90 to 100 millions of bottles or from 60,030,000 to 66,700,000 liters of beer, per annum; consuming from 6 to 7 thousand barrels of barley, and 20 thousand kilgr. of hops. There is also a great number of hat manufactories, some of them very important establishments, the products df which are so perfect that, for some years past, they have supplied the market and home consumption so as greatly to supersede the foreign importation of this article. Twenty three of the most important manufactories of silk , felt , straw, and fancy hats, occupy nearly 500 workmen , independent of steam engines employed by some of them, annually producing in an average term 34,000 siik, 406,000 felt, 30,000 straw and fancy hats, in the value of £ 160,000. In almost all the cities of the Empire there are manufactories of soap, Oil and can- dles, not only slearine, of which there is an important establishment, in Rio de Janeiro, but also common tallow candle ; most of the provinces have manufactories of wax candles; at Ceara and the margins of the river S. Fran- cisco there are many of carnauba candles. In 25 of the principal ones, established in Rio de Janeiro, more than 260 persons are employed, besides some of them using steam engines. They produce an average of 850,000 boxes of candles, with the value of £ 575,000, nearly 430,000 boxes of soap, in the value of £ 170,000, and 412,000 liters of oil, in the value of £ 14,000. In many of the capitals of the provinces are found ■work-shops ^Nlwre watc'amakers, saddlers, shoemakers, brass founders, tiiimen,lailors, and different other branches of industry, exercise their trade, comprehending in this number a class of men in the provinces of Rio Griinie and I'arana, and in some of the municipalities ofS. Paulo and Minas Geraes, who work with the greatest artistic, taste and delicacy in raw-hides and leather ; gold and silver smiths occupy a proeminent part in that branch of industry for the excellence of their workiaanship. The cotton manufactories of S. Aleixo and S"- Thereza, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, of Todos os Santos, No?sa Senhora do Amparo, S. Antonio dos Queimados, Modelo and ConceiQao in Bahia; Fernao Velho in Alagoas; Canna do Reino in Minas Geraes; S. Luiz, and olhers in S. Paulo, gave employment in 1871 to more than a thousand operatives, and worked with 84,875 spindles and i6;) looms. The water-power used for the machinery is equiva- lent to 400 horse. They produce annually 4.-510,000 me- ters of cloth, which, including the thread and twist balls, form a total value oi £ 250,000. The new manufactory called « Brazil Industrial » which is at present in construction, in the capital of the Empire, is made to work with 400 looms. The capital of the province of S. Paulo has 20 manu- factories, including 4 for hats, a saw mill worked by steam, and many others of different trades. A spacious and an excellent cotton manufactory, which is now in construction, will soon be finished, where the owners intend to employ machinery of the most mo- dern and approved system. The principal municipalities also possess different es- tablishments applied to more or less important industries^ — 195 — such as iron and brass foundries in the cities of Canpiaas, Itu, Pindamonhangaba; and in the second of these cities, a cotton manufactory for spinning and weaving cloth, two stories high, occupying 52 work'nen, and (>2 looms worked by steam, which produce 880 meters of cotton cloth per day ; the hat manufactories of Sorocaba, Campinas and other places, the marble sawing-mill of S. Roque, the wax-candle manufactories of Itii, Gjaratingueta and S. Ro- que, where they have the advantage of the raw mate- rial being produced by the bees of the coualry ; and several establishments, the greater part of which use steam power to card cotton and press it into bales, to pre- pare coffee, and saw-timber, and also to make soap, prepare tobacco, to press oil, and for several other purposes. The capital of the province of Bahia possesses eight ma- nufactories, including four of cotton weaving, besides three more in different municipalities, four saw mills worked by steam, important sugar refineries, one by Derasne and Gail's system, a great number of soap, carnauba, and tal- low candles manufactories, some for ice, soda water, dif- ferent sorts of snuff, cigars, and workshops of other brandi- es of manufacturing industry. Besides those of S. Aleixo in Mage, already mentioned, and Santa Thereza, established last year in the city of Paraly, which weaves dayly 1,650 meters of plain and drilled cloth, white and of different colours, occupying 100 workmen, the province of Rio de Janeiro possesses a chemical laboratory, several foundries and other indus- tries, the most important among the latter being the cigar and snuff manufactories in the Capital. Shortly will be installed at Petropolis, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, two large cotton spinning manufactories. The provinces of Pernambuco and Minas-Geraes have also important foundries and other industrious pursuits. — 196 — It is worthy of a special notice, in the province of Alagoas, not only the cotton weaving manufactory of Fer- nao Velho, already menlioned above, but also the impor- tant oil pressing factory in the cily of Penedo. In the other provinces and particularly in the capitals, there are industrial establishments of different descrip- tions, which the limits of a work like this will not allow being more amply treated of. In the period of 1867 to 1872, 85 patents were granted either for invention or introduction, in conformity to the law of 28*^ August 1830, viz: Patents concerning agriculture 16 » city cleanliness 6 » public works 10 » locomoliot) 14 » navigation 5 I » public lighting 3 » manufactories 17 » other industries 14 Post-Office. The general land and maritime postal service, with its head ofQce in the city; of Rio! de Janeiro, extends its branches through the wiiole Empire, by means of partial administrations, in the capitals of the provinces, and by agencies in the towns, and in almost all the villages and parishes, and in some important districts. Thebusiaess of the post-office, both maritime and fluvial, is transacted by means of companies, that receive a subsidy from government and by 6 English, 4 French, 1 German and — 197 — i Italian navigation companies, thai carry the transatlantic mails from the port of Rio de Janeiro to Southampton , London, Liverpool, Falmouth, Bordeaux, Havre, Marseille, Antwerp, Hamburg, Genoa, Naples, Barcelona, Lisbon. St. Vincent, Pernambuco, Bahia, Santos, River Plate, Val- paraiso, Saint-Point, Arica, Islay, and Callao de Lima. To the steamers of these lines the government allows certain favours and privileges, wilh the intention ofgiving^ them every facility in clearing from the ports to which they call, in the Empire. In general ihe favours are as follows : •I" Immediately to charge and discharge independent ot the custom's regulations on any day of the week, even in holydays. ■2" To have the liberty of keeping on board the pro- visions, without putting on them the government stamp- s' To substitute the manifest of the intermediate ports they are to touch at, by a register of the cargo and merchandise received in the said Brazilian ports, with destination to the River Plate. 4'" Dispensing the term of responsibility, on the part of the captains or commanders of steamers, for tranship- ment and exportation of goods dispatched to the ports of the River Plate, or to those of the South of the Empire. The steamers can leave the Brazilian ports at any hour of the day or night, by observing the government regulations of the port, and by the agents of the said navigation companies being responsible for any tines thai the captains may incur on. T^ie passengers are allowed to land, on the same day of their arrival, till seven o'clock in the evening. Thus Brazd raantains an immediate civil and commer- cial intercourse with most of the civilized nations of — 13.j — Europe and America, from whence they receive almost weekly news. The Brazilian post-oEQce has postal conventions with France, Spain, Belgium, the United-States and Peru, and en- deavours to celebrate the same with other Stages. The amount of t';ie revenue of the post- office, in the year 1871 to !872, was £ 81,285, and ils expenses f 93,2fLv If it cannot, at presenl, be considered as a source of public revenue as it happens in other countries, the proceeds are undoubtedly quite satisfactory, if we attend to the peculiar circumslances of so large and extensive a country and to a population so disseminated. The service of the posi-office, however, is constantly improving, and the government is using all its efforts t > give it the necessary development. Elecbiic TeiegTaiii. 11 is but fourteen years since tb^ firs; small telegraph lines were constructed in Brazil, for the service of the government, in the capital of the Empire. In the year 1863, by means of a submarine cable, the city of Rio de Janeiro was put in communication with the fortresses at the entrance of the bay ; shortly afterwards a line was taken to Cabo-Frio, which i? used to give reidy dispatclies to commerce. At the end of the year I860, the government deter- mined upon the construction of a double line, from the capital of the Empire to the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, passing along the coast of Rio de Janeiro, to the important commercial harbour of Santos, c daRepartica'o Geral ios TELECRAPHOS -> .^■X^ '^■s^ '■UB^°'daR . <& Cmiia-S ffl'lr'- taS^q tcr o ^ \ '""■■"'"Vy/ '""sT^.,..^ J? ^- AT^-^ct. -ii — 199 — from there to S. Paulo and Sanla Calharina, the exten- sion of this line being above 1,450 kil. It was necessary to cross 16 mouths of rivers and inlets, and during the erection of tlie line to vanquish difjQcuities of all sorts, crossing over mountains, covered with thick forests, without any civilized inhabitants and, many a time, without resources of any kind. The same difficulties, or still greater, are encountered in the maintenance and conservation of this line, in consequence of great -distances being completely uninha- bited, and because of the scantiness of transports, and no help to be had at those localities. But these obstacles are being overcome, and in the year 1867, the line ren- dered already valuable services. From that time forward the electric telegraph lines are increasing rapidly. At the principal points and important cities, such as Rio de Janeiro, Paraty, Santos, Iguapc, Paranagua, Des- terro, Laguna, Porto Alegre, Pelotas, Jaguarao and Rio Grande, the lines are worked v/ith Morse's double key apparatus, and the intermediate stations are worked with Siemens magneto electric dial instruments. The electric telegraph department is decisivel} organized, a!id best use is made of Hie experience of other nations thai have s,had more advancement in this brknch of public service. Tiie telegraph lines constructed at the expense of the go- vernment extend up to 3,469 kil.* with 3,180 kil., of aerial telegraph and 64 stations, besides 38,74:5 raeiers of submarine cable. They are divided into three sections : The first line, called the urbana, or belonging to the — 200 — city, with 24 kil., 13 stations, and 1,200 meters of sub- marine cable, between the arsenal of war and the fortress of VlUegaignon, was laid down for the services of dif- ferent government departments. The second section or the northern, has 907 kil. in length, with 1,026 kil. ol aerial telegraph and 20 stations. The city of Rio de Janeiro is in communication With the province of Espirito-Santo, by the first part ^f this line already constructed ; and the capitals of Alagoas and Pernambuco communicate between themselves by the extremes of the sections. The intermediate portion from Itapemirim, in the province of Espirito-Santo, up to Ma- ceio, in that of Alagoas, will be concluded in a few months, and the capital of the Empire will be in com- munication by telegraph correspondence with the cities and intermediate towns down to Pernambuco. Of this intermediate portion there is erected iOO kil., that are only waiting for the personnel and instruments, in order to be worked at the provinces of Espirito-Santo, Bahia and Sergipe. Thirdly, that of the south : it has 2,538 kil. in ex- tension, with 32 stations, and 4,130 kil. of aerial tele- graph, and it is erected, in a great part, with two con- ducting wires. This line, the trunk of which starts from the capital of the Empire and terminates at the borders or frontiers of the Oriental State of Uruguay, contains 4 branch lines : the first, from Santos to Sao Paulo, wilh a station in that city ; the second, irom Paranagua to Coritiba, capital of the province of Parana, joining at Morretes for the city of Antonina, and having 3 stations : the third from Porto Alegre, capital of the province of Sao Pedro do — 201 — Rio Graade do Sul lo the cily of SSo Gabriel, wliicii will in a short time arrive at Uruguayana, and having S stations : the fourth, from Ihe cily of Pelolas to the bay of Rio Grande, in the same province, having 2 stations. At first the telegraph lines belonging lo the Slate were erected with wooden posts, but the rapidily of their decay caused them lo be changed into iron posts, what is successively being done on the South line and in a large scale is employed in the construction of Ihe North telegraph lines. Besides the electric telegraph lines, under the admi- nistralion of the general government's telegraph depart- ment, there are others that have 113 kil., accompanying the different railways, satisfying the necessities of the respective trafQc, and also that of the public, that are char- ged according to tariffs approved by the government. There is also, in the Capital, a company of telegraph lines to the interior, with a central station at the Cons- tituigao square, and others at different parts of the pro- vinces of Rio de Janeiro and Minas Geraes up lo Ouro Preto. This company has lo open other stations in the pro- vince of Rio de Janeiro, in Porto Novo, Cantagallo, Macahe, Campos and Sao Joao da Barra. For transatlantic communication ihere i3 an impor- tant company already organized. The submarine cable that connects Pernambuco with the city of Belem, in the province of Para, is already laid down up lo the port of the same city. It is expected that about the end of this year, Brazil will be connected with Europe by the cable that starts from thence in direction to Pernambuco, coasting the Bra- — 202 — zilian liltoral up to Para where by S. Thomas, il may be connected with the United Slates line. The works are now going to be carried on along the coajt of Pernambuco to Sio de Janeiro, where they should reach by the beginning of next year. Another company will not be long before they lay a submarine cable between the capital of the Empire and (he Platine republics, that are already in coramuuication with Cliili. Thus a great part of the South American territory, in a short lime, will be endowed with a telegraphic cor- respondence with Europe. The produce of the telegraph stations on the govern- ment lines has been increasing in proportion to its de- velopment. lu the financial year 1861 — 186:2, when there was lul one line from the Capital to Pelropolis, there was but an income of £ 32, going up to about £ 300 when the South line was initiated. II went on advancing, and by the lime that all the line was working, though irre- gularly, the produce was up to above £ 2,600 in the year 1866 — 1867. From that date the progressivelncrease continued, and in the year 1872—1873, the telegraphic receipts produ- ced £ 15,750. The stations are yet few in comparison to the length of the lines, keeping between them an average distance of 68,5 kil. It is to be mentioned that there are only 12 stations establi&hed in the principal towns, that make more use of the telegraph, and that give the greatest produce. From July 1866 to June 1867, in which was con- cluded the south line from the capital of the Empire up to Porlo Alegre, the produce has been: 1866 — 1867. — 203 — 23 "/o of the expenses; 1867— 186S 21°/,; 1868—1869 26%; 1889—1870, 327.; 1870-1871, 39°/.; 1871 — 1872, 34 Vo Adding to the expeases of stations tliose that are pro- ■venient of the conservation of the lines, the produce re- presents a considerable percentage. In the year 1866 — 1867 the expenses with the con- slructionaiidmaintenanceofteiegraphic lines was £22,168, •mi in 187 5 — 1872 they went up to f 109,038. riuTial and maritime commimication. Steamsbip nuvigution. Eighteen lines of steamships make tiie chief part of tiie service of maritime and fluvial navigation of the Empire, and are subsidized by the government with the annual sum of £ 343,000. The Governaienl also assists wilh the annual amount of i' 20,000 the north anierlcan company — United States and Brazil Mail Steamship — which, by a contract, makes a round monthly voyage between Brazil and the United Slates, calling at the poris of Belcm, Pernanibuco and Bahia. Besides the line for the United Stales, and the compa- nies, almost all Brazilian, charged with the service for the navigation of 17,169 kilometers along the coast of the Empire, and between the several provincial ports, the general and provincial governments allow pecuniary aid to steam navigation along the river Paraguay, from Monte- video as far as the capital of the province of Mato-Grosso, in the extent of 4,320 kilometers, as also to the navigatiou — 204 — of the Lagoa dos Palos, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul ; of the lakes of Mangaaba and Jiquia, in Alagoas ; of the rivers Pardo, Ribeira de Iguape, Mucury, Jequilinhonlia, Maragogipe, Paraguassu, S. Fran- cisco, Parahyba do Norte, Parnahyba, Itapicuru, Mearim, and Pindare, comprehending 4,620 kilometers, the extent of those rivers which is navigated by steamers. In the Amazonas, in ils chief afflaenis, and other rivers of the province of Para, packets of subsidized and other sleam companies navigate through an extent of 9,900 kilometers. We have, then, 36,300 kilometers of steam navigation, almost entirely carrying on their trade with the pecuniary aid of the general and provincial governmenis, that is 17,560 kilometers along the sea-coast, and 19,140 kilometers through the interior of the country. The province of Bahia has launched out, on the river S. Francisco, the steamer President Dantas, which , wilii many sacrifices and difficulties was conveyed to, and fitted out on its banks. The rich and important production of the fertile valleys of the S. Francisco and that of its mighty tributaries, calling the attention of commerce, awaken the hope that, ' within a short time, a regular service of steam navigation will be established along the above said riveis. Rail-«'nys. It having been recognized, by most of the capitalists of the Empire, how advantageous is this means of trans- port, they eagerly choose to lay out their money on under- takings of this description. In 1867 the Empire had only six lines of rail-ways, in an extent of 683,2 kii., but at present it possesses the — 205 — follcming ones: 15 carrying on their traffic along an ex - tent of 1,026,596 kil ; 17 in course of execution with i, 575, 64, kil. in length; 12 already in studies, which are calculated at 2,421,90 kil; and finally 26 already granted, comprehending an average extent of 5,505 kil If we compare the progress of rail-ways before 1867, with that effected at a later date, particularly since 1869, we And that there have been established 9 rail-ways more, with a development of 343,396 kil ; which gives an yearly average of 57,2 kil., in actual service from 1867 ; and 85,9 kil., if we calculate from 1869, in which period these important works received a greater impulse. This progress becomes yet more evident by the larger sums allowed in the budgets, for this purpose. Whilst the construction, expenses, guarantee of inte- rests upon the sums invested, projects and surveys for their construction, absorved in the financial year of 1866 to 1867, the annual sum of f 426,327; in the year 4871 to 1872, the treasury spent with the same item the sum of f 1,167,528. The government has, in project, three great lines of com- munication, which are designed to give a greater impulse and encouragement to the commerce of Brazil and, in general, to that of all the South American States, taking advantage of the navigation of the rivers Amazonas, S. Francisco, Tocanlins, Paraguay aud other important ones. The first trunk-line already begun, starts ,frOm the matropolis of the Empire and proceeding through the provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Minas Geraes, to the point where the river S. Francisco begins to admit of free navigation, will continue from thence to the valley of the Tocantins, in the province of Para. - 206 - This line compreheriJs the D. Pedro IF rail-way, the conslroction of waich is in active proseculion, ihe surveys and plans being already contracted , and in execution, for its prolongation, through the valley of the rivLrParao- peba to the river S. Francisco, and for the construc- tion of another rail- way, in search of the valley of the rivers Carinhanha and Parana, or of the rivers Grande, Prelo and Somno, intended to connect the navigation of the said river S. Francisco to the point where the river Tocantins begins to offer a free navigation, at a dis- tance of 600 kil. from the city of Para. Tlie coRiplelion of this sj'stem of rail-way? will be the means of placing the capital of the Empire at a few days distance from the greater part of the central and northern provinces, as far as the province of Para. The second trunk-line is intended to cut Brazil in two through its centre, extending itself from the mouth of the Amazouas to the River Plate, through the valleys of the rivers Tocantins, Araguaya and Paraguay in an extent of 6,798 kil., which is already navigated by steamers, although in d iff rent sections. Tu complete this trunk-line it will only be necessary to open a rail-way, in communication with the two na- vigable extreme points of the rivers Guapore and Jauru, in a distance of 165 kil., in the maxinum. The third trunk line, already partly ex'^cuted, will also begin in the city of Uio de Janeiro . and termir]ate in the southern frontier, passing through the capitals of the provinces of S. Paulo, Parana, the central part ofS** Ca- tharina, and the city of Porto Alegre, the capital of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, The three trunk-lines cross, in general, vast and yet — 207 — uncultivated territories, for want of population, b;il which are very fertile, heallhy, and fit for the cultivation of cotton, coffee, tobacco, sugar cane, cocoa, wheat, different sorts of grains, and many valuable products, covered, in a great extension, with virgin forests, abounding with the best building timbers or possessing excellent pastures. The government made a contract with some Brazilian engineers for the surveys and plans for the prolongation of the rail-ways of Joaseiro, in the province of Bahia, and of Recife, in Pernambuco. They have already begun their explorations in the first of these provinces, between the Alagoinhas station and the most advantageous position in the Joaseiro district, on the right bank of the river S. Francisco, with a branch from Soledade to Casa Nova, above the falls of Sobradinho, comprehending about 500 kil. In the second provin:e , they began at the Una Station, coasting the valley of the Pirangy, and pass- ing by Garanhuns, Aguas Bellas and Mata-Grande, or by any of the tributarj streams of the Moxoto as far as Jatoba, also on the banks of the river S. Francisco, with almost the same extension. The surveys for the continuation of the rail-way from Santos to Jundiahy are also entrusted to Brazilian en- gineers. They are ordered to choose the most convenient po- sitjpn between the. cities of Limeira and S. Joao do Ri& Claro . towards the banks either of the Parana or the Parnahyba. In order to complete the system of rail-ways that the government intends to construct at its own expense or ty means of subsidized companies, it has been contracted — 208 — with a company composed of Brazilians and foreigners, the surveys for a rail-way between Coriliba, in the pro- vince of Parana, and Miranda, in the province of Mato Grosso, through the valley of the Ivahy, and along the banks of the rivers Ivinheima ' and Brilhante, taking ad- vantage of the localities that afford easy navigation. The government specially authorized by the legislature, is going to issue orders for the study, the estimate, and the definite tracing of a rail-way, which connecting the sea-coast to the frontiers of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, may better avail to the commer- cial interests and the strategical conditions of that impor- tant province. This rail-way is to meet the D. Pedro I railway, as it will be herea;ter mentioned. In accordance with this authorization, the government can spend £ 4.000,000, independent of £ 40,000 allowed for surveys; and also can grant a subsidy for eacb kilometer, or a guarantee of 7 % interest to any pri- vate entreprises, which shall undertake the construction of the sections that may best answer the commercial advantages of the province. There is pending of the legislature another authori- zation, which enables the government to guaranty an interest of not more than 7 7o. for the period of 30 years, in the maximum, to those companies that shall undertake the construction of rail-roads, and show Joy their definite plans and statistical calculations that they expect to obtain a net revenue of 4 %. Whenever the companies have obtained any guarantee from the provinces, the government is merely to act as standing security to the parties. — 209 — It is also pending of the Chambers the concession of favours petitioned for the construclion of a rail-way be- tween the coal-mines of Tubarao, in Ihe province of Santa Catharina, and the navigable river of the same name. In short, many other preparatory studies for the con- struction of rail-road lines are in course of execution. Rail-pnails at the ehargc ut the central goverKincnt. D. PEDRO 11 RAIL-ROAD. — Destined to be the principal trunk of the general system of improved locomotion in the Empire, by being the means of giving to the pro- vinces easy access and intercourse to its metropolis, this grand undertaking has already its traffic along an extent of 374,7 kil., besides 11,64 kil., in the fourth section, and 89 kil., in the central line, which await but for the completion of some complementary works, to be tra- versed by steam locomotives. The works are being executed along an extent of 139 kil. ; 398,2 kil. of surveys having been made last year. Witli the execution of all these works the government has spent, to the present time, the sum of £5,043,334, having expended with the prolongation, only during last year, a sum of £ 637,732. The construction of the 374,7 kil., already working, cost £ 4,477,88o. - The D. Pedro II rail-way is divided into sections. The first occupies the whole space between the me- tropolis and Belem, being 62,7 kil., in extent. The second, built up on the slope of a steep ridge of mountains, is considered a monumental piece of work. r. T. W — 210 — It couUiias 16 tunnels, one of them wilh 437,33 melers, anolher with 654,47 meters, and a Ih'rd one with 2.237,51 melers, in length; all cut in rock more or less hard, and principally in granite. The total extension of these tunnels amounts to 5.189,38 melers, of which 2,000 melers were lined. The enormous cuttings and embankments, in this line, attract the notice, as also some of its bridges that attest the difficulties to be surmounted : one of them being 20 meters high, anolher, over the Pirahy river, with three arches having a span of 12 meters each, and two with spans of 6,15 melers each. The whole of this section is 46,2 kil., long. The third, following the course of the Parahyba, reaches Porlo Novo do Cunha, with a route of near 15i,7 kil. The fourth, taking an ascending direction along the river Paraliyba, ought to lerminale- in the town of Ca- choeira, being 154,7 kil. long, a small extent of which being already open to iralBc as far as the parish of Campo Bello, at a place called Major Correa, near the Serra of Picu, which divides, on this side, the province of Rio de Janeiro from that of Minas Oeraes. The central line ought lo extend from the Entre-Rios Station, through the province of Minas Geraes, as far as Lagoa Dourada, after surmounting the sleepy mountain rang& of Manliqueira. Eighty nine kilometers on ihis psrt of the road are already completed. The trafQc of the road, last year, gave the foUowirg results: passengers, 1,013,621, thecorrespondiog receipts amounting to£ 117,802; merchandises, 162, 879,702 kilgr., producing the total receipt of £ 436,213. — Ill — Coffee contributed to this result with the weight of 78,963,682 kilograms. The total income of the road amounted to £573,193, the expense to £ 322,053, and the net balance £ 251,139, corresponding to the interest of 5,6 %, on the capital invested on the working line. It is, however, to be remarked, that only in the end of last year some stations were inaugurated, their receipts, therefore, being much reduced, whilst the cost of them was additioned to the capital laid out, but for what the percentage would be much higher. Rail-wayfrom santosto jundiahy.— NexllotheD. Pedro II rail-way, this is to be considered the most important one, in the Empire, on account of the development of its trafiic, which accompanies the progressive production of one of the richest provinces of the Empire. Constructed and managed by an English Company, with a guaranteed interest of 7 °/o per annum, it com- mences in the city of Santos, which has an excellent sea- port in direct communication with Europe, and crossing the Cubatao mountains, which form a part of the exten- sive range of mountains that run parallel to the sea, has its terminus in the city of Jundiahy, serving in its pas- sage, as an intercommunication between important dis- tricts, amongst which is the capital of the province of S. Paulo. The well combined plans and direction of this rail-way allows it to accumulate the produce of the culture of this rich and thriving province, whose richest soil, prin- cipally adapted to coffee and cotton plantations, even where its condition is less favourable, abundantly repays the labour of the husbandman. — 212 — To Jundiahy it has an extent of 139 kil.; but, owing to the spontaneous efforts and to the activity of its inha- bitants, it was carried on as far as Campinas, 49 Itil., more in extent, and will in a short time extend along the 86 liil. more, which separate that city from S. Joao do Rio Claro, because the provincial government has already contracted the construction of this part of the road. The receipts of the rail-way from Santos to Jundiahy were last year £201,261 ; the road would have dispens- ed the guarantee of 7 %» if the expense of maintenance, which amounts to £ 98,227, had not been overcharged with the extraordinary disbursements proceeding from the repairing of damages caused by the torrential rains, that fell at the Cubatao mountains, on the beginning of the same year. The liquid profit summing up to f 103,034, is cor- responding to 4 % of Ihe capital invested. Every thing tends to make us believe, nevertheless, that in the finan- cial year of 1872 to 1873 the receipts will be suffi- cient to occur to the payment of the 7 % interest. The principal source of its revenue consisted in the trans- port of 76,412 passengers, and of 70,938,790 kilogr. of goods, charged bj weight, besides small parcels, baggage and merchandise, that pay by cubic meter or by waggons load. Bahia RAIL-WAY.— An English company was also the con- tractor of this line, with the obligation of constructing the 123,3 kil., now in active service, with a guarantee of the annual interest of 7 %, on the capital expended on its construction, according to the agreement entered into. The line begins in the city of S. Salvador, the capital of the province of Bahia, and terminates at Alagoinhas, in the same province. — 213 — Its receipts have to the present time, been inferior to its expense. Last year the former did not exceed f 4i,5S6, and the latter amounted to £ 44,061, leaving a deficit of £ 2,504. This inconvenience, which is owing to the competition of the small barges of ihe coasting trade, which absorb the transport of great part of the goods destined for importation and exportation, will disappear as soon as the rail-way shall be prolonged to the important centres of production, which are situated beyond Alagoinhas. The explorations are finished, and the engineers are actively employed in surveys to carry the line as far as the river S. Francisco, either for the normal or the narrow gauge, 92 kilometers of ihe road having alread/been ap- proved. During last year 78,132 passengers frequented this road, and 19,206,399 kilogr. of goods were transported along its rails. Pernambuco Rail- way. — Intended to connect the port of the city of Recife with the upper part of the river S. Francisco, this railway has at present, in active operation, 124,9 kil. of road, which connect the station of Cinco Pontas, in the suburbs of Recife, with that of Una, on the border of the river of the same name. The surveys for the prolongation of this rail-way to Ja- toba, on the left bank of Ihe S. Francisco, which is an ex- tent of more than 500 kil., are actively progressing, and ought to be finished by September 1874 ; the first 55 kil, l)eing already approved of. The company, that undertook it, is in a prosperous con- dition, and the government has not been obliged to pay the whole interest guaranteed. — 214 — J The receipts last year amoimted to £ 93,434, being su- perior to Ihat of 1871 by £ 21,3l52, and the managing and working expenses v>ere £ 44,979, that is, £ 467 less than in the former year. The net profits amounted to £ 48,434 or 3 "U of the guaranteed capital. The circumstances of this enterprise will yet become more favourable when, after its complele development, it shall traverse vast regions of a most fertile territory, which for want of commodious and cheap means of transport cannot send their produces to market at a remunerating price. This rail-way, by taking the direction of the S. Fran- cisco, will be the means of turning to useful purposes large tracts of land which are apropriate to the culture of the principal productions of the country, such as coffee, sugar and cotton. Madeira RAiL-wAy.— In 1870 the government contracted the construction and management of a rail-way that, starting from the district of S. Antonio, should pass the falls of Guajara-mirim, on the right bank of the river Madeira, and also might carry a branch to some point opposite to the raoulh of the river Beni. This rail-way, which is considered to be 396 kil. long, is projected with the intention of avoiding the falls of the rivers Madeira and Mam ore, and to join their navi- gation with that of the Beni, Guapore and other rivers, giving to the commerce of the republic of Bolivia an easy and free access to the Atlantic Ocean. The English company that undertook it, after having obtained the approval of the government to the plans of the line, has already begun its construction. The extraordinary importance of this rail-waj cannot — 216 - fail to impress on the mind of lliose who reflect that, inde- pendent of the great difficulties of navigation, a great quantity of the productions of Bolivia, and all the articles imported by that republic, are conveyed through the river Madeira. The above mentioned company has no interest guaran- teed, but it obtained the grant of 4,356 square kii. of land, on the banks of the river, besides other very valua- ble favours. Bahia CENxaAL Rail-way. -~-lt was formerly called Para- guassii, and starts from the city of Cachoeira, taking the . direction of the Cbapada Diamantina, in the same pro- vince, having a branch to the town of Feira do Santa Anna, with a concession to extend to the river S. Francisco. The concession was granted by a law which also con- ceded several other favours. The construction of the main road having been sus- pended, the works were carried on at the branch above mentioned, which ought to have at present 44,6 kil., in extent. The whole length of the line when concluded, will be 244 kil. D. Pedro I Rail-way. — Authorized by law, the go- vernment made a contract for the construction and management of this rail-way between the provinces of Santa Catharina and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. An English company is already formed with £ 50,000, of capital, and has already begun the necessary surveys. The rail-way between the cities of Parahyba do Norte and Alagoa Grande, and the towns of Iriga and Indepen- dencia, the extent of which is calculated at '£02,6 kil., has received the authorization of government ; and likewise another one that, branching from the station of Alagoinhas, on theBahia rail-way, shall have its terminus — 216 — at Itabaiana, in the province of Sergipe, which ought very nearly to have 140 kil., in extent. In the municipality of the metropolis, there was a concession obtained for a rail-way from Andarahy-Pequeno to Boa Vista, on Tijuca mountain. It is calculated at 9 kil., long. In addition to these railways, the following ones are worthy of notice : The Leopoldina rail-way, a branch of the D. Pedro II, which starting from its last station in Porto Novo do Cunha, in the 3." section, is to terminate at the parish of Santa Rita de Mela Pataca, in the province of Minas Geraes. A company was formed,. and the capital of £ 240,000 subscribed, to construct and manage the rail-way : the structure of the first 28 kil. is almost finished. The total extension of the line, according to the surveys already made, is nearly 100 kil. The location of the road work is already estimated at 65 kilometers. The following rail-ways are also branches of the D. Pedro II rail-way, and ^have already the concession of government. One from Itajuba, starting from the most convenient point of the fourth section of D. Pedro II rail-way, near the district of Cachoeira in the province of S. Paulo, to Itajuba, a village in the province of Minas Geraes ; its extent is calculated at 75 kilometers. Anolher from the Chiador Station in the D. Pedro II rail-way, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, to the ciiy of S. Joao Nepomuceno in Minas Geraes, 80 kil., long. The province of Minas Geraes ,has granted to some of — 217 - these rail-roads the guarantee of interest on the capital laid out, or a subsidy per each kilometer. A third from Barra Mansa, a city in the province of Rio de Janeiro, to Bananal in the province of S. Paulo, 30 kil. long. A fourth from Rezende, a city in the province of Rio de Janeiro, branching from the D. Pedro II rail- way, to Areas, a city in the province of S. Paulo, 33 kil., distant from the former. Provincial railways. PARA. The capital of this province communicates with Na- zareth, one of its most charming suburbs, through a rail- way belonging to a joint stock company « The Para City Rail- way Company » wilh a fund of £ 50,000 and receiving from the province the annual subsidy of £ 1,000. Its receipts in 1871 were £ 9,205, and its expenses £ 5,963. It conveys passengers and goods, and is worked by lo- comotive engines. maranbAo. A rail-way, between the capital and the city of Caxias which is to have 340 kil. in extent, has been contracted for ; and the surveys for the rail-way tract, authorized by a provincial law, between Caxias and S. Jose de Caja- seiras opposite to Therezina, a city in the province of Piauhy, are terminated ; — as also for another rail-road between the capital of the province and S. Jose, which lies beyond the rail-way between Barra da Corda and Chapada. - 218 — PIAUHT. The president of the province is anthorized by law, to grant a privilege for 30 years, with an annual gua- rantee of 3 °/o. upon the maximum capital of £ 30,000, to any company that shall undertake the construction and management of a rail -way between the city of Parnahyba and the bank of the river Iguaragu, oppo- site io Amarracao. Its length will be about 8 kilo- meters. CEARA. The railroad, between the capital of the province and the city of Baturite, is in construction and will be more or less \iO kil. long, which will be the means of giv- ing free access to the opulent and fertile centre of its produce. The company that contracted its construction has a fund of £ 80,000 which it is thought sufficient to com- plete the first section of 39,6 kil., in length. The province has granted an annual guarantee of 7 % upon the sum of £ 260,000 limited. There are also concessions for the following rail-ways. One from Acaracu to Ipii, which ought to be 220 kil. long. Another from Mundahii to Itapipora, having in length 4S kil. A third from the capital of the province to Soure, 22,8 kil. long. PERNAMBUCO. The following railways either are in active service or under contract : — 219 — .; FromRecifeto Caxangd,— I[ is 12,87 Idl./Jong. In i872 its receipts were f 24,841, and its expenses f 23,367 ; leaving £ 1,474 profit. From Recife to Olinda and to Beberibe.— There are in operation 8 Idl., on this line. In 1872, the company reeeipls were f 18,S06, and the expenditure f 13,178; having a balance in their favour of £ 5,327. Limoeiro.— This railway commences in the capital of the province and, passing along the district of S. Lou- rengo da Mata, terminates in the city of Pau d'Alho, with a branch to Nazareth. This line will be 100 Idl. long. Leaving the sea-shore, it immediately begins to cross fertile lands, where more than 500 sugar manufacturing planlalions are established. This judicious tracing, which has become so important to the planters by the economy it has produced, will soon be the means of dispensing the guarantee of 7 % which the provincial government granted to the -Company. The conslruclion of the road has already been inau- gurated. Vicloria. — It is intended to establish a communication between the capital and the city of Vicloria, passing through Jaboalao. The surveys are already made, and the expenses of con- struction are estimated at £ 360,000. The line will be 54 kil., long. The province granted a guarantee of in- terest on the capital spent in Ihe construction. According to the laws approved by the province, con- tracts have been made for the construction of the railways between the city of Goyana and the dislrict of Tim- bauba. 54 kil. long ; from Una to Jacuipe, and Agua- — 220 — Preta to Bebedouro, the former 20 kil., and the latter 54 kil, long. ALAGOAS. This province contracted the construction of two rail- ways, one between the city of Maceio, the capital of the province, and branching on the Recife railway, which by a proximate calculation is estimated at 120 kil.; the other from the port of Jaragua to the city of Iraperatriz, with the extension of H4 kil., this last with the obliging clause of connecting it to the capital of the province and to the districts known by the name of Bebedouro and Fernao- Velho. SERGIPE. A rail-way is contracted, in this province, between Maroim and Propria, which is to be 282 kil. long. BAHIA. This province has the following railways : « The Nazareth Rail-way » between the capital of the province and the cily of the same name, with an exten- sion of 126 kil., of which 46 kil. are actually in con- struction. « The Santo Amaro Rail-Avay » between the capital of the province and the city of Santo Amaro, having already 33 kil. in construction. « The Jequilinhonha Rail-way » between Cachoeirinha on the border of the Jequitinhonha river, and a point where the said river meets the province of Minas-Geraes; the distance being calculated at 80 kil. , long. — 221 ESPIRITO-SANTO. The provincial assembly has givea several authoriza- tions for the conslruclion of rail-ways. But the most im- portant of the projected ones, are those that, starting from the city of Victoria, the capital of the province, take their direction to the port of Souza in the Rio Doce, and diverging from its trunk, one will branch to Diamantina or Serro, in the province of Minas-Geraes, crossing Cuyethe and Pontal, and tlie other is to follow to Qaeluz where it will meet the grand trunk of the D. Pedro II rail-way, crossing the valleys of Manhuassu, Ponte Nova and Ouro Prelo. It will have an extension of 135 kilometers. RIO DE JANEIRO. The rail-way system has of late received great encou- ragement from its inhabitants, who have given it a great impulse. Independent of the D. Pedro 11 rail-way, which crosses the greater part of its territory, it has in full operation already four others, which are exclusively confined to this province, with an extent of 103,5 kil. The carrying on of the construction of two of the above ones is nearly coming to a completion and also two others, which alto- gether make up the total sum of 317 kil. ; the surveys and plans of 70 kil., being very much advanced. The rail-ways in operation are the following ones : The Maua, with ....... 19,0 kilometers. The Cantagallo 48,5 » The Valenca 25,0 » The Campos to S. Sebasliao. ... 1 1 ,0 » — 222 — Are nearly ready : The Cantagallo, in conlinualion . . 101,5 kilonaelers. The Campos to S. Sebasliao, idem. . 9,0 » The Nictheroy to ihe parish of Neves in Macahe, 1" Section .... 107,5 » The Macahe to Campos 99,0 » Sixteen olhers are projected, the privileges having already been granled by the province ; the length of them cannot be exactly fixed, as the surveys and plans are not yet fi- nally completed. But there is every reason to calculate that the total extension of them will not be less than 86G kilometers, viz : Probable length . 1" From Nictheroy to Marlca 31,0 Idiom. Piedade to the mountains of The- resopolis 31,0 » the Serrada KstrellatoPetropolis 23,1 » Itaborahy to Capivary. . . . 61,0 » Paquequer to Cantagallo rail-way. 31,0 » Friburgo to S'* Maria Magdalena. 71,0 » S''' Maria Magdalena lo Macahe. 55,0 » 3- 4"' g,h 8* 9th 10* ll'" 12'" 13* 14'" 15'" 16'" Macahe to Campos 99,0 » Campos lo Tombos .... 133,0 » Campos to Gragahu, nearly . . 60,0 » Gragahu to Itabapoana . . . 66,0 » S. Fidelis to S. Joao da Barra. . 71,0 » S. Fidelis to S.Antonio de Padua. 45,0 » S. Joao do Principe .... 39,0 » Pirahy to Rio Preto 39,8 » Vassouras to the Station of Mendes 11,0 » 866,9 — 223 — The Canlagallo rail-way, 150 kilometers long, issues from Villa Nova^ and will soon effect a junction with one whose construction is progressing, between t!ie capital of the province and the parish of Neves, in Macahe. It is almost ready to Nova Friburgo whence it will pro- ceed to Santa Maria Magdalena, passing through the city of Cantagallo, important centres of the coffee plantations, lis present traffic is confiaed between Villa Nova and Cachoeira. The second section has required important works of art to cross the steep mountain ridges of Fri- burgo or of Orgaos, one of the ramifications of the ridge of mountains that accompanies the sea-coast. This section is divided into three parts, each having its different type. Tiie first, from Cachoeira to Boca do i^Iato, with an extent of 6.336,15 meters, is divided into : Level lines 973,44 meters. Acclivity lines 5.364,371 » With the average declivity of . 0,023 inches. The second, being 13.393,32 meters long, extends from Boca do Mato to the .4]to, having the following extent : Level lines 857,48 meters. Acclivity lines 12.535,84 » Average declivity 0,071 inches. The third finally reaches Nova Friburgo, being 15.797,86 meters long, divided into Level lines 6.4:77,16 meters. Declivity lines 9.320,70 » Average declivity 0,023 inches. — 224 — Proper and appropriate engines can run on the first and third section of this road ; as the strongest declivily gradient does not exceed relatively 0,033 and 0,27 inches. Although in many places there are sharp curves with radii of 60 meters, the Fairlie engines overcome them Avith facility. In the second section, however, of this line, taking into consideration that the maximum of the declivity was 0,083 meter, 3,02 inches, equal to the celebrated rail-road over Mount Cenis, it was found convenient to employ the system Fell. The perfection, however, and pro- ficiency with which the works were executed, offer greater security than the above mentioned line, not only because it has only half of the extension of the former, but be- cause the declivity is in average less ; for in Friburgo line ills of 0,071 meter, 2,58 inches, whereas on Mount Cenis it is of 0,074 meters 2,69 inches, the maximum declivity being in both the same. And it must here be added, that 50 '/. of the European line, in a distance little more than 14 kil., is construct- ed in a curve, a disadvantage which in the Brazilian line is solely limited to 40 '/„ of the same where the acclivity is greatest, 13 kil. in length, the liuiits of the radii of th ecurves of both rail-roads being of 40 meters. Finally, important improvements in the superstructure, increase the probability and almost certainty of a safe and regular traffic. Those which are more worthy of special mention are the following : in 60 °,'<> more the number of sleepers employed ; in the greater power of resistance given to the chairs, that were fixed 0,50 .meters distant from each other, instead of 0,80 meters as in the rail-road that serves us, as a point of comparison ; in having alternate struts driven obliquily — 225 — on either side; and linally in the outward rails, nailed on each sleeper with four spikes, being substituted in every three sleepers by screws, the heads of which are made to sink in iron wrought plates, made fast in the whole breadth of the rail, on its under side. This strong superstructure, says a respectable authority, has just past through a decisive and experimental trial, by making engines of 28.337,36 kilogr. weight, run over the- rails several times, without causing the least damage to the central rail. The province contracted this section for £ 180,000 each kilometer. The Maua rail-way deserves special mention, and if it at present does not maintain a constant traffic, at least it is deserving being named for the benefits the public has received from it, and for being the first in essaying this system of locomotion. Its length does not exceed 19 kil. distance, from the port from which it took its name and whence it starts and the foot of the Serra da Estrella where it terminates. Although its receipts have diminished in a most extra- ordinary manner, from the period when the centres of production, that made it their vehicle, began to make the D. Pedro II rail- way supply their wants of transport, yet it still carries the produce of the neighbourhood; its principal item of receipts being nevertheless the pas- sengers traffic in the hot season of the year, who retire to, or make of Petropolis their habitual residence. The President of the province lately made a contract for its continuation to Petropolis, the distance being 23,1 kiloms. S. PAULO. This rich province counts nearly 1,000 kil. of railways jjither in operation, in construction, or under survey. c. I. 15 — 2^6 — Amongst ihe former above mentioned are the following : Paulista, between the cities of Jundiahy and Campinas, length 49 kil. Ituana, between Jundiahy and Itu, length. . 67 » Total. 116 » The following are in construction : Sorocabana, between the cities of S. Paulo and the Ipanema iron manufactory, crossing the city of Sorocaba HI kil. From Itii to Piracicaba 85 » From S. Paulo to Rio de Janeiro, between the city of S. Paulo and Cachoeira Station, in the D. Pedro II rail-road .... 286 » From Mogymirim to Amparo 85 » Sum total 367 » There were lately contracted : a rail-way that, in con- tinuation to the « Paulista)), is intended to connect the city of Campinas to Rio Ciaro, 86 kil. long, according to the surveys and plans already made; and the Mogy- mirim between Rio Claro and the city of that name, 88 kil. long. A grant has been made by the provincial government to a company that undertakes its construction, with a guarantee of 7 7o upon £ 300,000 limited, and which also received from the same, £ 3,000 to help the preli- minary works. PARANA. The surveys for the rail-way between the cities of Antonina and Coritiba, in the extension of 83 kil., are terminated. The company that shall be formed for the construction and management of the same, will receive from the province a guarantee of interest, as stipu- lated. Another line was also authorized to be constructed, between Paranagua and Morretes, with 15 kil. long. S PEDRO, DO ftlO GRANDE DO SUL. There is already, in this province, a rail-way in operation called S. Jeronymo: it begins in the city of the same name, which has an excellent port on the River Jacuhy, and terminates at the coal-mines, on the border of Arroio dos Ratos. It is 19,9 kil. long. The works for the construciion of the rail-way of Hamburg-Berg are pro- gressing; which issuing from the capital of the province, terminates at the point Avhere trunk colonial lines of the municipality of S. Leopoldo meet together, an extent of 66 kil, long. It is expected that it be inaugurated this year. The company that undertook its construction received a guarantee of 7 7o from the provincial government upon the limited capital of £ 170,000. Another grant is made of a railway between Rio Grande and the coal-mines of Candiota, with near 170 kil. of extension. MINAS-GERAES. The following rail-ways are either projected or con- tracted by the president, authorized by the provincial assembly : OuRO PRETO, — It is to issue from the city of the same name, capital of the province, and join the trunk line of D. Pedro II rail-way. Its approximate extension is calculated at 140 kilometers. Itabira.— It also starts from Ouro Preto and terminates at Itabira, 151 kil. long. — 228 — Manhuassu. — It is intended lo connect the capital with Manhuassu in the confines of the province of Es- pirito Santo, at the point where the rail-way that is to start from the capital of that province must terminate. Caldas.— Starling from the municipality of that name, it is to meet the Mogymirim line, a branch of the rail- way from Santos to Campinas. This rail-way will b8 the means of giving greater facility to travellers who go in demand of the hot springs of its environs. Ub.v. — This rail- way is intended to be a prolongation of the Leopoldina line to the city of Uba, and passes by S. Paulo de Muriahe, thus connecting that cHy to the D. Pedro II rail- way. Farpao.— Taking the direction of the locality of that name, on the confines of Bahia, it is to make a junction with another line projected from, that place to Cachoeirinha. Sapucahy. — This prolongation of the branch line of Ita- juba, is intended to be carried to the point where the river Sapucahy begins to be navigable. DiAMANTiNA. — Although this rail-way ought to termi- nate on the confines of the province, in the valley of the river Doce, yet it will forma communication between Diamantina and the capital of the province of Espirilo Santo, by the Souza rail-way, which follows the borders of the river of the same name, in direction to the capital. PiuMHY. — The construction of this rail-way will con- nect S. Joao d'El-Rei with Piumhy. The following table shows out the rail-ways of the empire, specifying their names, the progress of all the general and provincial rail- ways, in operation, in con- siruction, under surveys, or projected. T^^ TT .-I^O-APS. 02 O o «< 9 2 « NAMES OF THE RAIL-E0AD8. Para . . Mara- nhao . . ' Piauhy. CearS. Parahyba. Prov . INITIAL AND TERMINAL STATIONS. Para City rail-Viay. From the capital to Caxias From Caxias to Therezina From Caxias to S. Jose From Barra do Corda to Cha pada w S From Belem to Nazareth. From Pamahyba to Iguarassu. From the chief town to Soure. Cearense From Ipii From Itapipora From the capital to Caxias. From Caxias to Therezina... From Caxias to Sao Jose. . . . K 9,133 s 2 n 5 m p a s 32 Gener Pernam- 1 buco... From Barra do Corda to Cha- pada From the mouth of the river Iguarassu to the town of Par nahyba From the capital to Soure From the capital to Baturite. . . From Acaracu to Ipu From Mundahii to Itapipora . . From the capital to Alagoa-Gran- de and to the villages of Ingd and Independencia Sao-Francisco . Prov. Alagoas. Sergipe . Bahia . . < Espirito- Santo. . Capital of the Empe. Rio de Janeiro From Recife to Olinda From Olinda to Beberibe From Una to Jacuipe From Agua-Preta to Bebedouro From the capital to Limoeiro. . Central From Goyanna to Timbauba.. . From the capital to Alagfia-Gran de and to the villages of IngA and Independencia From the capital to the province of Jatobi on the river Sao Fran- cisco From Recife to Caxanga From the capital to Olinda From the capital to Beberibe... From Una to Jacuipe From Agua-Preta to Bebedouro. From the capital to Limoeiro. . . From Recife to Victoria From Goyanna to Timbauba. . . . 124.9 12;873 8,0 Gener Prov. Gener Prov. Gener Prov, Gener From Maceio to rail-road Sao Francisco From Jaragu^ to Imperatriz. From Piranhas to Jatobi. . . . From Maroim to Propria. Joaseiro. Central rail-road From Alagoinhas to Itabayana Sergipe Nazareth Santo- Amaro. . Jequitinhonha . Tocantins , From Victoria to the port of Souza From Andarahy-Pequeno up to Tijuca mountain D. Pedro II principal line.., » embranchment Porto - Novo Cunha embranchment Cachoeira . . . of embranchment Macacos embranchment Rio Verde.. . Barra Mansa . Itajubd Sao-Joao-Nepomuceno . From the capital to the Sao Fran- cisco From Jaragu4 to Imperatriz From Piranhas to JatobA , From Maroim to Propria.... From the capital of the province of Bahia to Joaseiro on the ri ver Sao Francisco From the town of Cachoeira to Chapada Diamantina From Alagoinhas to Itabayana, Sergipe From the capital to Nazareth... From the capital to Santo Amaro. From Cachoeirinha on the bords of Rio Jequitinhonha to the fronter of Minas Geraes.... From Villa da Barra of Rio Gran- de (Bahia) to Barra do Somno (Gojaz) From the town of Victoria to the poi't of Souza, on the Rio-Doce. From Andarahy-Pequeno to Alto da Boa-Vista From the capital to the valley of Sao Francisco From Entre Rios to Porto-Novo do Cunha From Barra do Pirahy to Ca- choeira (S. Paulo) 39,6 8,8 123,46 Eezende to ArSas . From the bicurcation to Macacos From the central line to Rio Verde From the town of the same name to that of Bananal, province of S.Paulo From D. Pedro n to Itajub^ (Mi- nas-Geraes) From D. Pedro U Rail-road, to Sao Joao Nepomuceno (Minas Geraes) From the town of Rezende to that of Arfeas (S. Paulo) 197,635 63,158 95,47 4,719 44,6 46,0 a'l.O 159,0 24,44 H • 5 CO a z K 54,0 80,2 104,5 448,0 106,2 36,0 356,0 30,0 KILOMETRICAL DISTAN- CE BETWEEN THE INI- TIAL STATIONS OF THE LINES AND THE CITY OF EIO DE JANEIRO. In a straight line. K 9,132 340,0 126,0 150,0 130,0 8,0 22,8 120,0 220,0 45,0 202,6 652,0 12,872 8,0 8,0 20,0 54,0 100,0 53,82 54,0 120,0 114,0 1Q4,5 282,0 571,40 244,0 140,0 126,0 33,0 80,0 800,0 135,0 8,0 640,0 68,158 155,91 4,719 356,0 30,0 75,0 80,0 35,0 K 2.483,0 2.321,0 2.037,0 2.037,0 1.890,0 2.418,0 2.2.59,0 2.167,0 2.259,0 2.422,0 i2.056,0 1.944,0 1.944,0 1.944,0 1.848,0 1.849,0 1 889,0 1.944,0 11.944,0 1.992,0 1.723,0 1.722,0 1.700,0 1.556,0 1.278,0 1.278,0 1.280,0 1.278,0 1.278,0 1.008,0 1.209,0 436,0 By the common roads. 88,0 77,5 56,0 102,0 190,0 95,0 133,0 K 4.282,0 3.556,0 3.889,0 3.889,0 13.650,0 3.156,0 2.914,0 3.056,0 3.093,0 3.400,0 2.167,0 2.056,0 2.056,0 2.0.5(1,0 2.063,0 2.188,0 3.189,0 2.0.56,0 2.056,0 2.056,0 1.833,0 1.833,0 1.950,0 1.764,0 1.444,0 1.444,0 1.568,0 1.444,0 1.444,0 ;l. 217,0 2.840,0 790,0 a o o Gener Prov. NAMES OF THE RAT Leopoldina . Cantagallo . Santa-Maria Magdale From Paquequer . . . , Valenciana From Nictheroy to Section) Rio-de- Janeiro./ 197,0 108,1 65,1 153,87 218,24 216,8 190,59 From Macahe to Ca: From Macahe to 5 Magdalena From Itaborahy to ( From Maui From Campos to Sa From Sao Joao do I From Campos to Gi From Gragahii to It From Sao Fidelis ' da BaiTa From Sao Fidelis t tonio de Padua. . . From Mage. Sao Paulo. Gener Prov. Gener Prov. From Pirahy to Ric From Nictheroy to ' From Serra-da-Esti polls From Campos to T( Vassouras From Santos to Jur Paulista Sant'Anna do Parna From Campinas to Rio-Claro Parang..'- 3." Ca- S ^harina. ) S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. Minas Geraes . Mato- C Grosso ) Gener Prov. D Gener Prov. Mogyanna. Ituana Gener From S . Paulo and I From Itu to Piracic: From Mogy-mirim Sorocabana From Coritiba to Mato-Grosso From Antonina to i From Paranagua tc D. Pedro I From Tubarao From the coast to Hamburg-Berg.. .. , Candiota Sao Jeronymo. From Santo Amarc Ouro Preto , Itabira Manhauassii Caldas Vhk Farpao Sapucahy Diamantina Piumby Madeira and Mam( A. A. a . ►3 H KILOMETEICAL DISTAN- CE BETWEEN THE INI- TIAL STATIONS OF THE LINES AND THE CITY OF EIO DE JANEIEO. In a straight line. K 9,132 340,0 126,0 150,0 130,0 8,0 22,8 120,0 220,0 45,0 202,6 652,0 12,872 8,0 8,0 20,0 54,0 100,0 53,82 54,0 120,0 114,0 1Q4,5 282,0 571,40 344,0 140,0 126,0 33,0 80,0 800,0 135,0 9,0 640,0 83,158 155,91 4,719 356,0 30,0 75,0 80,0 35,0 88,0 77,5 56,0 102,0 190,0 95,0 132,0 By the common roads. K 2.483,0 2.321,0 2.037,0 2.037,0 1.890,0 2.418,0 2.259,0 2.167,0 2.259,0 2.422,0 i2.056,0 1.944,0 1.944,0 1 .944,0 1.848,0 1.849,0 1 889,0 1.944,0 il. 944,0 1.992,0 1.723,0 1.722,0 1.700,0 1.556,0 1.278,0 1.278,0 1.280.0 1.278,0 1.278,0 1.008,0 1.209,0 436,0 K 4.282,0 3.556,0 3.889,0 3.889,0 13.650,0 3.156,0 2.914,0 3.056,0 3.093,0 3.400,0 .167,0 2.0.'i6,0 2.0.^6,0 2.n.=>6,0 2.063,0 2.1f-8,0 2.189,0 2.0,-i6,0 2.056,0 2.056,0 1.833,0 1.833,0 1.950,0 1.764,0 1.444,0 1.444,0 1. .568,0 1.444,0 1.444,0 ;l. 217,0 2.810,0 197,0 108,1 65,1 153,87 218,24 216,8 190,59 Sao Paulo. 790,0 Parana.. < bd NAMES OP THE RAIl-ROADS. INITIAL AND TERMINAL STATION. Leopoldina . Cantagallo . Santa-Maria Magdalena. From Paquequer Valenciana From Porto Novo do Cunha to Santa Rita de Meia Pataca Minas-Geraes From Yilla-Nova to Nova-Fri Imrgo a S 23 a m H a z S " 3 2 From Nictheroy to Campos (!«' Section) From Nova-Friburgo to Santa- Maria-Magdalena From the Cantagallo rail-way to Paquequer From D. Pedro II rail-way to Ya- lenga From Macahe to Campos. Rio-de- Janeiro. From Macahe to Santa - Maria Magdalena From Itahorahy to Capivary From Maua Gener Prov. S.'" Ca tharina S. Pedro 1 do Rio J Grande ] do Sul. Gener Prov. Minas Geraes . Mato- ( Grosso ( Gener From Nictheroy to Neves, (Ma- cahe) with embranchment at Villa-Xova From Macahe to Campos K 48,5 25,0 From Macahe to Santa-Maria Magdalena From Itaborahy to Capivaiy From the port of MauA to Serra da Estrella From Campos to Sao-Sebastiao. From Sao Joao do Principe From Campos to Gragahii. . . . From Gragahu to Itabapoana. From Sao Fidelis to Sao-Joao- da Bana From Campos to Sao-Sebastiao. From Sao Joao do Principe to D. Pedro II rail-way From Campos to Gragaliii From Gragahu to Itabapoana... From Sao Fidelis to Santo-An- tonio de Padua From Mage. From Pirahy to Eio-Preto From Nictheroy to Marica From Serra-da-Estrella to Petro polls From Campos to Tombos. Vassouras. From Santos to Jundiahy. Patilista Sant'Anna do Parnahyba. From Campinas to Sao Joao do Eio-Clai'o Mopyanna. Ituana . . , . From S.Paulo and Rio de Janeiro From Itu to Piracicaba From MogT,--mirim to Amparo. . . Sorocabana From Coritiba to Miranda, i Mato-Grosso From Antonina to Coritiba From Paranagua to Morretes . . D. Pedro I From Tubarao. From the coast to Umguay. Hamburg-Berg Candiota Sao Jeronj-mo From Santo Amaro to Jaculiy. . Ouro Pre to. Itahira Manhauassu. Caldas , Uba. . . Farpao Sapucahy Diamantina Piumhy Madeira and Mamore. From Sao Fidelis to Sao Joao da Barra From Sao Fidelis to Santo An- tonio de Padua From Mage to the Serra of The- resopolis From Pirahy to Eio-Preto From Nictheroy to Marica From Serra-da-Estrella to Petro- polis From Campos to Tombos From Vassouras to Mendes, D . Pedro II rail-way From Santos to Jundiahy From Jundiahy to Campinas.. From Sao Joao do Rio-Claro to Sant'Anna do Parnahyba. . . . 19,15 11,0 139,0 49,0 From Campinas to Sao Joao do Eio-Claro From Campinas to Mogy-mirim. From Jundiabv to Itu From tlie town of S. Paulo to Ca- choeira, D.Pedro II rail-way. . From Itu to Piracicaba From Mogj'-mirim to Amparo. From S. Paulo to Ypanema.. .. From Coritiba to Miranda. . . . From Antonina to Coritiba From ParanaguA to Morretes. From Santa Cathariiia to Sao Pe- dro do Rio Grande From the coast to the Uruguay. From the capital to Xew-Ham- burg From the town of Jaguarao to Candiota From the village of Sao Jerony- mo to Arroio dos Eatos From Santo Amaro to Jacuhy. . . From D. Pedro II rail-road to Ouro Preto From Ouro Preto to Itabira From the port of Souza, on Eio- Doce and Ouro-Preto From Mogy-mirim to Caldas From Leopoldina to Uba From Fai-pao at the confines of Bahia and Jequitinhonha From Itajuba to Sant'Anna de Sapucahy From the port of Souza to Dia- mantina From Sao Joao d'El-Eei to Pi- umhy From Santo Antonio to Guajara- Guassii 67,0 5- 3 Z o H H !-! S. s ° a z 3z K 80,0 101,5 107,5 99,0 9,0 19,8 1.026,596 86,0 35,0 85,0 86,0 111,0 66,0 363,0 a K 20,0 31,0 39,0 650,0 83,0 384,0 3 . « o S 2 d a ►4 a K 100,0 150,0 71,0 31,0 25,0 150,.b 99,0 55,0 61,0 19,15 75,0 39,('l 60,01 66,0 71,0 45,0 31,0 39,0i 31,0 23,1] 133,0 14,0 139,0 49,0 650,0 80,0 88,0 67,0 286,0 85,0 86,0 !111,0 1.800,0 a3,o 15,0 384,0 .59,0 1.700,0 66,0 170,0 19,8 185,0 140,0 151,0 360,0 165,0 160,0 283,0 125,0 430,0 363,0 ;363,0 KILOMETEICAL DISTAN- CE BETWEEN THE INI- TIAL STATIONS OF THK LINES AND THE CITY OF RIO DE JANEIRO. In a Straight line. K 120,0 30,0 89,0 105,0 77,0 By the common roads. K 260,84 33,5 117,0 157,0 132,025 6,0 6,0 145,0 S 160,0 1.575,64 2.^i;90 1 16.478,40 145,0 a5,0 18,4; 222,0 59,5 222,0 262,0 257,0 20.5,0 28,5 81,0 6,0 39,0 222,0 78,0 346,0 444,0 468,0 361,0 3(31,0 444,0 318,5 3.50,0 345,0 1348,5 798,0 690,0 680,0 845,0 861,0 1.500,0 1.260,0 1.5.50,0 1.500,0 1.270,0 202,0 430,0 435,0 245,0 170,0 848,0 250,0 430,0 233,0 2.926,0 160,0 40,0 22,5( 300,0| 61,672 300,0 280,0 285,0 350,0 30,0 108,0 6,0 41 ,.55 300,0 92,517 350,0 489,0 6^4,0 538,0 538,0 489,0 378,6 556,0 &34,0 378,6 8S0,0 710,0 700,0 900,0 963,0 1.675,0 1.950,0 1.600,0 1.675,0 2.029,0 513,0 656,0- 780,0 634,0 360,0 1.283,0 283,0 780,0 572,0 6.416,0 tii!'.) — Train-waj'S in the ii>etro]ioIis. There are two companies of tram-ways, in the city of Rio de Janeiro, whose object is lo' transport passengers through the streets of Rio de Janeiro, on rail-ways, to the suburbs ; the whole extension of their lines is calculated at 58,763 kilometers. There are also grants made for three more companies, which cars will run along the extension of 40 kilometers. Of those already in- operation, the North American Bo- tanical Garden's Rail-way is established for the traffic of passengers to the suburbs of Gloria, Cattete, Botafogo, Sao Clemente, Jardim Botanico, Larangeiras and the ad- joining localities. Their lines extend along 20,84 kilo- meters. Last year (1872), it made 117,773 passages carrying 4. 966, -523 passengers. The second « Rio de Janeiro Street Rail-way Compa- ny », maintains six lines that branch along different streets of the cily and the suburbs, conqprised in their privilege, viz : Sao Christovao, Pedregulho, Tijuca, Sacco do Alferes, Catumby, Caju and Rio Comprido, comprehending 37,92 kilometers. In the same space of time, as the first, it made 195,437 passages carrying 5.816,388 passengers: it also transports heavy articles. The « Villa Isabel Tram-way Company » has already commenced the construction of its line, having opened to traffic 4,114 kilometers of road. The object of the company is to carry passengers to the districts of Sao Christovao, Engenho Velho, Engenho Novo and Andarahy Grande. It comprehends 28,576 kilometers of extension. In construction : There is a Iram-way about to be constructed, that will be the means of promoting welfare and comfort to a great part of the city and particularly to those that dwell on the hills of Santa Thereza, Paula Mattos and Neves, where the sick find a health} and mild climate in their convales- cence, and the population, in general, finds a refreshing breeze, in the hot season of the year. lis whole extension is calculated at 12,87 ki'ometers. Another line was also granted between Pedregulho, a suburb of the city, and !Mossa Senhora da Penha, in the parish of Iraja, being considered to be 9,9 kilome- ters long. There is yet another tram-way called « Locomotora », for the transport of goods and merchandises to the cen- tral station of the D. Pedro II Rail-way, and the naost commercial streets in Rio de Janeiro. All its lines measure 18,14 kilometers in extension. A small urban line has, for some time past, been in operation, which is intended to carry passengers from the «Fluminense Steam-boat Company's wharf » to the end of Hospicio street at the entrance of the Campo da Ae- clamagao. It is nearly 1,650 meters in length. Provincial trasst-wajs. MARANIliO. There is a tram-way, in the capital, with different branch- es, one of which goes as far as Gutim, Avhere it will soon be in connection with the rail-way between this point and Itibiry, 11,21 kilometers in extent. It belongs 231 — to the entreprize called Sao Luiz do Maranhao, and has a guarantee of interest upon f 80,000, capital limited. CEARA. In the city of Aracaty, there is a privileged company to lay down a tram-way. PERNAMBUCO. This province has the following tram-ways: Boa Viagem. — The contract for this line is still pend- ing on the approbation of the provincial assembly. , Tram-way to Torre, Estrada Nova, Caxangd and Var- zea. — This, although very promising, is merely projected. The president sent the contract to the assembly for its approval. Tram-way to Goyanna. — The contractor has not yet began the structure of the road. Pernambuco tram-way. — This company having been organized originally in New-York, lately established its board of direction in Recife, with a fund of £120,000* Its lines carry passengers to Magdalena, Afogados, Santo Amaro, and Fernandes Vieira making its route through dif- ferent streets of that city. Its lines have an extension of 21,600 kilometers. The average number of passengers per month is 130,000. ALAGOAS. There is a tramway in the capital. BAHIA. There are the following tram-way companies, in that city : Central rail tram-way. — This line branches from Barra- — 232 — quinha to Fonte Nova in one direction, and to the lower partofthe cityatSoledade, in the other, being llkil, long. During last year the traffic of passengers reckoned 264,997. Economical carriages. — This line commencing in Ria- chuelo has its terminus in Itapagipe, being 9,66 kil., long. As far as Bomfim the. cars are drawn by horses, the rest of the road is then served by engines. In 1872 it conveyed 663,192 passengers. City tram-way. — The line traverses the streets be- tween Palacio Square and Graga. It is to be continued to Barra. The company contracted the construction of a hoisting machine, which is nearly compleled, to transporl passengers and merchandise from the lower part of the city to the higher one and vice versa. Bahia Locomotive.— U has been organized to transporl passengers and merchandise between the higher and lower part of the city. The rail-way is calculated to have 6,6 kil. in extension, and ought to be inaugurated next De- cember. RIO DE JANEIRO. This province has three concessions for tram-ways; one for its capital, another for Macahe, and a third for Campos. The first is nearly 12,9 kil. long, and has already three stations in operation. Inaugurated in 1871, its traffic of passengers to June of 1872 amounted to 1,349,718. S. PAULO. There are two lines, one in the capital, and another in Santos, having both the extension of 6 kilometers. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL. There are several tram- ways projected in the capital and in the cilv of Rio Grande. — 233 — The loilowing table shows out the number of trara-ways either in traffic, in construction, or merely granted, which are existing in the Empire. TRAMWAYS. m Us O C3 B J5 KUMBER OP METERS IN COKSTRUCTION. NUMBER OP METERS IN SURVEY. NUMBER OF luKTEESOF THE PROJECTED LINES. TOTAL. Botanical Gardens.. S. Chrislovao, etc. . Villa Isabel Santa Thereza k 20.845 37.918 4.H4 k k k k 20.845 37.918 28.576 12.870 1.6S0 9.900 18. 143 11.210 24.462 12.870 From Praca de D. Pedro H toCampo From Pedregullio to Penha 1.630 9.900 Locomotora S.LuizdoMaranhao Aracaty (Cear4) 18.143 11,210 Boa-Viagem (Per- iiambuco) Torre and Varzea (Pernambuco).. . Goyanna (Peniam- buco) Iron rails ( Pernam- buco) 21.600 21.600 Maceio (Alagdas) . . Central-rails (Babia) Economical carria- ges (Babia) City rails (Bahia... 11.000 9.660 11.000 9.660 Babia Locomotive. . Nictheroy ( Rio de Janeiro) 6.600 12.900 6.60O 12.900 Macab6 (Rio de Ja- neiro) Campos (Rio de Ja- neiro) Capital of S.Paulo. City of Santos (S. Paulo) 4.000 2.000 4.000 2.000 Porto .Alegre (S. Pe dro do Rio-Grande doSul) City of Rio-Grande (S. Pedro do Rio- Grande do .Snll 161.640 37.332 9.900 208.872 234 Maeadamized Soads. The road Union and Industry, which goes from Petro- polis to Juiz de Fora, in Ihe province of Minas-Geraes, is macadamized and constructed with Ihe utmost perfection : it is remarkable for its well drawn tracing and for arlistical worlis of great merit. It has an extent of 146,8 kilometers. The company that made it takes to its charge the con- veyance bolh of passsngers and merchandise. In the j-ear 1872 its traffic consisted of 3,626 passen- gers, and 50,425,035 kilgr. of merchandise ; 30,495,945 kilgr. belonging to exporfalion, and i 9,929,090 kilgr. lo importation. The receipts were £ 137,397 , and the expenses £ 115,803 ; the balance in favour £ 41,591. Graciosa Road.—U connects the port of Antonina, in the province of Parana, -with Coriliba, the capital of the same province. It is not Avbolly terminated, but it is already much frequented by cars. Serra da Estrella Road. — It is a monumental worli, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, constructed at a very steepy point of the Serra do Mar. II offers a free ac- cess lo the city of Pelropolis, where the Emperor has a beautiful country palace, and a great many of the wealthiest inhabitants of the capital of the Empire spend the hot season, called forth by the mildness of the cli- mate. This cily is pretty ic;,iortant as it contains a great number of elegant edifices and chalets. — 235 — Tbe road is 10 kil., in length. There are still other roads, more or less important, in the different provinces, the extent of roads of that description being calculated at 450 kilometers. Canals. Brazil possesses, as yet, very few canals to transport to market the products of its vast territory. RtO DE JANEIRO. The canal that joins the municipalilies of Campos and Macahe is 100,36 kil. long, running for an extent of 17,6 kil., through rivers and lakes. It has its commencement in the lake Ozorio, now ex- tinct, 230 meters dislant from the right bank of the Parahyba, and, in continuation, il reaches the left bank of the river Macahe, opposite to the city of the same name, making a junction with the rivers Ururahy, Ma- cabu, Carrapato, and Macahe, and the lakes Piabanha, Je- nuez, Paulista, Carapebus, Jentahiba and different others. The province spent with this work f 200,000, and at last made a lease of it to a company, to which it granted certain favours with the obligation of keeping up a steam navigation line. The JVogueira Canal made to communicate the virgin forest tracts of Nogueira and Imbury with the river Parahyba, in the manicipality of Campos ; it is 1,097, 8 metres, long. The Cacimbas Canal, which discharges its waters into the left bank of the river Parahyba, on the north of the city of S. Joao da Barra. It is 32 kil. long, and is chiefly employed in transporting limber during the wet season of the year. — 23r, _ The Mage Canal, having 2,596 meters of extension, from the city of Mage to the port of Piedade, in Nicthe- roy bay. Before -the construction of the D. Pedro II Rail-way, this canal was of extraordinary advantage to the munici- palities of Gantagallo, Nova Friburgo, Parabyba do Sal, Mage and also to different other localities of the province of Minas Geraes, in transporting their produces, that came down the Sapucaia road. The province spent in its construction the sum of t 6,400. It is now sailed by small vessels that carry sundry commodities and products from different places in the neigbourhood of Piedade port. The Itaguahy Canal between the city and river of the same name, is 2,.io2 meters long. The products of the municipalities of Rezende, Barra Mansa, Pirahy, Itaguahy, and part of S. Joao do Prin- cipe were formerly exported to the market of Rio de Ja- neiro, through the port of Itaguahy. Actually the interest of these municipalities is better served by the D. Pedro 11 Rail- way ; but the canal is still of use to the neighbouring planters. PARANA AND S. PAULO. Varadouro Canal. — It is intended to join the bay of Paranagua, in the province of Parana, to Iguape and Cananea, in the province of S. Paulo, by the coast of the isthmus that separates them. According to the plans approved, for the execution of which active measures are being taken, the canal ought — 237 to be 2,709 meters long, 1,65 melers deep, and 2,8 meters broad at the bottom, and 8,8 meters broad at the water's edge. The cost of its excavation was estimated at about £ 6,000. SERGIPE. In the construction of the canal, that oughl to join the two rivers Poxim and Sta Maria, difficulties supervened in the execution of the works, so ihat only 4,241 cubic meters were excavated. MARANHiO. There are, in this province, the following canals: Coqueiros, with 1,630 meters, in length, and 22 meters, in breadth ; it communicates the two rivers Mosquitos and Coqueiro, and shortens the voyage between the capital, the Itapicuru, and Mearim, avoiding the shallows of the islands Tana Redondo and Tana Mirim. It is regularly kept, and is navigated by steamers drawing 3,03 to 3,66 meters. Arapapahy, with which the provincial treasury has spent large sums of money: The excavations that now exist were made in the years 1848 to 1858. When finished, the canal will be 2,200 meters long, and will make a junction of the waters of Bacanga and Arapapahy with the bays of Arrayal and S. Marcos. The Mearim Canal, which is not yet finished, but is projected, as the means of avoiding the shallows of Lage Grande in the river of the same name; it allows only the navigation of small vessels of not much draught. — 238 — Inunigratioii and Colonization. II being universally acknowledged that one of the first requisites for Brazil, is an increase of its population, the powers of the State continue to make every effors to obtain it, DOt only by affording every facility to laborious and well moralized immigrants, by granting them valuable pri- vileges, but also by taking every precaution, in order that nothing may be wanting to them on their arrival, where they will find every comfort and redress, and meet persons to direct their first steps and give them every protection. In order to promote these views, besides the facilities granted to colonists and immigrants to be naturalized, as is explained in its proper head, regulations have been issued for their conveyance, that nothing should be want- ing to them, on their voyage to the Empire. These regulations are, in the whole, a copy of those adopted in most of the ports of Europe. They fix the proportion that there ought to exist between the number of passengers and the tonnage of the vessel that carri&s them, the space allotted to every passenger, the quan- tity and quality of the provisions on board, the accom- modations under deck, the sanitary and police precau- tionary measures, and the penalties incurred by captains that transgress the established orders. A law on lands has been published, in harmony with the system followed in the United-Stales, and adapted to the peculiar situation of Brazil. Amongst other provisional regulations it only permits the acquisition of spare lands by purchase, except on the frontiers of the Empire; — 239 — establishes anil discriminates public from private properly, and regulates the surveying, the description, and the de- marcation of the lots of land to be purchased. The lowest price is from i/2 real to 2 riis for each square fathom ; 4,84 meters square. The sale of the lots of land in the colonies of the Stale, is, however, made according to the prices hereafter mentioned. The aforesaid law is still to be modified by compli- mentary measures that ought greatly to aid its execution. An OfBcial Agency has been appointed since 1864 to put into execution, in the port of Rio de Janeiro, what is prescribed and ordained for the transport of immigrants ; to superintend the service of the asylum of the new sett- lers ; to provide for their landing and conveyance to their settlement ; to give directions to those that intend to establish themselves in the colonies of the State; to en- courage spontaneous immigration ; to act as an interven- ing agent between individuals that intend to import co- lonists and the agents of emigration abroad. The Official Agency has its office in the centre of the city, that it may more readily altend to, and despatch any business concerning colonization. On the other hand, the government grants to immi- grants the following favours: the payment of the diffe- rence of price they ought to pay if they went over lo the United-Stales and that due for their shipment to Brazil ; an advance of the whole passage money to those who embark with the firm purpose of establishing themselves in the colonies of the State, several Brazilian consuls being authorized to defray their respective expenses, particulariy those in London, Liverpool, Switzerland, Marseilles, and Hamburg; importation of the objects they bring with them, free of duty, viz; their household furniture in any quantity or quality indispensable lo their daily use, the — 340 — clothes of llieir own private use, their bediling of every des- cription, in relation to the condition and means of the immi- grants, their crockery ware.agricullural implements or tools, suited to the trades Ihey intend to follow, and a fowling piece for each grown up man ; the right of being lodg- ed in the boarding-house supported by government, in the metropolis of the Empire, where on their landing they find lodgings and victuals at the cost of about 2 shillings a day for an adult, and 1 shilling for a minor from 9 to 12 years of age; and finally the right of receiving gratui- tously from the colonial agency the informations they may require and a passage to the colonies of the Stale, if the colonists are volunteers, lately arrived, heads of family, and husbandmen. Tlie Official Agency also lakes under ils charge to ob- lain by its efforts or by advertisements in Ihe papers, employment for those Miat wish to remain in Rio de Janeiro. i^tate eolonies. Tiie colonies of ilie Slate are superintended by directors appointed by the government, in conformity to what is determined by ihe Decree of 1867. The new seillers are temporarily lodged in a house suited lor ihe purpose, until they*are put in possession of their respective lots of land. Whenever ihey ask for it, ihey are fed by tlie Agency during the first ten days, under ihe condition of paying their expenses when ihey make Ihe reimbursement of the other advances. Once in possession of his loi of land, ihe colonist re- ceives a gift of £ 2, which is equally distributed to every member of his family more than ten and less than fifty years of age : as also seeds lor the first sowings, the ne- — 241 — cessary rural implements, a temporary house, 48,4 ares of felled land or its equivalent in money. These last items granted to the colonists to help them to their task, are to be debited to them along v/ith the land. The colonists that wish to be employed in the public works of the settlement will find immediate work, re- ceiving a reasonable salary, for the space of 90 days Avithin the first six months after his arrival. In those colonies where the population is superior to SOO souls, a sum not exceeding 5 °/o is deducted from the wages of the workmen and deposited for the benefit of the co- lony, being applied to its improvements by a board of Commissioners, chosen amongst those colonists that have reimbursed the State of their debts: that sum is also des- tined to help the Director in the management of the co- lony. The lots of colonial lands are divid ed into urban and rural. The areas of the latter comprehend either 60,3, or 30,23, or IS, 13 hectares, and tlie prices are from 2 to 8 reis : the former are 22 to 44 meters in front by 44 to HO meters long, varying in price from 1 -to 8 r6is for every 4,84 square meters. If the concession be on credit, 20 "/o must be added to the price, and the payment made in four yearly in- stallments, the first to be paid two years after the pur- chaser is come into possession of the land. If a colonist anticipates the payment of his installments, he is entitled to 6 7° discount. There are in all the colonies, primary schools for chil- dren of both sexes, and catholic an dprotestant clergymen, who minister to the colonists the spiritual food. c. I. 16 — 242 SANTA LEOPOLDINA COLONY. It is situated 32,8 kil. distant from the capital of the province of Espirito Santo, there being a free access to it by the river Santa Maria. It has a popolalion superior to 300 inhabitants, most- ly Germans, besides some Dutch and Swiss. According to the colonial census of 1871, there were in the preceding year, 101 births and 41 deaths. The production consists of coffee, sugar cane, cereals, and several kinds of pjtatoes, its exports being estimated at £ 10,400. RIO-NOVO. It is also established in the province of Espirito Santo, and contains 1,000 inhabitants. In 1871 there were 84 births and 13 deaths. The principal culture is coffee and cereals, and, in the above mentioned year, the production was estimated at £ 8,000; the imports at £ 2,200; and the exports at vf 5,200. ■J MUCURY. The territory of this colony is belonging to the pro- vince of Minas-Geraes, and it is 389,4 kil. distant from the nearest maritime port, viz: 191,4 kil. through commonroads, and 198 kil. of river steam-navigation. It is inhabited by 700 persons, almost all Germans. The surface of the tilled lands comprehends 700 hectares, and of those which are to be marked out for lots, more than 300 hectares. The culture consists of grain, potatoes, coffee, sugar — 243 — cane, and tobacco, besides the raising of several kinds of cattle and domestic fowls. CANANEA. Situated in the province of S. Paulo, 23,1 kil. distant from the sea-coast, and not far from, the village of the same name, it is inhabited by 478 colonists, mostly English. Special circumstances, which the public powers have carefully tried to remove, have impeded the progress of this colony. The place is salubrious, and the lands are extremely fertile. At present a highway is in construction between this settlement and the nearest port, and other remarkable irnprovements are about to be effected. ASSUNGUY. Settled at the distance of 99 kil, from the capital of the province of Parana, it numbers about 440 inhabi- tants, and will rise to a promising condition as soon as the roads, that are now in construction and which will give a free access to it, shall be flnished. ITAJAHY. It is 46,2 kil. distant from the port of the same name, in the province of Santa Catharina. Us population amounts to 2,300 inhabitants, mostly Germans. In 1872 there were 73 births and 18 deaths. The surface which is cultivated comprises 400 hectares and yields sugar, rum, cotton, tobacco, grain, and spo- tatoes. — 24t — The pastures, wiiTcli comprehend 300 hectares, support several kinds of cattle. It possesses 18 saw-mills, Avhich are always at work, and prove of great advantage to the colonists. Its produces are valued at above £ 10,000 a year, and the exportation, which is almost confined to limber, at the same sum. Blu.menau. It is situated in the province of Santa Catharina, in the navigable part of the river Itajahy, having cart roads, and being peopled by 6,329 persons, almost all Germans. In 1871 the number of births attained 335, and the mor- tality was below 30. In the same year, the colony's products which consisted of cereals, potatoes, cotton, coffee, sugar, rum, tobacco, butter, and cheese, the following figures prevail: 6, .544,800 liters of maize; 6,344,800 liters of potatoes; ISI.483,28 kilogr. of sugar ; i6.4S2,8 kilgr. of butter ; IS.424,5 kilgr., of cheese ; and 200.630,41 liters of rum. It also possesses many herds of several kinds of cattle, chiefly swine, which raising amounted, in the last dates, to 5,500 heads. The exports of the settlement were estimated, in 1871, at £ 13,200, and the imports atf 16,500. It was created, in the colony, an agricultural society which has rendered good services, by spreading useful in- formations among the colonists, promoting agricultural ex- hibitions, and establishing libraries. Santa Maria da Soledade. It was founded by a private association on a spot that offers all convenient requisites, near the municipality of — 246 - S. Leopoldo, in the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. Not being able to defray their charges, they had recourse to the public powers, and, by virtue of a legislative act, is- sued out in 1866, they surrogated their right to the govern- ment in return for the capitals disbursed. In the beginning of this year, it was inhabited by 1,S88 persons of different nationalities. The population has increased, and is likely to increase still more by the admittance of other immigrants which will soon be sent thither. The whole population of the State colonies amounts to 16,412 inhabitants ; not including S. Leopoldo, already out of the colonial regime and raised up to a town, in the pro- vince of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, with a popula- tion of about 20,000 souls, as well as those in the same con. dition as the latter, such as : Santa Izabel, in the province ©f Espirito-Santo with 301 souls ; Therezopolis, with 1,631 inhabitants, and Santa Izabel, with 1,213, in the province of Santa Catharina. The number of colonists, therefore, is greater than it was in 1867, when they amounted to 10,964. Amongst the colonies emancipated, are worthy of men- tion the two ones of Nova Friburgo and Petropolis, both lying in elevated localities of the mountain range of Orgaos in the province of Rio de Janeiro. The former, founded in 1820, atthe government's ex- pense, with Swiss and German colonists, is, long since, a flourishing village, sought for by sick persons, on ac- count^^of its salubrity. The latter, established with German colonists on land-pro- perties of the Emperor, and subsidized by the provincial — 246 — govsrnmeat for some years past, is actually, the seat of a beautiful town, with 8,200 inhabitants, of which about 3,000 are either Germans or their offspring. Protincial and Private Colonies. In the province of Rio Grande do Sul there are the fol- lowing colonies : Santa Cruz, with a population of o, 550 colonists; its exports amounting to about £ 40,000, and its imports at f .30,000:— S. Angelo, with 1,316 inhabitants, its exports amounting to above £ 5,000, and its imports to about £ 4,000 : — Nova Pelropolis, peopled by 1,221 persons, its exports being calculated at £ 4,200, and its imports at £ 5,000. In the same province, besides the colony Mont'Alverne, founded in 1839 on the river Taquary, with a popula- tion of 348 inhabitants, there are also those of S. Fell- ciano, of Count d'Eu, and of Princess D. Izabel, lately eitablished, and under the charge of the provincial go- vernment. There is yet, in the same province, the colony of S. Loarengo, on the skirts of Serra dos Taipes with 3,280 inhabitants, several manufactories and 14 schools. In S'a. Catharina, the D. Francisca colony, that has nearly a population of 7,000 inhabitants, continues to thrive, its exportation, in 1871, being estimated at£j23,000, and its importation at £ 22,000 : it is subsidized by the government. Amongst the provincial colonies, Angelina, in the pro- vince of S'a. Catharina distinguishes itself, as being com- posed of 1,316 native inhabitants. It is situated at a distance of 59,4 kilometers from the town of S. Jose, and it is in a flourishing state. — 247 — In the province of Minas Geraes, in the municipality of Parahybana, lies the D. Pedro II colony, containing 1,318 inhabitants and having a cultivated area of 1,622 hectares. It has three schools with 131 children of both sexes. In the province of Bahia was, last year, established the colony Moniz, which promises to be a prosperous one and has already more than 1,000 inhabitants. The whole population of the last mentioned colonies is estimated at 23,917 inhabilanls, that is, 3,108 more than in 1867. If we sum up this population with that of the State colonies they Avill make a total of 40,329 inhabitants, not comprising the population of S. Leopoldo, and the emancipated colonies already mentioned. Contracts for the importation of immigrants. The government has signed several contracts for the introduction of immigrants into differents provinces of the Empire. The general basis on which they are founded, with some indifferent alterations, according to the nature of the contracts, are the following : The observance of the statutes concerning the trans- port of colonists into the Empire ; On the part of the government, a grant of lands si- tuated in the proximity (13,2 kil., at the most) of rail- roads, of sea ports, and great markets, or in other places pointed out as the most adapted for culture, at the price fixed by law, and paid up in the term of six years, in installments ; the expenses of measurement being put to the charge of the contractors; Free passage to immigrants and their baggage in the packets of companies subsidized or befriended by the go- vernment, and on the rail-roads ; — 248 — The landing free of duties of their baggage, utensils, agricultural implements aad machinery ; An allowance of £ 6 to every adult that be employed as a day-labourer; of £ 7 to every joint-partner colo- nist ; of £ IS to every one who purchases lands to settle in the country, [and the half of the said sums to those under 14 to 2 years of age; On the part of the contractors, the obligation of not receiving any interests from the immigrants for the first two years, nor to stipulate more than 6 7, in- terest a year, for the five following ones, when the debt becomes due, and to do every thing in their power to promote the welfare of the colonists till they are fi- nally settled; The responsibility of the contractors for the abuses they may be guilty of, not only conveying colonists that are not in the terms of their conlracls, which the consular agents or other Brazilian functionaries in Europe, appointed by the government, are to pay a strict attention to ; but also by deceiving the immigrants with false promises or by any way concealing the real facts, the circumstances of the country, the conditions of labour and any others thai may assure them a thriving future. The immigrants above all ought to have a perfect knowledge of the duties and advantages they have agreed upon, and to sign, before going on board, a declaration that they are not going to Brazil at the expense and for the account of the Imperial Government, and that they shall not, in any future period, under any pretence whatever, require from the same government any thing else than that protection which the laws grant, in general, to fo- reigners. — 249 — The non observance of those and other clauses makes the contractors liable to flnes and to rescission of their respective contracts. There are, at present, in vigour thirteen contracts of this nature. In accordance with them, within the period of ten years, in the maximum, 149,600 immigrants are to be imported into the provinces of Parana, Santa Catharina, Rio de Janeiro, Espirito-Santo, Bahia, Alagoas, Pernam- buco, Maranhao, and others of the north of the Empire. On that purpose, the government has marlied out an extent of land measuring 2,431,324 hectares. We must mention here the pecuniary aid granted by the government to the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, which signed a contract with a private association for the introduclion of 40,000 colonists; and likewise the contracts that the president of Espirito-Santo was empowered to make with two farmers of the said pro- vince, under the same clauses that were mentioned above. Independent of those contracts for the introduction of immigrants into the Empire, the government, ackoowledg- ing the necessity they were under of promoting by every means in their power the transition from the system of slave to free labour, did not hesitate, following the example of other civilized nations, to accept proposals for the importation of Asiatic labourers. With these views the government signed a contract for their introduclion, taking every precaution to avoid the abuses which in other countries have been committed, and obliging therefore the contractors to insert in the contracts they sign the formal declaration of the time — 250 - of service, the salary to be paid, the terra \\hen due, and the right of rescission. It is, moreover, positively enjoined that in making enrollments, and upon their agreements with the labourers, in Asia, they shall abide by the laws and regulations in vigour in the different localities, not permitting them to land any expeditions in any part of the Empire, without the captain of the vessel that imports them being provided Avith a certificate, that he has fulfilled the said laws and regulations. We are told that the Asiatic Emigration Company is formed, and that the necessary orders have been already issued for the first shipments of Asiatic labourers. On the other hand, with the firm intention to siraplifyiog to immigrants the purcljase of unoccupied lands, the govern- ment continues to order the measurement and marking out of lots of land, suited for colonization, affording to them at once the free access to sea ports or to navigable rivers. Until the year 1867, an extent of 339,403 hectares had been measured and marked out in the provinces of S. Pedro' do Rio Grande do Sul, S'" Catharina, Parana, S. Paulo, Espirito-Santo, Alagoas and Para. Since that time that area was reduced to 295,843 hectares, because 17,424 were reserved for the district of the new colony Prince D. Pedro, in the province of S'" Ca- tharina ; 17,424 hectares to extend the limits of the colonial district of Assunguy , in the province of Parana ; and finally, because about 8,712 were occupied by Brazilians, on the south of the province of Espirito-Santo, near the colony of Rio Novo. With the late measurements in the provinces of S" Catharina, Parana, and S. Paulo, the area of those lands w^as again raised to nearly 503,963 hectares, according to the statement of the competent office. IMeasurements were also made in the provinces of — 251 — Espirito-Santo, Bahia, Perhatnbuco and Para, in different allotments, equally intended for immigration, whicli are not included in that sum, as they sUU depend upon being better verifled and regularly enrolled. Whilst government is occupied with these studies, and in collecting statistical, topographical, and descriptive data as to the existence of the colonies, their situation, mea- surement and means of communication and other circum- stances, that may better recommend the land-property of the State, the competent office is organizing maps similar to those that were sent to the Exhibition, in Vienna. One of these maps comprehends different tracts of unoccupied lands, and territories measured and marked out, in the municipalilies of Cananea and Iguape, and in the parish of Ttapecerica, in the south of S. Paulo, making up an extent of 230,868 hectares, including the territory of Cananea, in the district of the colony of the same name. In the same map is found a descriptive notice of the lands measured and marked out, and their relative po- sition to different points of the sea-shore of the district of Iguape, as also of the distances, and of the present system of roads and those that for the future will best suit the intercourse of its inhabitants. This map also affords sufficient information as to the quality of the lands, to what culture they are most flt for, the excellence of the climate, and other favourable conditions. The other, a lithographed map of the province of Santa Gatharina, also shows the public lands already measured and marked out, the existing colonies, as well as the rivers, roads, villages, and different localities where there is to be found a great extent of unoccupied lands of excellent quality, lying westwards, four leagues from th* — 252 — sea -shore and making up an extent of 3,049,200 hectares. Two more topographic and descriptive maps of the provinces of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and Parana, are to be soon publislied, which are organized according to the same system, and containing such information as will most intimately interest immigrants in their choice of the lands they intend to purchase from the State. They will thus be able to And out public lands already surveyed, measured, and marked out, and they can take possession of them in lots of 121 hectares, or in half or in quarter lots, as they please. Those lots may be sold in public auction or otherwise; its lowest price being one real every 4,84 square meters, including the cost of measurement and demar- cation. As a general rule, the price is for ready cash : but if the immigrants wish to make their settlements in colo- nial and agricultural districts, they shall be allowed the term of five years to pay in installments, with the annual interest of 6 %. to count from the end of the second year of their settlement in the country. Tie Catliecliisiiig and CiYilizatioii of tlie Indians. It is estimated at 500,000 the number of Indians, who live in a w'andering state, through the wilds and native forests of the Empire, they being quite lost for society, which, nevertheless, is subject to their incur- sions and ravages. — 253 — The government has always endeavoured to cathechise and civihze them, being assisted in this undertaking by the evangelical zeal of the Capuchine and Franciscan Observant friars, who worthily fulfil their noble mission. In spite, however, of reiterated efforts, it has not yet been possible to obtain a number of missionaries sufH- cient for the necessities of the service. For so numerous a quantity of Indians, spread out through a vast territory, there are but 61 Capuchine missionaries, many of which are already weakened by labours and their advanced age; besides those there are 6 Franeiscan Observants more. The system of cathechising generally adopted, consists in assembling into settlements those Indians, who by the apostolical devotion of the missionaries leave off their wandering life and acquire the knowledge of pro- perty and a love for labour, settling on a fixed dwells ing. Superintended, at first, by the missionaries, those settlements are afterwards managed by secular directors, either upon the death of their primitive settlers or on account of their being removed to other places of the Empire, where they are more necessary. The Franciscan Observants, 6 in number, were spe- cially established on the Upper Amazonas, where upon their arrival in 1870, have been founded the settlements of S. Francisco, between the rivers Preto and Madeira, for the natives of the Araras and loras tribes; and on the river Solimoes that of Caldeirao, which possesses a church and other buildings, and contains 250 souls. They are about to make a third settlement, near the fifth fall of the river Madeira, in order to establish there the Indians of the Caripuna tribe. — 254 — The Capuchine missionaries are distributed in the following manner: Mato-Grosso 2 Goyaz S Para 6 Maranhao 4 Pernambuco 11 Sergipe 2 Bahia 14 Espirito-Santo 2 Minas-Geraes 8 Capital of the Empire 4 Parana 2 S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul . . 1 Although the aboriginals, with the exception of hut a few not numerous tribes, are endowed of a mild temper, and easily submit themselves to sedentary labours, their natural inclination, however, and their rooted wild habits, make them unpersevering in their new mode of life. Experience has shown out that, with regard to adults, it is difficult, or rather impossible, to obtain from them satisfactory results; and, therefore, without abandoning them to their wretched fate, the government is deter- mined to operate principally on the new generations, by creating educational institutes for young Indians. In accordance with this plan, the hoarding school of Santa Izabel, was founded in 1870, on the valley of the Araguaya, and it is attended by about 52 children of either sex, belonging to the wild Canoeiros and Tapirapes, and to the mild Guajajaras, of the Tupy tribes; to the mild Chavantes, Cherentes, and Carajas, — 255 — and the wild Jaraes, Cayapos, Gradahus and Apinag§s, of the Tapuya tribes. The same valley is inhabited by the Indians of the tribes ChambioaS; a branch of the Carajas, Aplnag^s, Canoeiros, Coroados, and others whose names are not known. The Indians are proverbially sober, very expert in the bodily exercises used by them, and endowed of a great strength. The children existing at the Santa Izabel boarding- school, easily learn reading and writing, and are already learning the trades of blacksmith and carpenter, at the workshops of the Araguaya Steam. Navigation Company, whilst those of the school are being constructed. The girls are also employed in liousehold services. Those children, who were at first obtained by pre- senting Iheir parents with each iron tools as would prove more useful to them, are now often willingly offered by their very parents. The government hopes that, having thus been educa- ted in the precepts of religion and the habits of a ci- vilized life they will be, in after times, powerful auxi- liaries, who will draw their parents and brothers into the social state. A similar sentiment prevailed on the granting of a subsidy paid by the State for the support of the Young Artisans' College, established at Manaos, upon condition of affording education to a certain number of young Indians. The government intends to establish another college, either at Mucury or on the valley of the river Doce, for — 256 ^ the children of those tribes who lead there a wandering life. To the old settlements , with somewhat civilized inhabitants may be considered as mixed together with the general population, we must add the following ones, which are governed by missionaries. In the province of Amazonas — S. Francisco, on the river Madeira; Caldeirao, on the river Solimoes; and another settlement, which Avill be established, in a short time, near the falls of the Madeira. In the province of Para.— Capim and Tapajoz on the margins of the so called rivers. In the province of Goyaz. — S. Jose de Jamimbu, com- posed of the Indians Carajas and Chavantes ; Gorgulho on the river Araguaya, consisting of Chambioas, 237,6 Idiom, distant from Leopoldina on thejiver Somno ; and Ibiapama. In the province of Maranhao. — S. Pedro de Pindare, founded in 1840, and composed of Indians Guajajaras ; Leopoldina, created in 1854 for Indians of the same tribe; Januaria, established in the same year, for the tribes Creases andPoteges: and Palmeira Torta, in 1870, for the Gua- jajaras. The population of those settlements amounts to 4,172 souls. In the latter province there are still 19 settlements governed by directores parciaes ; their population amount- ing to 12,000 souls. They are composed of Indians of the following tribes : 1" Guajajaras. 2* Caractages. 3" Canellas. 4"" Gavioes. 5'" Tymbiras. - 267 — 6'" Jauleges, 7'" CaragSs. 8'" Caraet^s. g"" Caracahys. 10'" Tembfis. U'" Amanazes. 12'" Mutuas. In the province of Bahia there exists the settlement of Cachoeira dos IlhSos, in a flourishing condition. In the province of Espirilo-Santo, the Mutum and Pancas tribes are settled on the valley of the river Doce, under the direction of two Oapuchine missionaries. In Winas-Geraes there are four settlements : Mutnm, on the valley of the river Doce; Jequitinhonha, on the margin of the river so called; Nossa Senhorada ConceiQao, and Mucury, in the neighbourhood of the State Colonics, es- tablished in thrit province. Another settlement is to be established, on the valley of the Manhuassii, immediately upon the arrival of the missionaries that were sent to the above mentioned pro- vince. In the province of S. Paulo there are the settlements of Itapeva da Faxina and of S. Joiio Baplista. Finally, in the provinces of Parana, and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, there exist 5 settlements, namely : S. Je- ronymo, on the banks of the Tibajiry, 184,8 kil., distant from the town of Castro, and composed of 142 Indians Canoas, also called Coroados ; S. Pedro de Alcantara, with 768 Indians of the tribes Caygnas and Coroados ; they pro- duce coffee, sugar and grain ; Pirapo, and Paranapanema. Those settlements belong to the first mentioned province. In the second there is the settlement of Nonohay, with a population of 332 Indians of the tribe of the Coroados^ ~ 258 — Foreigners. Foreigners are very kindly treated io Brazil ; their rights are respecied, and ia their civil iDtercourse they are protected by the laws. The primary schools are gratuitously open to them and to their children, in the same manner as to natives ; and in the like manner, they are admitted both to the public colleges and to the superior schools. They can travel throughout the Empire as freely as the Brazilian citizens, and can avail themselves of the gua- rantee of the habeas corpus act. Observing the prescriptions of the laws, they are per- mitted to establish and exercise freely all kinds of trade, provided that Ihey be not contrary to good morals and to public health and security ; Ihey can possess land property, using it in the same plenitude as Brazilian citizens. They enjoy the greatest liberty of conscience never being persecuted by religious motives, provided that they respect the religion of the Slate. The rights of their children, born in the Empire, de- served a special attention of the powers of the State, it being decided that ihe legislation that regulates the civil condition of foreigners, residing in Brazil, and not employed in the service of their own country, must also be applicable to the civil condilion of their children, but only during their miiiorily. On attaining their majority, they enter into the exercise of the rights of Brazilian citizens. A Brazilian woman who marries a foreigner partakes — 1159 — of the condition of the latter ; in the same manner that a foreign woman who marries a Brazilian follows the condition of her husband. The law acknowledges as valid, for all civil effects, the marriages between proteslants, celebrated either within or without the Empire, provided that be performed all formalities required by the laws, and that they be duly registered. The inheritances or legacies of foreigners dying in Brazil, are regulated by the same laws, proceedings, and authorities, as prescribed for those of the natives, unless there exists a consular convenlion, in which case they are regulated by the latter. Consular conventions have been made with France, Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal. The authority of consuls is also admitted in the cases and in the manner determined by the decree of the 8* November 1851, in virtue of a simple agreement establishing reciprocity by means of an interchange of notes. In virtue of a declaration on the side of the Brazilian government, the consular convenlions will become of no effdct since the 20 February of next year. The imperial government is inclined to enter into negociations for new agreements, the necessary studies • having already commenced. In order to regulate the extradiction of criminals, Brazil has already celebrated treaties with the following nations : the Argentine Confederation, the Republics of Uruguay, Peru, Equador, Bolivia, Spain, and with the kingdoms of Portugal, Italy, and Great -Britain. 260 IVaturalizalioH. Naluralizalion is, at present, very easily obtained in Brazil. Tbe matter is regulated by the law 1950 of the 12'"' July 1871, which modified the preceding ones in a more liberal scale. The government was authorized by it to grant titles of naturalization to every foreigner above 21 years of age who, having resided in Brazil, or been abroad iu the service of the State, for mora than two years, de- mands it, declaring his intention to stay in ihe country or to continue in its service, after his being naturalized. The government can dispense with the time of re- sidence required : 1. 'Ihose foreigners who are married to Brazilian women. 2. Those who possess land property in the Empire or kave a partnership in Auy industrial establishment. 3. Tiiose who have invented or introduced any new trade. 4. Those remarkable for their talents, learning or pro- fessional abilities in any industrial branch. 5. The children of foreigners alrea'iy natuialized, when burn out of the Empire before their fathers' na- turalization. For the legal iffects it is but sufficient to present certificates extracted from Ihe book of notes and the state offices, as well as written declarations from pu- blic authorities and respectable persons. Titles of naturalization are exempt from taxes and pay but £ 2— 10 sli of stamp dutie?, but Ihey are to no effect if the persons naturalized, ly themselves or by ~ 261 - Jiroxies provided wilh special powers, do not, at lli(5 same time, lake Ihe oath of fidelity and obedient to the Corisliliition, and the laws of the country, swearing or promising to acknowledge Brazil as their mother country from thencefoi ward. The oath may be given either before the central go- vernment or the presidents of the provinces. Upon th^t occasion the naturalized foreigner ought to make a declaration of his religious principles and of his former country; whether he his single or married, in the latter case whether to a Brazilian or a foreign woman ; if he has got children and how many, wilh the declaration of their name, sex, age, religion, state and nativity. These declarations being sent to the Home Pepartmenl are inserted in the register of all the naturalized fo- reigners. To those who purchase lands on which to settle , or belonging to any colony established in the Empire, as well as to they who come at their own expense to exercise any trade, the title of naturalization is still more easily granted. For that purpose it is but sufficient that after two years residence, they write down a declaration of their intention before the municipal board or a justice of the peace. Upon receiving an affidavit of this declaration, the mi- nister of the Empire, in the capital, or the presidents, in the provinces, order the issuing out of the respective tittle free from any fees or expenses. The foreigners thus naturalized, areexerapt from the mili- tary service, being only subject to that of the national guard, within the municipality. - 262 - The government may dispense MMth the term of two years residence those colonists thought worthy of the con- cession. The parents, guardians, or trustees of minor colonists, born out of the Empire, before the naturalization of their parents, may make the declarations required and obtain, for their children or wards, the respective tittle of naturaliza- tion, the minors being free to change their nationality, when they come to maturity. On the other hand, the legislative power of late years has frequently dispensed with the clauses required by the laws respecting naturalization, by means of a simple petition; and has authorized the government to grant it, independent of the above mentioned conditions. Not including the colonists, the number of naturalized foreigners was as follows : Tn 1867 113 » 1868 106 » 18G9 316 » 1870 316 y> 1871. . . ..... 117 » 1872. . . , i24 Total . . . 1,192 The naturalized foreigner is at once considered a Brazi- lian citizen, and enters into the fruition of all the civil and political rights appertaining to those born in the count) v, with the only exceptions established by the Constitution, concerning the offices of Regent of the Empire, Minister of State and of Deputy to the General Assembly. 2fi3 Intellectual Culture. Primary and secondary instruction. The primary and secondary instruction of the capital of the Empire is under the charge ol the General As- sembly and of the Government. The inspection of these matters is exercised by the Minister of the Empire, by a general inspector, a council of direction, and by the delegates of the district. The exercise of a professorship depends on the authori- zation of the government : the candidate must prove his legal majority (21 j ears in order to teach, and 25 in or- der to be the head of a school), his morality, and ability. Married women must, moreover, exhibit their marriage contract, or the certificate of their husband's death if they are widows ; and in case of their being judicially separa- ted from their husbands, the sentence which decreed the separation. These conditions are required not only for the public professorships but also for the private or free ones. Assistant professors ; those who have passed ex..mina- tions at the academies of the Empire in the higher courses; those who have been public professors ; bachelors of arts of the D. Pedro II college; those who exnibit diplomas of foreign academies, duly legalised ; — finally natives and foreigners recognized as able teachers, may be relieved from these proofs of professional capacity by the govern- ment. The public schools of primary instruction are of the first and second order. In those of the first order, the teaching is limited to moral and religious instruction, reading, writing, the ele- — 264 — taents of grammar, the elemeatary principles of aritiimetic, and the comparative system of weights and measures. Those of the second order, beside-i the above mentioned studies, comprise: the whole of arithmetic ^Yith its prac- tical application, the study of the Gospel and the know- ledge'ot sacred history, the elements of history and geo- graphy specially of Brazil, the principles of the physical sciences and of natural history with application to prac- tical purpoies. linear perspective, music and singing, the, complet system of weights and measures compared with the metrical french system. There is a class of professors, who under the denomina- tion of a^sistants, aid the public professors in their scho- lastic labours and prepare themselves for the profession of teachers. The professors of primary instruction and the assist- ants are always appointed after competitive examina- tions. The directors of every private establishment of primary, secondary, or mixid instruction must show testimonials of their morality and professional ability. The directors and directresses of schools of primary instruction, although they do not e.xercise themselves the professorship, must give proofs of their ability by uadergoing an examination in the Christian religion, sacred history, reading, writing, Portuguese gram- mar, arithmetic, and the system of weights and mea- sures in use in tlie, Empire. For the directresses of schools of secondary instruction theexaminatioa comprises-, reading, AATiting, arithmetic, geography, french orenglish ; — and for the directors ; arithmetic, geography, french or english, latin and philosophy. — 265 — The government can exempt, from exarainalion all per- sons who are in the same circumstances as those who for professorship are exempt from it ; — and Hie general inspeclor can dispense from testimonials of miralily those who enjoy a good reputation and are generally known. They must further, before opening Iheir eitablishraents, present the programme of the studies and the projector the internal regulations, the indication of the locality, the arrangements, the situation of the edifice and the names and professional titles of the professors. The heads of schools who do not profess the Roman Catholic religion are obliged to maintain a priest for their Roman Catholic pupils. They may adopt for the instruclion of their pupils the books and methods which they think best, provided that they be not such as are expressly proliibited. Pupils of both sexes cannot be admitted into the same educational establishment; —and in those of the female sex no person of the other sex, over 10 years of age, can reside, except the husband of the directress. Le.irning, in general, but especially primary instruction, has called forth the persevering sollicilude of the govern- ment, as well as the accurate attention of the provin- cial legislatures, which are competent, by virlue of the constitutional precept, to make laws concerning primary and secondary instructions in the provinces, as also to e-stablish the requisite insliUitiDns in order to develop them. Private efforts, in the most active, encouraging, and efficlual manner, are happily coming to the assistance of pubhc power in order to spre;id out, in a larger scale, throughout the different social classes, the elemen- tary learning, which is as much interesting to socie'y — 266 — as indispensable to man, however may be his rank and course of life This general tendency of minds is every day more and more developing itself, and is displayed in an assemblage of facts among Avhicli the following ones are the most remarkable: The creation of eveniag-schnois for adults, both in the capital and in several provinces. The foundation of eslablisiiments for professional learn- ing and the education of paupers. The institution of normal colleges, in several provin- cial capitals, for the training of teacliers of either sex, with classes of practical teaching The creation of popular libraries, both public and pri- vate. The adoption of measures to facilitate the exercise of private professorship, and to render instruction obligatory. The subscriptions and donatives made to the Stale, and the spontaneous manner by which many public professors and severa-1 persons offer themselves to teach gratuitously, in primary schools, and especially in the evening-classes. The increase that of late years has been remarked in the expenditure of the general and of all the provincial budgets, for the greater development of popular instruction and education, there being some provinces where the annual expenses, with this only object, amount to above the fifth of the total revenue. Finally, the issue of papers relating to the subject, and the creation of societies in order to spread instruction, or to assist the general and provincial powers in this capital branch of the public service. Every thing, therefore, contributes to the hopeful sue- — 267 — ' cess of one of the noblest and most elevated desideratum^ of civilized nations. In the municipality of the capital, during the financial year 1872—1873, the State spent about £ 28.000 with schools of primary instruction, that is, £ 16,000 more tlian in 1867. There are, in the said municipality, 172 schools for fioth sexes, besides 2 lately created ; of this number 67 are public, and 99 private, There are also 8 evening schools. The primary schools were, last year, attended by 12,498 scholars, including those of the war and navy arsenals, and of other public establishments. The former were attended by 7,175, and the latter by 5,323 students. There were, then, 4,064 students more than in 1867, and also a greater number than in 1871. The evening-schools of primary instruction are the following : ^ That of the municipal school S. Sebastiao. That which was founded and is supported by the society « Aid to National Industry. •■> Those established at the parish of Lag6a, and supported by a society called a Propagator of instruction through the working classes »; the course of studies compre- hending besides primary instruction, practical geometry, french, and drawing. They receive a monthly allowance from the government. That of the island of Paqueta, established by the master of the pubhc school in that place. Those of the parishes of S. Jose, and of Guaratiba, established and directed by two public teachers, with the special object of spreading the kno^yledge of the metrical system; and finally, the one lately established by llie government at the parish of S. Christovao. — 268 - Some private schools of the suburban parishes are subsi- dized by the government, upon cdndilion of gratuitously teaching the children of Ihe poor. The last municipal-board founded a public school, under thr; name of S. Sebasliao, in a fine building, erected at Onze de Jiinho Square, at the expense of the municipality. U is spacious enough to contain classes of primary instruction, with the respective separation, for both sexes; and the last annual attendance amounted to ^oa scholars, 333 being of the male, and 232 of the female sex. All the poor children, who attend that school, are conveniently dressed, at the expense of the « Protecting Helpless Infancy Association. » In a very short time there will be another fine edifice, of still larger proportions, that the said municipality caused to be constructed for the same ~ purpose, at the parish of S. Jose, by means of private subscriptions which, at the end of last year, amounted already to above £ 45,400. Some months ago another vast edifice, with sufficient capacity for 200 students and the respective teachers, was built up, in the parish of S. Christovao, at the ex- pense of the commercial corporation of the capital, and offered to the government, for the purpose of esta- blishing there the public school of the said parish. Two other fine buildings will soon be ready, which the government ordered to be erected in the parishes nf Sinta Rita, and of Gloria for the public schools of t'lose parishes ; one of them being entirely built at the expense of the national treasure; and the other witii _ 269 ^ the sums offered lo the goverument in behalf of public instruction. The conslructiou of other edifices, for an identical purpose, is about lo be carried on iii those parishes where tliey are still wanting. Those already finished, as wail as others still in construction, have been built up according to plans drawn in conformity with such conditions as experience points out as the besl on such matters. The secondary public instruction is given, in the ca- pital of the Kmpire, at the D. Pedro II Imperial College, which is divided into two eslablishmenls — one lor day, and half-boarding scliolars [exl&rnato), situated in the interior of the city; and the other far boarders [intemato), in one of the healthiest suburbs. The greater part of the pupils pay a quarterly sum, but so trifling that the government expends for the mauilenance of the two establishments the annual sum of about £ 26,281. In the boarding establishment there are educated at the cost of the government 25 boarders, and in the es- tablishment for day-scliolars 15 half-boarding, and an unlimited number of day scholars and of these latter the number in some years has been over 1 20. Each of the establishments has a provost charged with the direction and inspection of the classes as well as with the discipline of the college; also a vice-provost, a ch;.plain and other functionaries. The professors are appointed by tlie government after a competitive examinati'jn. The course of siudies is divided iuW seven years at — 270 — the end of which the title of Bachelor of Arts is bes- towed on those pupils who have attended it. It consists of the following subjects : religious teach- ing, Portuguese, latin, trench, english, german, greek, general geography and cosmography, general history, cho- rography and history of Brazil, rhetoric, poetry, ancient and modern literature especially the brazilian and Por- tuguese, philosophical grauimar, philosophy, elementary mathematics, physics and chemistry, elements of natural history, drawing, music, and gymnastics. Besides 2^i professors there are tutors to assist the pupils to study and prepare their lessons. The two establishments were last year attended by 370 pupils, of which 8 have since received the degree of Bachelor of Arts; 19 obtained prizes, and \i honou- rable mentions. The number of pupils attending the 54 private esta- blishments of secoidary instruction, in the capital, duririg last year, is estimated at 2,027, including 6io of the female sex. The latter establishments are 27 for boys, and 27 for girls. Besides the examinations to which the pupils of D. Pedro II college are submitted, there are general exa- minations both at the b ginning and the end of the year for those belonging to other establishments of secondary instruction, wliich are together with those of the above college admitted for the inscripJion in the superior schools. In November last, 1873 students were approved in french, english, and other languages; and in February this year, 1,986 in sciences. In order to spread primary instruction, in the mu- nicipality of tlie Capital , the respective statute has - 271 — determined that the public teachers should meet once a year, in fixed days, under the lead of the general inspector, to discuss all matters relating to the internal management of the schools, as well as to the mptliods of teaching. In ifiose conferences tliey are to expound their obser- vations, as vw'il as the knowledge they have acquired either in the pralice of leaching or in the special w^orks tiiey liave consulted. The results have answered the ex- pectation. At the first meeting this year, the teachers, in general, gave testimonies of their diligence and learning, deliver- ing valuable lectures, proposing and discussing the alte- rations to be made, and the measures to, be taken, for the development of learning. Some of tlie latter deserved to be honourably and publicly mentioned by the council of direction and the general inspector of primary and secondary instruction. One of the above said conferences was honoured by the august attendance of H. M. the Emperor. Public primary instruction is given gratuitously through- out the Empire, and in conformiiy with the regula- tions of public instruction, in the municipality of the Capital, it must become obligatory, wfien the govern- ment judges it convenient. In many provinces it has already been declared obli- gatory by the respective laws. < According to what occurs in other civilisad nations, the necessity of such a measure is calling the attention both of the general and the provincial governments, and therefore, they are providing for its execution by trying to lessen the diffieuUies proceeding from great distances, the variety of cultures in the rural districts, where chil- dren of a certain age assist their parents in their coun- try labours, and from tlie scattering of population. - 272 ^ The simultaneous system generally adopted in the pri- vate establishments of instruction, the want of a general census, which, however, is being carried on by the Census Office, the dissemination of population, and other causes which are to be removed in time, render the organiza- tion of complete statistics on education ver\ difficult. Notwithstanding this, by the existing official returns we may arrive to the following results, with regard to the provinces. AMAZHNAS. lis annual expenditure with puldic inslructiou amounts to f 6,l3i or rather more Ihaii the eighth part of its revenue, which is estimated at £31,171. The number of schools is: 43 primary ones, 38b;ing public and 3 private, besides a nocturnal course inclu- ded in the firmer. They were attended by 1,^17 students, l,14tt belonging to the former, and 71 to the latter. This amount compared to that of the preceding year, in which the attendance to provincial primary schools did not go above 740 students, the increase is 934, which is striking in the actual circumstances of the province. It possesses 4 private schools of secondary instruction, and a lyreuLH where are taught the lollowlng subjects : philosophical grammar, Portuguese, french, english, pe- dagogy, accounts and book-keeping, elementary mathe- matics, history, geography, rhetoric, philosophy and drawing. Among private schools, the Asylum of Nossa Senhora (la Conceicao is assisted by the province under the con- dition ot giving board and teaching to ten poor girls, 5 of which Indi.ins. — 273;— With respect to the preceding year the increase of attendance in those schools was 360 pupils. PARV. The province possesses 167 public, and 13 private pri- mary schools, not including the evening-classes; 15 of the former, however, were not yet working. The attendance of those schools amounted to 6,029 pupils, distributed as follows : public schools 4,581 ; private ones 1,109 ; evening classes 339. There was the annual increase of 2,! 34 pupils. Secondary instruction is given in 6 schools, of which 4, comprising the Para Lyceum, the Normal School, and a Boarding-School for girls, are public ; and 2 private ones subsidized by the provincial treasure : they were attended by 1,513 pupils. A sum of £ 30,774, more than a fifth of the whole revenue, which amounts to £ 167,180, is spent with the instruction department. MARA.NHA.0. The provincial budget designs for public instruction the amount of £ 11,600, which is corresponding to the sixth of its revenue, calculated at £73,841. Primary instruction comprehends 150 schools, viz : 117 pubhc, 23 private, and 10 evening schools. In 117 public schools the attendance was of 4,617 pu. pils; in the private ones of 1,006 ; in the evening classes of 472. The increase, therefore, was 472 over that of the preceding year. Secondary instruction is given in a lyceum, supported by the province ; in 12 private colleges, and in 3 diffe- rent classes. c. I. 18 - 274 - In the private colleges pupil? are admitted either as boarders or not, with the exception of that established by the Society « Onze de Agosto » for adults, in evening classes. The number of pupils amounted to d,416, of which 318 attended the public scliools and 1,098 the private ones. In this department of instruction the increase over the preceding year was of 75S pupil?. PIAUHY. There are in llie piovince GJ public, and 8 private schools of pnmciry iubtruclion. Tiie attendance to the latter was of l,63't, and lo the former of 172 pupils. Aniongsi ihu public schools is included that of the ar- tisan -apprentices, for professional training, containing workshops for tailor, shoemaker, tinman, joiner, cooper and mason, as well as the leaching of music and of printing. With rolalion to tlie preceding year the school atten- dance augmented. The province supports a lyceum, of secondary instruc- tion, which \vas attended by 55 students, and it applies the fifth part of its revenue, that is, £ 3 j,279 to the in- struction department, llie expense thus amounting to f 7,108. CEAR.V. The annual expuuse is £ 21,710, or the fourth part of its revenue, estimated at £ 85,000. The number of schools ot elementary learning is 221, including 49 private ones. Tlio public schools were attended by 10, 1 33 pupils of both sex.^s; and Lhe private ones by 2,700, summing up 12,841. — 275 — In the atteodance of the former there were 3,390 pupils more than in the preceding year. The province supports in its capital a lyceum with 10 classes, as also in different localities 6 classes of latin. There are 3 private colleges of secondary instruction, including the boarding-sctiool for artisans-apprentices, i|as- sisted with the annual sum of £ 300, under the condi. lion of feeding and teaching 70 poor orphans ; there are besides, the Alheneuin and the Ceara college. Those fistablishments were attended by 860 scholars, of -whic-u 473 frequented the public, and 387 the pri- vate ones, thus being 181 over the preceding year. KIO GRANDE DO NORTE. The annual expenditure with public instruction amounts to £ 6,46i or more than the fifth of its revenue, cal- culated at £ 35,767. It maintains 82 public schools of primary instruction, a college of secondary instruction named « Rio Gran- dense Atheneum » , 4 detached classes, besides a private one of latin grammar; ttiere are more 9 private schools, and 1 nocturnal course attended by 38 students. The primary schools were attended by 2,928 pu- pils ; the Atheneum and the detached classes by 114, and the latin private school by 5. PARAHYBA. Primary instruction is distributed by 109 public, and 8 private schools, that were attended by 3,648 pupils, of which 198 belonging to the latter. Secondary instruction is given in a lyceum and 3 latin classes, at the "charge of the province ; they were attended — 276 — by 109. There are 4 private classes more of geometry, latin, freach, and english, alteaded by 69 students. The revenue of the province was calculated at £ 60,000 : the sum voted to this department being £ 11,969, the provincial treasury applied a fifth part of its income to public instruction. PERNAMBnCO. Primary instruction was given last year in 456 schools, comprising 8 uoclurDal courses and Ml private classes. The number of pupils ascended to 13,520, viz : 11,288 of the public schools, 1,942 of the private, and 290 of the nocturnal courses. Compared with that of the preceding year the school attendance had an increase of 3,408 pupils. Secondary, instruction was given to 1,133 scholars, of which 395 belonging to public, and 758 to private schools. This number is distributed by a Gymnase for boarders and day-scholars, a Normal School, and 4 detached classes, 3 of latin and 1 of latin and french, all supported by the province, and by 32 private colleges, one of which subsidized by the provincial treasury. The total amount of scholars, in 1871, rose to 331 more than that of the preceding year. The provincial revenue is £ 242,519, and the sums intended for the instruction department amount to £ 45,995, that is, more than the fifth of its income. ALAGOAS. It applies the sum of £ 12,538, that is, more than the fifth of its revenue, calculated at £ 68,741, to pu- blic instruction, the State of which is as follows : — 277 — Primary instruction : 136 public, 1 nocturnal, and 73 private schools, attended by 6,026 pupils, including 38 of the nocturnal course. Secondary instruction : i Normal School for both sexes, 1 Lyceum, I french and 2 latin classes, supported by the province, besides 3 private colleges. They were attended by 369 scholars, 92 of which belonging to the former, and 277 to the latter. SER61PE. There are, in the proviBce, 148 public, 1 nocturnal, and 30 private schools, the former attended by 4,477 pupils, the nocturnal school by 44, and the latter by 538, there being an increase of 1,043 pupils over those of the preceding year. It also possesses 5 public and 7 private establishments of secondary instruction, attended by 247 students, 192 belonging to the former, and So to the latter. The subjects taught in the nocturnal course, also exist- ing, and attended by 19 students, are the following : Portuguese grammar, french, book keeping, history of Brazil, the Constitution of the Empire, linear drawing, and mathematics. The provincial revenue is estimated at f 50^551 and the sum designed for public instruction was of £ 10,688 or almost the fifth of the former. BAHU. It contributes with about £ 33,524 to primary and secondary instruction, that is, more than a fifth part of its revenue, which is calculated at £ 188,530. Primaij instruction is given in 274 public, U nocturnal, — 278 — and 21 private schools, five of the latter being subsidized by the provincial treasury. The attendance amounted to 15,340 pupils, of which 14,461 belonging to the public, and 532 to the private schools. The nocturnal cin-ses were frequented by 547. With relation to the preceding year there was an in- crease of 3,462 pupils, including in the private schools the 547 pupils of the nocturnal courses. It possesses y establishments of secondary instruction, of which 3 are public and (J private. Amongst the former the most important are a Normal School for both sexes, and a provincial Lyceum. The attendance amounted to 1,142 students, 171 of which belonging to the public, and 971 to the private ones. ESPlRirO-SANTO. Although its annual revenue be but £27,593 it, howe- ver, destines £ 6,480, or more than a fourth of it, to this important brduch of public service. It has 81 public, and 5 private schools. The former were attended by 1,590, and the latter by 105 pupils. Secondary instruction is given in 2 public establishments, one named ^c Holy (Vliost College, » for boys, and the other called « Our Lady of Penhu College » for girls, both of them being frequented by 72 pupils, either boarders or otherwise. Besides these, there are 2 private colleges, attended by 13 pupiis. Rio DE JANEIRO. It contributes to primary and secondary instruction with a sum equivalent to above the seventh parti, of its — 279 — revenue, for in a budget of £ 443,700, an amounl of £ 62,958 is destined to tlial service. Tlie number of public schools, including 6 nocturnal courses, is 435, and that of the piivate ones 135. Among the former, however, only 272 were working, being attended by 10,131 pupils. The private ones, of which 21 are assisted by the provincial treasury, were attended by 3,625 pupils. The total amount was then 13,776, there being an increase of 4,707 pupils over that of the preceding year. The province possesses a Normal School for both sexes, 3 classes of english, french, and latin, all supported by it, and 14 private colleges, 10 of which for boarders. The attendance amounted to 171 in the former, and 971 in the latter. There is besides, in the capital, an asylum for girls, under the name of Santa Leopold ina, which is spoken of in an other place. S. PAOLO. It expends with the instruction department the annual sum off 31,561, or more than the sixth of its revenue, calculated at £ 211,078. The number of public schools amounted to 422, and were attended by 11,520 pupils of both sexes. There are nocturnal courses in different towns of the province. That, in the capital, was attended by 88 stu- dents, and they are all maintained at the expense of the in- habitants. Secondary instruction is, in general, given in the classes of the course of preparatory studies, annexed to the Facul- ty of Law, and at the charge of the imperial government. — 280 ^ In the town of liii there is a class of latin and another of french, which were attended by 42 scholars, as well as an important seminary. PARANA. This is the slate of instruction in the above province : The 4 7 public schools were attended by 1,917 pupils; and the 17 private ones by 333. There have been created 37 public schools m-ore, but they are not yet working. For secondary instruction there are 6 establishments : 2 public and 4 private, with the attendance of 188 stu- dents. There was no sensible alteration in (he frequency, with regard to the preceding year. The revenue of the province is £ 62,195 and the sum al- lotted to public inslruction £9,258 or nearly a seventh of its whole amount. SANTA CATHAKINA. It has 93 public primary schools which expend about £6,361, a sum nearly corresponding lo the fourth of the whole provincial income, which is £ 24,369. It possesses 40 private schools and the attendance of both the public and the private amounts to 4,150 pupils ; 3,H2 belonging to the former, aud 1 ,038 to the latter. With respect to the preceding year there was an increase of 648 pupils. S. PEDRO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUl,, There are in tliis province 246 public, and 116 private primary schools. — 281 — The allendance was of 7,573 pupils, in tlie public, and of 4,738 in tlie private schools ; the total amount being 12,3H pupils. The province subsidizes 24 private schools. The increa- se of the school attendance was of 2 ,850 over the preced- ing year, and has been always rising since 1867, when the attendance amounted to 3,849 pupils. There are 23 establishments of secondary instruction: 4 public, and 19 private. The former were frequented by 72 scholars, and the latter by 351, summing up 423. The province possesses amongst its public establishments of secondary instruction an Atheneum and a Normal School fgr both sexes. The provincial revenue is estimated at £ 185,080, of which £ 25,000 are applied to public instruction, thus being correspondent to more than the seventh of the whole revenue. MINAS GERAES. From its revenue calculated at £ 141,294 it expends £ 41,184 or more than a third, with primary schools and other literary establishments. The number of public primary schools amounts to '534, and that of private ones to i24, thus summing up a total of 678, frequented by 18,770 pupils, of which 17,337 belonging to the former, and 1,433 to the latter: of those 95 attended schools subsidized by the province. The number of scholars in the primary schools went 8,125 beyond that of the preceding year. There are in the province : a course of pharmacy, divided into 2 years, at which are taught: chemistry, botanies, materia medica and pharmacy ; 49 different classes of secon- — 282 — dary instruction, being 1 of latin, 44 of latin and french, 1 of french and english, 1 of english and geography, and 2 of mathematics, all supported by the province ; and 87 private establishments, including 5 colleges subsi- dized by the same province, 1 of which for the female sex. The attendance amounted to 988 pupils, 836 in the above mentioned classes, and 152 in the latler establish- ments. The course of pharmacy was attended by 36 scho- lars. The increase was of 617 pupils over the preceding year. GOYAZ. The annual expenditure with public instruction is £ 4,523 or a little more than a third of its revenue, which is cal- culated at £ 14,892. The number of schools of primary instruction is 73, of which but a single one is private. The attendance was of 2,143 pupils of both sexes, against 1,899 in the pre- ceding year, the difference, therefore, being 244. It possesses an establishment of secondary instruction under the name of « Provincial Lyceum », wherein 102 scholars were inscribed. MATO-GROSSO. The expense with public instruction is, in this province, calculated at f 2.396, more than the ninth part of its provincial revenue, which amounts to £22.600. Its schools are 32 in number, viz : 27 public and 5 private, attended by 1,236 pupils ; 1,176 belonging to the former, and 60 to the latter. There are besides 9 classes, the teaching of which is : - 283 — mathematics, geography, history, latin and french ; attended by 26 scholars. Recapitulating all that has been said concerning primary instruction in the Empire, it is seen that in 4,653 ichools, both public and private , of which informations were obtained, the attendance amounted to 155,058 pupils of both sexes. Attending to the difficulty of collecting this kind of in- formation in so vast a country, and so scattered a popu- lation, it will be recognized that the results obtained are much below the truth, not only with regard to the num- ber of schools, but yet as to that of pupils of either sex that really attend on them. It must also be noticed that in those imperfect and deficient statistics are not comprised such children as learn primary and secondary instruction in their home. Many Brazilian farmers, residing at a considerable dis- tance from towns, choose to have at their farms or plan- tations, primary schools and classes of secondary instruc- tion, to which, besides their children, are admitted those ones of the less wealthy neighbours. In the meantime, the statistical returns compared to tijose of 1866, it is seen that there was an increase of 218 primary schools and of 47,575 pupils, the annual mean being 7,929 pupils. The following table shows, by provinces, the number o schools and classes of primary instruction, the pupils tha' frequented them, and also the different provincial reve- nues, and the sums allotted to public instruction. — 284 - mm PROVINCES. ^5 Amazonas Par4 Maranhao , Piauhy Ceara Rio Grande do Norte . . . Parahj'ba Pernambuco Alagoas Sergipe Bahia Espirito-Santo Rio de Janeiro Mnnicipality of the eapi tal S. Paulo ■., Parana Santa-Catharina S. Pedro do Rio Grande- do Sul Minas-Geraes Goyaz Mato-Grosso Summingup. 43 180 150 68 321 92 117 456 210 179 306 86 570 171 422 101 133 362 078 73 32 1,217 6,029 6,095 1,806 12,841 2,9-28 3,648 13,520 6,026 5,059 15,540 1,695 13,776 12,498 11,520 2,250 4,150 12,311 18,770 2,143 1,236 £ 51,171 167,180 73,841 36,279 85,000 35,767 60,000 242,519 68,741 50,551 188,530 27,593 443,700 211,078 62,195 34,369 183,080 141,294 14,892 22,600 4,653 155,053 8,193,336 f 6,132 30,774 11,600 7,108 Sl,710 6,462 11,969 45,99S 12,538 10,688 33,5S4 6,486 62,958 28,000 31,861 9,258 6,361 85,000 41,184 453 239 416,233 Religious Instruction. The teaching of preparatory studies and divinity is given at the seminaries existing in the 12 dioceses. Their number amounts to 19, and are divided into two classes, under the name of high and petty seminaries, according to the subjects taught. With the exception of that of S. Jose, founded in the city of Rio de Janeiro, the only one which possesses a sufBcient estate for its support, the rest are subsidized by the Slate with an annual expense of £ ll.SOO. By the last ofQciai returns, those seminaries, Aviththe 286" exception of that of the province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, which building was not yet concluded, were attended by 1.428 students, that is, the petty seminaries by 1.090, and the high seminaries by 338, as it is shown by the following table : DIOCESES. SEUIN^RIES. NUMBER Op students ATTENDING. i o Petty. High. The high. The petty. Paril/^el^m. . . . *^^^^%Manios. . . Maranhao Cear& Olinda 72 30 177 118 ■ ■ 'ibo ' ' 'lbs 338 76 46 72 30 190 155 48 169 54 115 386 101 46 62 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 13 37 48 39 54 12 48 25 S. Salvador. . . . Rio-de-Janeiro . . S. Paulo Marianna . . . . . Diamantina. . . . Goyaz Cuyab4 1 62 10 9 338 1,090 1,428 Last year 111 students have taken orders at the semi- naries mentioned in the following table DIOCESES. OKDEBB. Minor. Of sub- deacon. Of deacon. Of - presby- ter. Cear4 6 7 7 13 8 13 2 2 Olinda S. Paulo 7 10 2 Marianna 15 3 14 2 Diamantina Cuyabi 18 22 26 45 — 286 — To ihal number must be added 3 more presbyters, who are professors in the petty seminary of Belem, pro- vince of Para, besides 9 students of the seminary of Bahia, who ended the course of divinity, but by an im- pediment of the respective Archbishop have not taken the orders of presbyter. It is, moreover, to be noticed that in the Latin-American Seminary, f lunded in Rome by H. H. Pius IX, are studying 38 Brazilians from the provinces of Ceara, Bahia, Rio de Janeiro, and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. The plan of studies in both classes of seminaries is not the same in all the dioceses, but they comprehend : In petty seminaries : the Portuguese, latin, greek, french, hebrew, and Italian languages , religious in- struction, universal history, history of Brazil, geography, elementary mathematics, natural hisiory, philosophy, rhetoric, music, singing and drawing. In high seminaries: sacred and ecclesiastical history, exegetics, hermeneatics, moral and dogmatical divinity, natural law, canonical law, lilhurgy and ceremonials. Military Instruction. The military studies are performed in the following establishments, which are under the care of the War department. Regimental schools ; Preparatory schools ; Military school ; General school of gunnery in Campo Grande ; Central college, and Deposit of artillery-apprentices. Regimental Schools. — The regimental-schools intended to train up non-commissioned officers for the army, comprise the following subjects for the three arms ; — 287 — reading, writing, christian doctrine, the four first rules of arithmetic, vulgar and decimal fractions, metrology, linear drawing, the principal prescriptions of the mi- litary penal legislation, the duties of a common soldier, of a corporal, a quarter-master and sergeant in all cir- cumstances both of peace and war; and further for each arm the special pratical instruction laid down in the programme organized by the educational council of the military school. Preparatory Schools. — The preparatory schools com- prise the study of the subjects required for the inscription in the superior military courses, and for the elementary practical instruction in the use of the different arms. The course of studies, in those provinces where the go- vernment shall judge convenient to create them, shall last for two years, during which are studied Portuguese and french grammar, history and geography, especially of Brazil, arithmetic, elementary algebra, geometry, tri- gonometry, linear perspective, practical geometry and the administration of companies and battalions. The preparatory school of the Capital of the Empire is annexed to the military school. Us course lasts 6 years, and besides other studies il also comprehends gymnastics, swimming and fencing. Military School.— The military . school has a course of three years-,— the subjects taught are : the higher prin- ciples of algebra, analytic geometry, experimental physics, preceded by ideas of mechanics, inorganic chemistry and its application to military pyrotechnics, topographical design, topography and examinations of territory, tactics, strategy, caslrametalion, military history, temporary and permanent fortification, elementary principles of — 288 -- ballistics, principles of the law of nations, elements of the law of nature and of common law in all relating to military affairs, the military code, design of projec- tions, descriptive geometry, comprising the study of numbered plans and their application to defilements ; differential and integral calculations, mechanics, theore- tical and practical ballistics, military technology, artillery, the principal system of permanent fortification, the attack and defence of strong-holds, military mining, design of fortifications and machinery of war, the manual exer- cises, gymnastics, swimming, and practical exercises. The two first years form the course of cavalry and infantry, and three years that of arlillery. For the Staff and for Engineer corps there is besides these three years a supplementary course at the Central college, which, for the Staff, comprises: — thesludj and practical exercise of geographical design, astronomv, topo- graphy, geodesy, botany, zoology and the elements of organic chemistry; and for the Engineer corps, the studj and practical exercise of mechanics as applied to constructions, the principles of civil architecture, the property and resistance of materials of construction, ideas on the course of rivers and the movement of bodies of water, in canals and aqueducts, natural and artificial internal navigation, railways and telegraphs, mineralogy and geo- logy, architectural design the arrangements, and deco- ration of civil and military edifices and the executioQ of plans. The Military academy is governed by a commandant — a general officer who must have belonged to one of the three arms and not be employed in teaching ; and by a sub-commandant — a superior oflicer, assisted by — 289 — one or two adjutants— officers of the army— and by a secretary in charge of the correspondence. The educational staff is composed of 6 professors, 4 assistant professors, 2 teachers and one or two assistant teachers. The militarj school has a library adapted, to its special purposes, a cabinet of physics, a chemical -pyrolechnical laboratory, a chapel, and an infirmary. The professors are appointed by the government afier a competitive examination. The government was lately authorized to reestablish the militar school that once existed in the Province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, adding to the other studies a course of hippiatrics. The superior course of the school was attended, this year, by 112 students, and the preparatory course ty 193 students. GENERAL SCHOOL CF GaNNERY IN CAMPO GRANDE.— It IS intended to the training of instructors for the different corps of the army by a theoretical and practical know- ledge of gunnery as well as of' arms of all descriptions, the respective teaching being pursued according to the method prescribed by Panot in the course of gunnery in St. Omer. In this school, which has been advantageously attended by a considerable number of pupils, the following matter is taught : — The nomenclature of the various kinds of cannon, their framework, limber, caissons, carriages, tackle, forges and other furniture ; the nomenclature, use and manufacture of the various kinds of projectiles -, the nomenclature and service of the different instruments o£ force, employed in mounting and dismounting guns ; iha c. 1. 19 _ 290 — praclical means ol judging distance; the nomenclalure and use of the various tools for the extraction or insertion of fuse, and for sighting and pointing the different guns ; the theory and practice of firing guns and congreve rockets, that is, direct, horizontal, plunging, and ricochet firing ; the graduation of fuse to the different distances and cor- responding trajectories; estimation of the explosive force of gunpowder by the various methods known. There is a long range of fire and other dependent depart- ments. It is near the capital of the Empire to w^hich it is con- nected by the D. Pedro II rail-way and by a fine cart-road. It was separated from the military school, and has of late received a new organization. Cehtral College.— This establishment is chieHy des- tined for the leaching of mathematics and the physical and natural sciences ; its course lasts six years and comprises the foUowing subject? : — algebra, geometry, plane and spherical trigonometry, linear and topographical perspective; topography , analytical geometry , the general theory of projectionsjdifferential and integral calculations, mechanics, experimental physics, the graphic resolution of problems of descriptive geometry and their application to the theory of shading : inorganic chemistry and its analysis ; the sketching of machinery ; astronomy, topography, geodesy^ botany and zoology ; principles of organic chemistry, geo- graphical design, mechanics as applied to conslruction,- civil architecture ; the, theory of river systems, the move- ment of bodies of water in canals, navigation, roads, bridges, jail-ways , telegraphs , mineralogy, geology, architectural -design, the arrangement and decoration of civil and military ^edifices and the execution of plans j hydrodynamics prac- — 291 — tically applied , motive power of hydraulic machinery, im'provement of rivers, as regards navigation and floods, navigable canals, canalisation and supply of water ; artesian wells, the safety and preservation of ports ; the removal of banks and formation of anchorages ; political economy, statistics, the principles of administrative law; sketches for building and for hydraulic machinery and practical exercises during the vacations. This college has two courses for civil students ; one for the profession of civil engineer, and the other for thai of geographical engineer. The former is composed of the study of all the above mentioned subjects, and- of the corresponding practical exercises. The latter comprises the studies of the four first years of the general course, which include: algebra, analytical geometry and the general theory of prpjectioris; the elements of differential and integral c&;lc-ula'tions ; nie- chaaiGS , plane and spherical trigonometry; topographic astronomy; geodesy, experimental j^ysies, inorganic che- mistry, botany, zoology, principles of organic chemistry; the grapJiic solution of the problems of descriptive geometry and their application to the theory of shading ; linear and topographical perspective ; sketches of machinery and geo- graphical design; practice at the Observatory, geodetic operation-s, and practiciai exercises. The college is under the charge of a director, \vho must be a general officef of one of the scientific arms and not a public professor. He is assisted by two adjutants— one of them a superior officer, of a scientific arm, and by a secretary entrusted with the correspondence^ The educational staff is composed of H uhiversfly professors, 5 assistant profeassors, 2 dravvihg-mastet-s, i assistant drawing-m'astePSi aed several t^acherS. — 292 — It has a libraiy, a cabinet of physics, a laboratory of chemistry, a miaeralogical cabinet, and a room for models of the most important constructions and ofmachineiy. The proft ssors^ are appointed by the government after a competitive examination, The goverament is authorized, by law, to reform the internal regulations both of this college and of the military school, in order that the latter may contain a complete course of military engineering and the necessary studies for the degree of Bachelors of mathematics and physical sciences ; the central college being removed to the Home department, since it being rather intended for civil pur- poses, it will thus assume its real position of a school for geographical, and civil engineers, and those who may wish to superintend industrial, agricultural, and minera- logical works. The central college is at present attended by 464 stut^ents. Last year, the inscriptions amounted to 483 students, of which 'i08 passed their examinations with full success. Imperial astrosomical observatory. — It is a depen- dence of the Central College, and is destined to the teach- ing of practical astronomy to the students of the fourth year attending the said college, and to the publication of astronomical and meteorological observations. It is there that the chronometers of the war and ma- rine departments are regulated, and it signals daily the mea7i time. It has published an important woik consisting of me- teorological tables with the different curves. It is situated on an eminence, in the cilyof Rio de Ja- neiro ; its employps have often been sent in commission io various parts of the Empire to study and mjike observations. — 293 — The meteorological fads observed during each day are published ia the daily papers on the following morning. In order to raise it to the same foot with other simi- lar establishments, the government is caring about the means of improving its scientific store. The director is in Europe for the purpose of acquiring and bespeaking such instruments and apparatus as b3 adapted to the studies at the charge of the observatory. This establishment is about to be reorganized so that it may fulfill, in a more perfect way, its leading pur- poses, by increasing the circle of its observations, spe- cially for the list of stars, and training a personnel with the necessary abilities to carry on geographical and geo- detic pursuits. There is also an observatory in the capital of the pro- vince of Pernambuco. Native and foreign scientific commissions have been usefully occupied in the study of these matters in various parts of the Empire. laval instruction. The naval department possesses several establishments of instruction. In the Naval College, sitting on board a ship of war, are taught all the branches of mathematics as applied to aslronomy and navigation, physics and chemistry, me- teorology, steam-engines, artillery, hydrography, and naval tactics. The naval cadets learn english, frencb, maritime law, history of navigation, and all matters required for the — 2H — professional learning, both military and scienlifically con- sidered. The practical teaching is given on board either in the coasting or sea going Toyages that are annually made. The preparatory studies for the Naval College are taught at the expenses of the State in a day-scholar establishment, which is intended to be converted into a naval boarding- school- The studies above mentioned consist of: Portuguese, geography, universal history, arithmetic, algebra to the equations of second degree, and a slight knowledge of french, english, and drawing. The professors and assistants of the naval college are appointed by the government after a competitive exami- nation. For mariners and marines there is a practical school of artillery. Those who attend the school of geometry applied to arts and that of engine works are entitled to the post of machinists on board ships of war and are apt to be employed in the workshops of the navy arsenal. Not only ia the national schools, but also in the most renowned European establishmenls, many Brazilians are giving themselves up to the study of naval construction, steam-engines, hydraulics, artillery, and pyrotechnics. Thus, within a short time, Brazil will be possessed of a numerous personnel with the abilities required for all naval technical pursuits. The directors of the workshops are already Brazilians, some of which advantageously known in Europe where they have pursued their studies. One of them, who has successfully altered the line — 295 — of na'val construction, received in England a patent for his invent ; the other built the first iron-clads launched out from the stocks of Rio de Jatieiro. Still with regard to instruction, there is in the Capital a naval library, which is spoken of in another place. The ships of the navy have all their libraries, more or less copious, according to their respective crew. The officers of the navy have distinguished themselves for their learning, and some of them have published im- portant works concerning the subjects of teaching, and professional questions. There being already, in the capital of the Empire, an Observatory which determined its astronomical position, flew charts must be drawn up, rectifying those actually used in the Imperial Navy, which generally refer to the meridian either of Greenwich or of Paris. The three years theoretical studies being over, the naval cadets are appointed midshipmen - and sent out in a voyage, under the command of a scientific officer, and the immediate charga of several competent teachers, in order to obtain the practical knowledge. Upon their return, the commander and teachers de- liver minute reports concerning the voyage, and the mid- shipmen exhibit the proofs of their diligence and abilities. Since 1857, with the exception of the five years du- ring the war against Paraguay, several voyages of practical instruction were made to Europe, some of them calling at the United States. The steam-corvette Niclheroy is employed at a like com- mission ; she was bound to the United States, and from Uience will call at several ports of Europe, where thera are naval important establishments. — 206 — The imperial navy has also performed several explor- ing voyages, the most remarkable of Ihem being that of the corvette Bahiana, in 1867; since, by overcoming serious difS.;uUies, she doubled the cape of Horn, and called at several ports of the Pacific. This same corvette, which is a specimen of the soli- dity and excellence of naval constructions, in Brazil, still performed with success a long voyage through the Atlantic ocean, calling at several islands among which those of Tristan da Cunha, Ascension, Cape de YerJ, and many other places in the western coast of Africa. Ii 1861 the Brazilian sleara-corvette Seberibe started from the port of Rio Janeiro, in order to sound several points between the Cape de Verd islands anl the coast of B:-azil, by verifying the ex'slence of the diffirenl hidden rocks and shoals, pointed out on the charts. The statement of this voyage proves the z^^al and the skill of the ofBiers of the Brasilian navy, and may be consulted, with advantage, since it contains useful in- formation as applied to the study of submarine pheno- mena. The Brasilian steam-corvettes Vital de O.ioeira and Pa- raense are assisting the soundings and other preliminary pursuits of the english commission at whose charge was the laying down ^of the submarine cable, that is to con- nect the brazilian coast with Europe. All the ships of the navy, belonging to the second naval district, have received orders to perforaa the above mentioned service, when required. A small squadron is employed, on the south of the Empire, at hydrographical pursuits, and is to rectify the sea-charts, along the whole extent of the River Plate. — 297 — The naval college was attended, last year, by 88 stu- dents, of wliich 24 were promoted to midshipmen as having completed the course of studies. From 1863 to 187-2, by the same reason, 187 naval- cadets were promoted to midshipmen. In 1872, the naval college gave titles of machinist to 46 persons, viz : 1st class machinists 1 1 isi class » 5 S^i class » 11 4*hclass » 19 Total 46 In the capital of the Empire tliere are 239 artisans- apprentices, and 144 mariners apprentices; in several provinces there are 9 3 of the former, and 803 of the latter. They all receive both the professional and the primary instruction. When the respective lists be completed, the number of mariners-apprentices will amount to 2,500, both in the capital and the provinces of the Empire. Faculties of Medicine. There are two Faculties of Medicine, one in the ca- pital of the Empire, and the other in the province of Bihia, bDlh using the same plan of stuiies, which com- prises 6 years and the following subjects : general physics specially as applicable to medicine, inorganic chemistry, mineralogy, descriptive anatomy, anatomical demonstra- tions, botany, zoology, organic chemistry, physiology, — 298 — general and pathological anatomy, general, internal, and external pathology, internal and external clinics, midwifery, diseases of the pregnant women and new-born children, topographical anatomy, medical operations, several surgi- cal apparatus, materia medica, therapeutics, hygiene, history of medicine, medical jurisprudence. These subjects are taught by 21 professors. There are also 21 assistant-professors, who take the places of the professors, in case of any impediment, and who attend lo the practical studies. All of them are appointed by the government after competitive examinations. The Faculties have a special course of pharmacy and anolher of obstetrics. The 1'* is for 3 years, and comprises the following studies: physics, chemistry, mineralogy, organic chemistry, botany, materia medica and pharmacy. The course of obstetrics consists of 2 years, and is formed of the chair of midwifery, in the medical course, and of the corresponding practice at the Misericordia-Hospital. Each faculty possesses a chemical laboratory, a cabinet of physics, of natural history, of anatomy, of materia medica, a surgical arsenal, a pharmaceutical laboratory, and the ne- cessary amphitheatres for the lectures and demonstrations. The gardens situated in the neighbourhood of the Faculties supply the want of special botanical gardens. Each faculty is governed by a Director and a Board com- posed of the professors of the faculty ; it has a secre- tariate for all its correspondence, and a library. n the faculty of medicine of the capital, 470 students inscribed their names in the vears 1872 for the medical course, H3 for the pharmaceutical course, and 3 female students in the obstetrical one. — 299 — la th:9 first course, S2 students received the degree of Doctor of Medicine;— 21 completed the second course and obtained their diplomas as apothecaries. In the facnlty of Bahia, 193 students inscribed their names for the medical course; — 69 -for the pharmaceu- tical course. Twenty three of the former received the degre of Doctor of Medicine, and 27 of the latter obtained their diplo- mas as apothecaries. The Doctors or Bachelors of medicine and the Surgeons, as well as midwifes and dentists authorized to practise in virtue of diplomas from foreign Academies or Universities, must pass an examination before one or other of the facul- ties, if they come to exercise their profession in the Empire. To be admitted to this examination it is necessary to present their diplomas or original titles, and in the absence of these, some other authentic documents which replace them with authorisation of the government, proof of personal identity, and documents attesting the morality of the pretendant. These titles, diplomas, or documents must be viseed by the Brazilian consul resident in the country where they are made out. Acting or retired professors of the Universities, or of Schools of Medicine, recognised by the respective go- vernments, are exempt from this examination as soon as they prove this fact before either of the Brazilian faculties, by means of certiflcates of the Diplomatic Agents or of the Brazilian Consul residing in the countries where they have been professors. Candidates who desire to inscribe their names for the medical course, must have passed examinations in latin. — 300 - french, eng'ish, history and geography, rational and moral philosophy, arithmetic, geometry an 1 algebra up to equa- tions of the first degree. Fur the course of pharmacy : in french, arithmetic and geometry. For the obstetrical course : in reading, writing, [he 4 first rules of arithmetic, and french. The government spends annually with these i faculties the sum of £21,691. Faculties of Law. For the teaching of the social and juridical sciences there are two FacuUies of Law; one at S. Paulo, capital of the Province of that name, the oliicr at Recife, capital oil he? rovince of Pernambuco. They are both governed by the same regulations. A course of preparatory stuJies, necessary for the inscription in the superior course, ha 5 been annexed to each Faculty. These preparatory studies are: french, Por- tuguese, english, litin, arithmetic, geometry, history, rhetoric an J philosophy. The superior course is divided into 5 years and eleven chairs, comprising: the law of nature, universal law, analysis of the Constitution of the Empire, law of nations, diplomacy, the elements of Roman Law, eccle- siastical Law, civil Law, with aialysis and comparison with the Roman Code, Criminal Law, Military Law, Ma- ritime and Commercial Law, juridical hermeneutics, civil, criminal and military proceedings, forensic exercises, po- litical economy and Administrative Law. Each Faculty of Law is under the immediate superin- tendence of a director to whom it pertains to inspect — 301 — ihe studies, and, besides his other attributes , to pre- side over the assembly of professors, which is charged with all that reiates to the economy and discipline of the Faculty. The faculties have a secretariate for their correspon- dence, and a library. In the year 1872, 474 students inscribed their names at the 2 Faculties of Law, of which 102 completed their course and received the di-gree of Bachelor, which enables them to be admitted as judges or to the bar. The Facully of Recife was attended by 300 students, of which 7o received their degree of Bachelors ; and that of S. Paulo by 174 students, of which 27 received the degree of Bachelors. For the preparatory examinations, 1,620 students were inscribed, being 1,073 approved; 1,286 inscriptions per- taining to the Faculty of Recife and 890 students ap- proved, and to that of S. Paolo 334 inscribed and 183 students approved. This degree enables the recipient to teach in the su- perior coarse of the said degree. Each of them has U university professors, and six substitutes ; one and the other appointed by the go- vernment after a competitive examination. The annual expenditure of the two law faculties amounts to £ 17.320. Gomniercial Institute ofEio de Janeiro. The subjects taught at the Commercial Institute of the capital form a course of 4 years and are the follow- ing: - linear drawing, calligraphy, french, english, german. — 302 - arilhmetic as applied to commercial operations, algebra as far as equations of the second degree, geometry, geography, commercial statistics, commercial law, and the customs and consular legislation compared with those of the countries in the closest commercial intercourse with Brazil, history of cdTnmerce, book-keeping, and polilitsl economj. The institute is inspected by the Minister of the Em- pire, through the intermediary of a government commis- sioner, and by the director. The most important questions respecting the esta- blishment generally, or the teaching and discipline, are decided by a board composed of the professors appointed by the government, and the director as president. The professors are appointed by government after a conrpetilive examination. During the past year S3 pupils inscribed their na- mes for altendance at the course of the Institute, brides 17 hearers who attended' the classes. Tbe annual expenditure is f 2.080. Impaaal Institution for Blind. CMldien. II consists of a boarding-sshool, where chiMren of both sexes are taught primary and secundary instruction, moral, litlerary, and professional education, as suitable to Iheir age and capacity. It, is superintended by a director, appoinlediby govern- ment, and subordinate to the minister of the Empire, who through a coaimissary has the inspection of the establish- ment ; besides the director it has a chaplain, a physician, and other functiouariesi — 303 — ll is at preseal eslablisbed in the interior of the city, but is to be removed to one of Ibe most healthy suburbs^ at a convenient distance, ^as soon as the building -which is now in construction, wilhi capacity enough to contain 500 inmates, shall be Qnished. The course of studies is generally divided into eight years, comprehending, as to the moral and literary department, the following matters : reading; writing, cathecism, and explanation of the Gospel, Portuguese grammar, frencb, arithmetic, algebra to the equations of second degree, geo- metry, general notions of mechanics, physics and chemistry, modern and ancient history, geography, the history and geography of Brazil. Although the English language was not included in the plan of studies, it has latsely been taught^ with advantage, to some students. The professional study, aetually, compriihendfr -. vocal and instrumental muisicv hariaony, rules, of counlerpotnt and instcuffienlatioja, printing, boot-binding; and the ttmi- inf of pianos for male pupils; music and. needlework for girls. As soon as tha number of the boarders shall have encreased and the, new building finished, work-shops for lumjers, wicker-work, shoemakers?, tailors and other trades fit for the peculiar condition of ths children, wdllb« opened, and an eleaiBntary schaol. of gymnaslicsi adapted loi the condition of the^ blind. The Institution has a library, wilhi nearly 1000 volumes, and. a fund, that in. October last, was. already mounting; to £7,742, mostly owing, to private donations and: some: receipts of public theatres. The classes are under the direction of six professors. — 304 _ appointed by government, who leach more than one mailer, and by four tutors, thai help them, three of which were once pupils of the institution. Some of the ancient pupils now gain their livelihood as music masters and piano tuners. Last year the number of pupils amounted to ^9, of which 20 of the mal^", and 9 of the female Sfx. Th^y are almost all e located at the government's ex- penses; ihe annual expenditure with the [nstitution being £ 4.800. The government is also taking into serious considera- tion, how to employ the poor blind students, who, upon finishing their studies, will not be able to find occupation in the loslituLion, on account of the small number of woikshops there existing. With these views, the committees of public instruction, and of the budget of the chamber of Deputies have lately presented the project of a bill, in which the subject is treated in an ample way ; these being its most important provisions : 1", the admission of an unlimited number of pupils in the public establishments ; 2^, to give greater expansion to the study, of music ; ;l% to increase the number tf workshops ; 4'", to create a fund of £ 200,000, as proposed in the same project ; 5'", to establish in the provinces of Maraiihao, Pernambuco, Bahia, Minas-Geraes, and S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, institutions depen- dent of, and similar to the central one in the Metropolis. 6* lo give portions of £ 100 to each helpless blind girl, upon her leaving the institution. 305 — Deaf and diiml) Institute. It was founded in 1836 by a privale undertaker, 11. M. the Emperor conlribuling with purses for two pupils, the imperial government with ten, the province of Rio de Janeiro with five, and the religious orders of S. Benedict and of the Carmelites with the necessary sums for letting a house for the Institute. Having, been afterwards yielded up to the government by the said undertaker, in return of a sum of money, it was , in 1868 , converted into a public educational establishment, with which the Stale expends £ 3,400, every year. It is a boarding school founded with a view to give to the deaf and dumb the instruction they are able to receive, within the limits prescribed by the respective statutes. It is situated at about three miles distance from' the city of Rio, in one of the best suburbs, the house being spacious enough for the actual number of boarders, ttiere also existing a small farm with yards for gymnastical exercises, pleasure grounds, and ponds of abundant and excellent water. The actual attendance is 21 boys and 3 girls. The subjects taught are, at present : religious doctrine, Portuguese language, by the Intuilive method, used in the Paris Institute, practical arithmetic, sacred history, the geography and history of Brazil, drawing, and artificial articulation and reading by the movement of the lips ; this c. .. 20 — b'lh — last subject is tanght by aa assistant professor, who is also deaf and dumb. Those pupils Avho are above 12 years of age are also taught horticulture and gardening, at which they employ some time every day during the most convenient hours .- some of them work at the shoemaker's shop, existing in the Institute, and which makes all the shoes required for the pupils. The girls are taught sewing, embroidery, and every kind of household service. The staff is composed of a director, 2 teachers, 1 writing mistress, 2 tutors, one of which was once a pupil in the institute, a drawing master, and a chaplain, who is also charged with the religious teaching. The classes are furnished with the principal objects for that special teaching, comprising: engravings, icono- logical tables, which have been so advantageous in the German schools, an apparatus made at Rio, by order of the actual director, for the teaching of Arithmetic accor- ding to Dessuseau's method, and several ones for gym- nastical exercises. There is also a library of which a special mention will be made hereafter. The institute's property consists of £ 3,000 in bonds of the public debt, which are proceeding from private donations and theatrical rehearsals. This sum is destined, as well as any other thus acquired, to make up a capital fund for the assistance of those poor .pupils, who having terminated their education, may not And easy and ready means of livelihood , on their leaving the Institute. — 307 — Academy of the Eine Arts. It is intended for the leaching of the fine arts, and is su- perintended bj a director, assisted by effective and hono- rary professors. The course of studies is divided into five sections : The ist section comprises the classes of : — geometrical design; ornamental design; and civil architecture. The 2°" section the classes of : ornanaental sculpture ; engraving of medals and of precious stones ; and statuary. The S"^*! section the classes of: sketching of figures; land- scapes ; flowers and animals ; historical painting ; and living models. The 4'ii section the chairs of : application of mathema- tical principles: anatomy and physiology of the passions; history of the arts; aesthetics ; and archceology. The 5*1^ section is formed by the conservatory of music. The instruction is divided into two courses: one diurnal, and the other nocturnal. In the latter are taught : induslri:d, ornamental, and figural design ; ornamental and figural sculpture ; ele- mentary mathematics, including practical arithmetics and geometry ; the elements of mechanics, and living models. The nocturnal course was established as an industrial school for the advantage of the working-men, who have gladly availed of it. The effective professors are appointed by the govern- ment after competitive examination ; the honorary profes- sors are appointed by the absolute majority of votes of the Academic body, on the proposal of the director or of three members of any ol the sections, and their appoint- ment afterwards receives the approval of the government. The honorary professors are obliged, when named by the director, to All the place of the effective ones in case of any impediment. They cannot take possession of their ofQces without presenting to the academy body one of their works, which remaias the property of the establish- ment. There is also a class of corresponding members composed of distinguished artists residing oat of the capital. The classes of the Academy were last year attended by 164 pupils, inclading those of the nocturnal course. Of those who passed their examinations, 16 were approved. Every year there is opened for the space of three days ia the saloon of the Pinacotlieca a public exhibition of the works of ihe different classes, and after this ceremony is over, the distribution of prizes takes place. Every two years there is a general public exhibiUon of all the works of art executed in the capital and in the provinces : thi; lasts for 15 days. All native or foreign artists have the right to exhibit their works, Avhen these are accepted by the Academical jury. Twenty nine pupils obtained prizes for the works they exhibited at Ihe last public exhibition. There is an extraordinary prize for the most distin- guished Brazilian pupil ; — this consists in a yearly pen- sion for him to study in Europe, during six years, it he is a historical painter, sculptor or architect; and during four years if he is an engraver or landscape-painter. The Academy has lately received some works that show the application and progress of one of its pupils, who as a pensioner of the slate is residing at Rome whither — 309 - sometime ago, was sent another pupil who obtained that prize. The academy possesses a library, a Pinacotheca, and a secretariate for its correspondence. The annual expenses of the Academy are £ 3,756. ConseiTatory of Music. Although this establishment is a section of the Academy of the fine arts, it is nevertheless governed by a special direc- tor, with a special code of regulations, is in a separate edifice and has its own revenue. The instruction, which is completely gratuitous for both sexes, is composed of :— the elements of music and solfeg- gio, and the general principles of singing for the male sex ; — the same subjects for the female sex ;— singing for both sexes; — the rules of accompaniment and of organ; of string and wind instruments. Classes for composition and others will be established, as soon as the resources of the conservatory permit of this, and the progress of instruction demands it. The administration of the conservatory is composed of a director, a treasurer and secretary entrusted with the correspondence. Several excellent pupils have come out of this establish- ment ; some of them, who were once without any fortune, have earned the means of subsistence of which they now dispose. The classes were last year attended by d 52 students in- scribed, of which 60 male and 92 female-students, excluding 27, who were not inscribed. — 310 — Of those who passed iheir examinalioas , 6i were approved and among them 38 obtained prizes. latural History Musgums. National Museum. — It was created in 1817, in the city of Rio de Janeiro, and is intended for sciences having connexion with Natural History. It is considered as the most impor- tant one of South-America. It is formed of four sections : 1" of comparative anatomy physiology and zooligy ; ^2°" of botany, agriculture and the mechanical arts ; 3* of mineralogy, geology and the physical sciences; 4* of numismatics, the liberal arts, archeology, the usages and customs of modern nations. Each section has a director, who may be helped by one or more assistants, one supernumerary clerk, and the necessary apprentices. Its Director-in-chief is appointed by the Govern- ment from amongst the four directors. The Directors and their assistants compose the admini- strative board, at the charge of which is the management of the establishment. The Museum has, besides, several corresponding members in the national and foreign scientific societies, and there are actually two naturalists travelling through the Em- pire, for the purpose of making collections. The principal object of the National Museum is: to collect and study all the natural products of the country, and to deliver public lectures on the sciences of its pro- vince, spreading among the people theoretical and prac- tical knowledge, in a simple style, adapted to their com- prehension. Every sunday iho museum is open to the public, but — 311 — it may be visited on any other day ^(except ihursdays) on asking for a permission, which is easily granted. The average member of visitors, each Sunday, is one thousand. The most remarkable collections of this establishment are those of geology and mineralogy, distributed into three large rooms, and mostly composed of those once belonging to the celebrated Werner, and of a great many minerals collected by Sellow, -who was for sometime at the service of the museum. The zoological collections are likewise remarkable, the richest amongst them being the ornithological and ethno- graphical ones relating to the Brazilian Aborigenals. The edifice is vast, and contains several large rooms; but it has no longer the sufficient capacity on account of the constant increasing of its collections and the im- provements it has had these last years. The museum now keeps correspondence with the Euro- pean establishments of the same description, and willingly exchanges the duplicates of its collections for those of foreign museums. The government intends to create in the provinces se- veral museums dependent of that one in the capital of the Empire, that they may exchange among one ano- ther the respective products of each one, receiving at the same time from the central one, not only the necessary instructions for the classification and study of the collec- tions, but even its superabundant duplicates. Par! Museum. — It consists of a cabinet of Natural Hi- story and was created three years ago, in the town of Belem, and organized nearly as the national museum. It is maintained by the province and possesses several very remarkable collections. — 31-2 — Among them ihe most imporlant is the archoeological one, mostly proceeding from the island of Marajo and the western mountains of the province. An ornithological collection there exisiing comprehends a great many remarkable birds of the Amasonas. In the town of Sanlarem, in the same province, there is a newly created museum belonging to the « Santarem Ethnographic Society. » Minas-Geraes Museum. —This new museum has been created about two years ago, in the city of Ouro-Preto. [t is a cabinet of Natural History possessing already a valuable collection of geological and mineralogical spe- cimens. Ceara Museum. — It Vi'as created and maintained at Ike cost of a private Brazilian gentleman, who after having spent a few years labour in getting the collections, gene- rously offered it to the province about two years ago. It contains several collections of products of the pro- vince, amongst which there are to be noticed some hundreds of mineralogical specimens, a great many animals stuffed or preserved in alcohol, a small collection of compared anatomy, zoological monsters, fruils, fibres of plants and many other curious objects. Besides these cabinets, wliich are all lately created but which promise to thrive, there aee several others annexed to establishments of public instruction in the Empire. Such are the cabinets of Natural History of the Central College, in Rio de Janeiro ; the small cabinets of the Fa- culties of Medicine of Rio de Janeiro and Bahia ; those of the Lyceum of the latter province and of the Gymnase of Pernambuco ; and finally a small museum of natural and archojological products, lately founded at the province — 313 — of Alagoas, under the protection of the Archceological In- stitute of Alagoas, and subsidized' by the provincial as- sembly. Libraries. The iN'atioual Public Library is the most important establishment of the kind, in the capital of the Empire, attending to its numerous, excellent, and precious col- lection of books. Besides some important paJeotypes and several editions of the most famous printers of the xv, \vi, and xvii centuries, it possesses more than 100,000 prioted volu- mes, methodically. arranged in twelve large rooms. The theological section contains about 15,000 volumes, amongst which are to be found the famous and rare polyglotic bibles of Ximenes, Arias Montanus, and others, as well as many valuable treatises on different branches of ecclesiastical science. The section, which comprehends history, biography and voyages, contains 24,000 volumes, including very remark- able ancient works and the best productions of modern writers. The scientifical section contains 39,000 volumes on moral, political and physical sciences. In the first class, which comprehends 24,000 volumes- are to be noticed many ancient works of a recognized merit, especially concerning juridical matters. The second class contains 15,000 volumes of most precious works and is about to be enriched with the acquisition of some modern works respecting sciences, which are constantly progressing. — 314 — The section of greek and latin classics forms a precious and varied collection of 4,000 volumes, with beautiful bibliographical curiosities, comprehending editions of the most renowned printers of former ages, and many pa- leotypes. The section of belles letlres contains 16,000 volumes on linguistics, rhetoric, poetry, novels, and philology. This seclion possesses an interesting and varied col- lection of lexicons, the works of the principal national and foreign literary men, as well as those of the most distinguished modem philologers, besides a g^'eat many polygraphs. Among the latter a special mention should be made of Orliz (various treatises, 1493) on account of its rarity, and Frederic the 2* (oeavres, 1846, Berlin) for its ele- gant and rich edition. The section of national and foreign newspapers and reviews is also a very important one. Its number amounts to about 3,000 volumes, comprising collections of the papers published in Rio de Janeiro, before and since the Independence of the Empire, as well as many of the best scientific, literary or periodical publications of Europe, especially of France. The seclion of maps, topographic charts and plans forms a collection of 620 volumes, in the most part con- cerning different provinces of the Empire. The section of manuscripts and drawings, although not amounting to more than 1,200 volumes, still contains many valuable and ancient rarities, besides an interesting collection of original sketches of some of the most renew- ed painters. The National Library also possesses the whole collection — 313 — of Martius Flora Brasilimsis, Ibe publitation of which was assisted by the government, and that of Velloso's Flora Fluminensis, which has become very rare. The books on arts and trades, that must form a distinct section as soon as the necessary accommodations be ob- tained, amount to about 3,500 volumes, comprehending many important works on ancient and modern painting and architecture. All persons decently dressed are admitted into the National Library, every working day, from 9 to 2 o'clock in the morning, and from 6 to 9 o'clock in tlie evening. The establishment has a reading room large enough to admit 60 persons, at ease, and at night il is lighled with gas. The monthly public attendance may be estimated at 1,000 to 1,300 readers. To the present time the government expended every year £ 2,S00 with the National Library; but that sum was raised up to f 6,785 by the last budget law. The government intends either to construct or lo pur- chase a larger building, with a view lo increase some parlours and reading-rooms more, and for a better ac- commodation of the books already existing, and those which are to be acquired in time. In the capital of the Empire there exist several other libraries, either special and belonging to public establish- ments or possessed by religious communities, and private societies. Amongst the former we must mention : ist That of the Faculty of Medicine, comprehending .J, 200 volumes bound, besides a great number of printed pamphlets, relating to the different sciences that constitute — 316 — the medical course of studies, there being amongst them many modern worlds of the most renowned freach, englisb, and gertcan authors. Its annual attendance maybe estimated at 3,000.read- ers, the greatest number of them, students and profes- sors of the faculty ; every one, however, can be admitted to it, asking permission to the respective librarian. It is probable that the attendance to this establishment will increase henceforward, since measures have been taken for il being opened during seme hours in the evening. i^ That of the Central College, with 6,000 volumes distributed into three sections, namely : of mathematics, physical sciences and books on subjects not relating to those of the college coarse. It is opened every day in the morning during the school-lime, and at the disposal of the professors and students. 3" That of the Naval College, with 15,000 volumes, 5,200 maps and different plans, besides 22 mode's of vessels and several instruments adapted to cosmographical pursuits. Being, for the most part, formed of important works on nautical subjects, it possesses, nothwithstanding this, a considerable number of others on the various branches of human learning. 4"" That of the Military School , composed of books and manuscripts about the different branches of the military profession, the arts and trades as applied to the service of the army, mathematical and physical sciences, as also of maps and collections of military laws, regulations, and ordinances. o"" Thai of the National Museum whicli, though scarcelv — 317 — containing 6,000 volumes, is perhaps liie richest of all the special libraries, owing to Ihe value and selection of its works, amongst which iher^ are many of the best that have been published on natural history. . Although these works are specially destined to be of assistance to the directors of the different sections of the nauseum, they are, however, often perused by such persons as de- sire it. 6"" The Library of the General Board of Statistics comprehending 1,103 volumes. 7'" That of the Academy of Fine Arts , containing about 1,000 volumes. 8'" That of the Imperial Institute for blind children possessing above 1,000 volumes, coucerning its special province. Qtii That of the Deaf and Dumb Institute, which con- tains geographical maps and globes, complete collections of models of the weights and measures of the metrical system, school-books in Portuguese, and special works about the education of the deaf and dumb. 10* Those of the State Offices. Amongst the Ubraries belonging to religious commu- nities and private societies, we shall mention : 1=' That of S. Benedict's Monastery , containing an excellent collection of 8,000 volumes, almost all of them being ancient works on ecclesiastical matters. 'iA Those of the convents of Santo Antonio and of the Carmelites, comprehending each of them 2,000 volumes on religious subjects. Sd The Library Fluminense founded 26 years ago by a private association ; it possesses 40,000 printed volumes, comprehending a rich collection of official documents concerning Ibe liislory of Brazil, and more liian 100 manuscripls of an historical value, besides a great number of papers and pamphlets published in the Empire. Allhougu it was established for the benefit of ils sha- reholders to whom, according to the respective statutes, it pertains the exclusive right of reading or retaining for some lime in their power whatever books they please, the entrance to it is permitted to every body who may desire it. 4*'^ The Portuguese reading-room Library, which was founded in the year 1837 with 3,000 volumes, and pos- sesses s.[ present 5:2,000 on all branches of human know- ledge. It contains many and valuable works in latin, italian, Spanish, german, and some ones in russian and greek ; ils greatest riches however, consist of french and spe- cially of Portuguese books, which are nnm-erous. II also possesses 100 maps, 240 engraving?, and 92 pictures. This establishment belongs to a portugnese association, but subscribers and readers of every nalionality are admilted to it. It is open in the morning from 8 to 2 o'clock, and m the evening from 4 to 9 o'clock. During the last year the shareholders and subscribers removed from the library about '0,000 books, and the attendance was superior to 3,000 readers, and ISO visitors. The capital stock of the establishment amounts to about £ 20,000. The association intends to erect a building with the convenient accommodations for such an establishment, having already spent £ 8,000 on the acquisition of grounds and several improvements. 5'^ The British Subscription Library, maintained by — 319 — the society which succeeded lo the ancient english li- terary club. It possesses 6,2l9 volumes, amongst which are specially remarkable some english works and news- papers. This establishment is very much frequented. 6tii The Germania Association Library, founded in the year 1832, possessing at present 5,500 volumes mostly of german authors, and is regularly frequented by its associates. Each of the societies — Literary Essays — Imperial Ty- pographical Association of Rio Janeiro— Portuguese Literary Retiro — possesses a library the l.^t of which containing 2,600, the 2.^ Diario das Alagdas.—(l^ih year.) Of the Capital. Jornal das Alag6as.-~{3i year), id. Liberal. — (4th year), id. Consdtucional. Partido Liberal. Tribuna. Pyrilampo. Penedense.— In the towa of Penedo. Revista do Inslituto Archeologico Geologico Alagoano. Bahia. \ Diario da Bahia.— [27^^ year.) Of the Capital. It has a large circulation. Jornal da Bahia.— [W^^ year), id, id. Cerreio da Bahia. — (2nd year), id, id. Horizonte. — (is* year), id. Sentinella da Liberdade.— [i^^ year), id. Revista Commercial. — (l^t year. ) Apostolo. — 332 — Revista Medica. Academico. — (1st year.) Conslitucional. — Id. Alabama. — A satirical paper which is in its IQtiiyear ; id. Revista da Insirucgdo Publica. — (3^ year.) A monthly paper ; id. Abolicionista. — (Sid serie,) A fortnight paper ; id. Renegenerador. — In the town of Nazareth. Crise. — (4 til serie.) In the town of Santo Amaro. Popular. — Id. Americano. — (4*ii year.) In the town of Cachoeira. Ordem. — Id. Progresso. — Id. Perola. — (1st year.) A literary paper. Jomal de Fafenfa.— {3d year.) In the town of Valenga ; a weekly paper. Espirito-Santo. \ Correio da Fictoria. — (24tli year.) Of the Capital. Jomal da Victoria. — Id. Espirito-Santense.—{'i^'i year), id. Conservador. — (1st year), id. Esiandarte.— la ihe town of Cachoeiras de Ilapemerim. Uniao. — Id. Rio de Janeiro, 'y Paina.— (17tiiyear.) Of the Capital. Rio de Janeiro. — (1st year), id. Nacional. — Id. Monitor Campista. — (35tii year.) In the town of Campos. Gazeta de Campos . — ( 1st year), id. Jndependenfe, — (Stbyear), id. — 333 — Mercaniil, — (letbyear.) Tn the town of Petropolis. Germania. — (lO'i* year), id. It is written ia the German language. Tribuna do Povo. — (4* year), in the town of Macah6- Telegrapho. — (6^^ year), id. Canlagalensa. — In the town of Cantagallo. Correio de Cantagallo. — Id. Parahybano.—{9^^ye&T.) In the town of Parahyba do Sul. AgricuUor. — (1st year), id. * Regenerador.—ln the town of Valen(ja. Astro Bezendense.— In the town of Rezende. Artista.- In the town of Angra. ^poca.— (1st year.) In the town of S. Joao da Barra. Primeiro de Margo. — Id. Regeneragdo. — In the town of Cabo Frio. S. Paulo. Correio Pauiistano.— (19^^ year.) Of the Capital, v Diario de S. Paulo.— [11^^ year), id. i Opinido Conservadora. — (4tii year), id. Vinte e dons de Maio. — (1 «* year), id. Bevista Commercial. —(23d year.) In the town of Santos : fmprensa. — (Si^ year,) id. imericano.— (2nd year.) in the town of Sorocaba. Soroca&a.— (1st year), id. /panema. — (1st year), id. Gazeta de Campinas.— (Z^ year.) In the town of Cam- pinas. \/Correio de Taubati.—i\.^^ year.) In the town of Tau- bate. /Echo bananalense.—{2^^ year.) In the town of Bananal. Esperanga. — In the town of Itii. — 334 — -, Mosquito.~ln the town of Areas. 4Teense. ^/ Americano. — la the town of Pindamonhangaba. v'Diario de Santos. , jLprenense. — In the town of Lorena. ^'^Municipio. Meleoro. ^/Omnibus. y Conslitucional. ' Diario de Santos. V Pindamonhangabense. '. Parahijba. /Joi-nal do Povo. sfPaulista. s<' Estrella do Oeste. \ Tribuna. V Progresso. Independente. Parana. Dezenove de fle^em&ro.— (19* year. ) Of the Capital. Antonina. — (1st year.) In the town of the same name. Commercio do Parand. — (lOth year.) In the town of Paranagua. Santa Catharina. Despertador.—ii^i year.) Of the Capital. RegeneraQdo. — (ithygar), id. Conci/mdor.— (1st year), id. Colonie-Zeitung. S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul. Jornal do Commercio. — [Q^^ year.) Of the Capital. Mo Grandense.— (7* year), id. — 335 — Reforma. —(4* year), id. Democracia. — (l^* year), id. Constitucional. — (2i<^ year,) id. Deutsche Zeitung.—k paper written in German, id. Diario do Rio Grande.— ["^^^^^ year). In the town of Rio Grande. Commercial. — (15"i year), id. Echo do Sul. — {imye&T),\(i. Inveslijador . — (jst year), id. Artisla.-{{0^^ year), id. Tempo. — An evening paper, id. Jornal do Commercio. — (3^ year.) In the town of Pelotas. Diario de Pelotas. — (5'fi year), id. Cruzeiro do Sul. — Id. Razdo. — In the town of Bag6. Prelo.—{l^y year), id. Voz do Pooo. — {4tii year.) In the town of Jaguarao. Onze de Jwn/io,— (4^ year), id. Revista Gabrielense:—(l^^ year.) In the town of S. Ga- briel. Echo de Camaquam.—ln the village of Camaquam. Emigrante Allemao. Jornal do Pantheon Lilterario. Album Semanal. Minas-Geraes. Pharol.~{ii^ year.) Of the Capital. Noticiudor de Minas. — Id. . Monitor Sul Mineiro.— (Is* year.) In the town ofCam- panha. "■ Monarchista,—('i^<^ year), id. ./ Jequitinhonha.—]n the town of Diamantina. /PharoL— In the town of Parahybuna. — 3S6 — GOYAZ. Provincia de Goyaz. — (4tl» year.) Of the Capital. Alto Araguaya. Corrtio Official. MATO-GROSSO. Situacdo.~{S^^ year.) Of the Capital. Primeiro de Marpo.-—[Z^ year), id. Liberal. — (1st year), id. Tiiere are in Rio 39 printing offices, besides the above mentioned ones, where printing is done very nicely, just as nice as that in many tow^ns of Europe. In the provinces there are also 200 printing offices where are printed the above said papers and a great many literary works. Scientific, literary and industrial associations. I There are many scientific, and literary associations, in the capital of the Empire, and in the provinces. Amongst them the flrst rank is undoubtedly occupied by the Brazilian Historical, Geographical and Ethnogra- phical Institute, founded in 1838, and intended for "the study of our national history, by collecting, commenting, and publishing all documents concerning it. Its review is called — Historical Institute Quarterly Review, it is in its 35'" volume and is being regularly con- tinued : the pamphlets annually published make up a ▼olume of 800 pages, and sometimes more. The Institute celebrates fortnight meetings in the — 337 — Imperial town-palace ; His Majesty the Emperbr being always present to them. The Imperial Medical Academy inaugurated in 1829, is divided into 3 sections : the medical, the surgical and the pharmaceutical sections, studying all subjects concerning to each of those branches of the medical profession. Since 183! a monthly review is published under the name of Brazilian Medical Annals. Weekly meetings are held at the town-hall and every year, on the day of its foundation, a solemn session takes place al the Imperial town-palace, and on this occasion some medical questions are proposed for prize. Either natives or foreigners may concur to those prizes, but ail are obliged to present their memoirs, in two years time. The Poll/ technical Institute is intended for the study of mathematics and their applications, of engineering, and military sciences ; and occasionally publishes a review. The Institule of the Order of Brazilian Advocates is In- tended for the discussion of the theoretical and praciical questions of jurisprudence. It was founded in 1843 ; its meetings are weekly, and since 1853 a review is published, which is in its 9"" vo- lume. The Vellosiana Society, founded in 1850, and reorga- nized in 1869, is devoted lo the study of natural scien- ces, particularly the native productions of the country, the history and habits of the aborigenals ; the first vohime «f its review was already published. The Pharmaceutical Institute of llio de Janeiro, tho Vellosiana Society and the Pharniacentical Academical Athe- neum, study all the matters composing the official course of the apothecaries' art. — 3S8 — The second one publishes a moathly paper called Abelha (The Bee). The Bachelor of Arts Institute, founded in 1863, the Literary Institute, ihe Historical Atheneum, and Ihe Cicero's School, cultivate literature, except the flrst, the province of which is vaster since it also comprehends the study of natural sciences. Scarcely a volume of their review has been published. The Literary Essays Society inaugurated in 1860, ihe Portuguese Literary Lyceum, and the Portuguese Literary Hetiro are intended for the same purposes of the preceding ones, and maintain classes of the Portuguese, frencb, and english languages, geography, elementary mathe- matics and rhetoric. The first issues a review since 1862. The Directors' and Professors' Institute is devoted to pedagogical matters. The Association of Instruction for Workmen is conse- crated, as its name shows, to a special purpose, also comprehending the study of literature. It maintains evening-classes, which are very much frequented, in one of the city suburbs. The Rook- keepers' Society, founded in 1869, is devoted to the study of every thing concerning that branch, and to the promoting of the prosperity of trade and particularly that of Brazil. It possesses a library, and intends to issue a monthly review and maintain classes adapted to its speciality. The Industrial Associations are still few in number, but they begin to have such a development that promises successful results. There are in the capital of the Empire the following ones : — 339 — The Society for the Aid of National Industry, intended for the discussion of subjects relative to national husbandry and industry, and to effect the improvements and reforms, which are indispensable to the progress of those two branches of the public wealth. Since long it maintains a review called Auxiliador da Induslria Nacional and since 187!, two evening classes fur adults, which are very much attended, and promise to be of great service to the instruction of woikmen. The Fine Arts Promoter Society, founded in 1856, does all in its power to encourage the progressive development of arts in the Empire, by means of practical and theorical teaching, in a lyceum instituted for that purpose, and maintained by it; and also by means of a review ; of exhi- bitions ; and of public concourses. This Lyceum has now 15 evening classes very advantageously attended by great many artists of all ages. The government assists it with a pecuniary aid, and shows itself disposed to grant many other favours. Last year, 1,233 pupils attended those classes; and lately there was inaugurated a class of physics applied to arts and industries, which possesses already a very good cabinet for experiments: it is about to be created a class of industrial chemistry, with its respective la- boratory. The government intends to build an edifice for the Lyceum, large enough to have the indispensable rooms in order to train up the pupils in the practical exercises of arts and trades. The Imperial and Agricultural Institute of Rio de Ja- neiro, recently created, maintains a normal farm, an — 340 — ': agricultural asylum, and a manufactory of Chili slraw- hats, all of which are in a flourishing ^condition. Its funds are increasing, and its review continues to be published regularly, as it was already said. There are still other societies worthy of mention, such as the Imperial Rio Typographical Association, desliaated to the development and progress of printing ; the so- ciety Aid to Mechanical and Liberal Arts, and many others. In the Provinces there are, amongst many others, the following ones worthy of mention. At Maranhao — The Liter. iry Institute, Ihe Maranhense Atheneum, and the Ome de Agosto, which maintain an eve- ning school, comprehending several classes for adults, and attended by more than ^00 students ; besides - the ■'Festa Popular^) founded on the purpose of promoting Provincial Exhibitions, either agricultural or industrial. At Pernambuco. — Tbe Archeological and Giographical Institute of Pernambuco, and the Mechanical and Liberal Artists' Association, which maintain several classes at- tended by 167 pupils. The Promoter of Public Instruction Society, composed of great many associates of either sex, lately founded a normal-school for women devoting themselves to pro- fessorship, which is already attended by 80 female scho- lars. At .4lag6a3. — The Archeological Georraphical Insiitule of Alagoas, besides issuing a review, maintains a museum for natural products and a numismatic cabinet ; in the same province there are other Commercial, Typographical, and Agricultural Associations. At Bahia. — The <-<.Hislorical Institute of Bahiay>, presided — 341 — by the raetropolilan Archbishop, the Gremio Litlefario, and the Portuguese Library. At S. Paulo. — The Literary Atheneum, the Juridical Nucleus, and the Germania, in the capital of the Pro- vince; the Scientific Culture (a German association), the Literary Society, the Artistical Beneficienl and Promoter of Instruction Society , at Campinas ; the imparense Society intended to promote and develop intellectual culture, in the town of Amparo ; the Literarif Talk Club, at Sorocaba ; the Literary Society, and the Bragantine Club, at Bragan^a. Theatres. In the capital of the Empire there are 10 theatres, 3 large ones, 2 small ones, 3 suburban and private theatres, 2 playing-rooms. The Opera Fluminense situated at Campo da Accla- magao ; D. Pedro II, recently built at Guarda-Velha Street and S. Pedro de Alcantara theatre, at the Praga da Constituigdo, afford splendid accommodations to the public, the two first ones being destinated to musical per- formances, and the latter specially to dramatic plays. There take place sumptuous masked-balls, the inau- guration of which, in the carnival of 1845, put an end lo the old Entrudo of colonial times, carrying on a remarkable change in the habits of the people. In the small theatres. Gymnasia and 5. Laiz, some dra- matic troops give performances, in the national language ; and (hose who are fond of the vaudeville will find in the popular theatres Alcazar, Pheniw, and Casino such plays performed by a french troop in the 1", a national one in — 342 — the 2"^, and both by french and national troops in the 3' one. Jn the private theatres of S. Christovde and Botafogo only amateurs play. A great many french and Italian singers ; french, spacish, aQd itallan actors, amongst ihem the most renowned eu- ropean celebrities, very often arrive at Rio ile Janeiro, OQ account of the facility and rapidity of transantlantic communications, and perform on our stages. There are theatres in the capitals of all the provinces, as well as in many towns and villages. The government intends to organize the Brazilian Theatre, and raise it up to a degree convenient to the civilisation of the Empire. Thus it was created a new dramatic conservatory, in order to obtain the great aims pertaining lo it ; to avoid by the examination of the dramatic compositions, appointed to be played, and by the internal inspection of the theatres, any offense to moral, religion and decency; and lo exercise, in those subsidized by the State, a literary censure, so as to improve the taste with the adoption uf good models, and by good examples and encouragement, to contribute for restoring and promoting dramatic literature and art, in the Empire. Those useful measures for the foundation of a normal theatre and of a course of dramatic art, depend of the con- sent of the legislative power. A concourse was opened for the construction of an Opera-house and several plans were presented. To the best one was granted the promised reward, the others being rewarded too. The southern side of the Campo da Acdamagdo was — 348 - disapmpriated by goverament, for the construction of the new building. Very shortly the works will begin. Ctoitable Institutioiis. The principal charitable Institution in the Empire is « the Santa Casa da Misericordia, » founded upwards of 1545. It may, with full confidence, be asserted, that the print cipal cities of the world cannot boast of possessing, nor have any thing that can compete with either the General Hospital or the Lunatic Asylum of Rio de Janeiro. In the compromissorial year of 1872 to 1873, 14,539 sick were treated, in its general hospital; 10,526 of these left the hospital cured, 2,946 died, and 1 ,067 continued their treatment there. If we take out 317 that died in the first 24 hours of Iheir admittance into the hospital, the mortality list was 18, 57o, independent of the ponderous circumstance tha- many of (he patients that were sent to the hospital arrived there in a dying condition, and during many months of that year the city of Rio de Janeiro had to struggle against two epidemic diseases. The hospital is constantly kept in the slate of the great- est cleanliness and order ; and the patients are treated With every attention and sentiment of human benevolence. The same mode of treatment is carried on in the D. Pedro II Lunatic Asylum, exclusively adapted to those that suffer from mental derangement, the number of which in the same year amounted to 393 lunatics. In both these hospitals the sick, who are admitted as, — 344 — €f a poor condition, receive Iheir treatment gratis, witiioul any distinction to class, nation or religion. But there are also private apartments for boarders. The revenue of its patrimonial fund is nearly £ 30,000. The management of the sick, and the internal and eco- nomical management of the Hospital is entrusted to the sisters of Charity, of the Congregation of S. Vincent de Paula. The Hospital « Santa Casa de Misericordia » independent of ihe above mentioned hospitals, and of other infirmaries that it supports in different localities, and of those that it immediately establishes, whenever any epideraies begin to show their denseness and ravages, has founded four permanent consulting medical offices, one being annexed to the Hospital, and 3 in different parts of the city and its suburbs, where medical advice is given gratis as also the medicines, and where the poor find physicians lo visit them in their homes when they cannot go out. In one of these consulting offices called « Sala do Banco » in the Hospital, 7,030 poor sick received medical advice during the last year. The following are dependencies of tlie « Hospital da Sania Casa da .Misericordia : The Foundling Hospital, that possesses patrimonial pro- perty to the value of £ 20,800. The Orphan Asylum for girls, that contains 133 inmates, of which, during last year, 2 of them died, 18 left the asylum, and of these 8 lo be married. Its fund con- sists of 119 Brazilian bonds in the value of £ 12,400- In this asylum there is a reserved dowry account kept, which possesses in Brazilian bonds a sum of £21,540, that in 1872 gave a revenue of £ 2,200. — 345 — The Asylum of S." Thereza, with a fond of £ 3,000, occupies a magnificent building, where girls destitute of support receive an asylum, are fed, clothed, and educated. They were twenty in number, last year. The income of the General Hospital and of all those In- stitutions annexed to it, in the compromissorial year of •1871 to 1872 was £ 177,262, and the expense f 160,378, which leaves a balance, in favour, of £ 16,683. The « Santa Casa Hospital » supports 2 cemeteries iu the suburbs of the city, called S. John Baptist of Lagoa, and S. Francisco Xavier. During the last year, the Board of direction executed many important works in order to render some of the establishments under their charge, more spacious, particu- larly the general hospital, ihe D. Pedro 11 lunatic asylum, and the two cemeteries. Within the precincts of the cemetery of S. Francisco Xavier, a new one was opened, solely for Protestants; it is held with the same care and respect as the Catholic ones. The Santa Casa da Misericordia, including its dependen- cies, has a patrimonial fond valued nearly in £ 1,700,000, namely: in buildings £ 1,380,000 ; in Brazilian bonds £ 167,600; in furniture, clothes and linen, utensils and other objects £ 100,000, and on leased lands £ 30,000. Its board of commissioners aided by the State and by public charily, devote all their energy to promote as much as possible, the pious intentions of the founders of the Santa Casa and of its annexed charitable institutions ; and to give a more perfect idea of their ardent zeal, in the last compromissorial year, it was clearly proved that inde- pendent of Ihe great expenses which they had to occur to, there was not one of their general estimates of expenses that did not leave a balance in favour of each of them. — 346 — Lazars' Hospital. — It is specialty iuteaded for those suffering from elephantiasis of the greek ; the number of them amounted to 79, viz: 47 adults and 9 minors of the male sex; 18 adults and 5 minors of the female sex. Of them 7 men and 4 women died ; 4 men and 2 women left the hospital. The receipts amounted lo £ 10,356, the expense to i' 8,518, thus leaving a balance, in favour, of £ 1,837. The edifice, that is being constructed, is much advanced, the sum of £ 6,011 having already been expended. The properly of the lazars' hospital consists of £ 36,660 on bonds and leased grounds, as also legacies oa houses, bonds and Bank of Brazil's shares. The Stale grants a yearly allowance of £ 200. As to the provinces of Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Pernam- buco, S. Paulo, Maranhao, Ceara, Minas Geraes, S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul and others, they each have their '< Santa Casa de Misericordia » with hospitals, in general, well organized, where the poor patients are treated graluilously with the greatest care and humanity. All the cities and even towns and villages of the in- terior of the province have their « Miser! cor dias » or In- slitutions of Charity, which will be long to enumerate. The province of Bahia has, besides asylums and in- stitutions for the protection of poor girls, the S. Lazarus hospital for morphelics, and tbe asylum of S. Jobn de Deos for lunatics, for which they have already laid down the foundation slone. There are also asylums for morphetics in Para, Maranhao and Mato-Grosso. The capital of S. Paulo has an asylum for lunatics and another for morphelics ; the cities of Ilu, ConslituiQao, and Campinas have also one each, and Guaraliogueta has — 34T — its college for edacating poor girls, under Uie name of Asylum of the « Bom Pastor. » The province of S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul, has also asylums for the education of children of both sexes destitute of means; and also in the cities of Rio Grande and Pelotas ; in the capital of S. Catharina there is an asylum for girls. The province of Rio de Janeiro has the Asylum of S". Leo- poldina, already mentioned in another place ; a fine ho- spital, in the city of Niclheroy, supported by the treasury of the province ; and in all the cities charily asylums, some of them very well organized. In the last year the expenses for the supporting of those institutions amounted to above £ 6,200. Beneficient and pMlantliropical associations. The beneficient associations are very numerous and undeniably testify the philanlhropical sentiments of the Brazilian people. Some of them possess considerable patrimonies and ac- cording to their forces succour the helpless poor, even at the cost of enormous expenses. Others possess modest capitals, but though the aid be little, they yet help, whenever they can, those that stand in need of it, without distinction either of nationality, class or religion. ReLISIOUS order of S. FRANCISCO da PENITEMCIA. — ItS institution dales from i619, and besides the divine worship, it is intended for the assistance of its poor brethren. Its patrimony consists of 169 town buildings, the revenue of which amounted to£ 21,647, rented grounds - 348 - and government policies to the nornlBal talue of £ 2,740. Its hospital is vast and completely furnished wilh what is required for the treatment and comfort of the sick, that in number of i,i06, were treated here, having gone out 965, died 48, and 93 continuing in treatment. The average mortality is little more than 4 "o- With ihe ho- spital the Order spent f 4,515 ; with monthly and ex- traordinary alms f 63,26 ; the rest being employed in divine worship, burials, and in the cemetery works, which require yet a sum of £ 33,000, for their con- clusion. Order of nossa senhora do monte do carmo. — In- stituted for the same purpose, in the year 1638, the pa- trimony of this order consists of 63 houses, bonds of the public debt, to the nominal value of £ 17,340; policies of the province of Rio de Janeiro, amounting to £ 3,200, and shares of the Bank of Brazil, representing a value of £ 480. The rent of the houses to the total sum of £ 8,600, and ih^ other articles of receipt amounted last year to £ ^21,500, the expense being £ 21,200. In its vast hospital, al which it spent about £ 50,000, 1,.552 sick brethren were received, 1,413 of which went out, 60 died and 79 continued in treatment. The mor- taliiy was below 4''/.- The expense was distributed by the following articles: for the hospital £ 3,968 ; for monthly alms and other assistances £ 1,649, for religious acts, burials, mana- gement of the cemetei7 and others, £ 12,592. Order of the minimi of s. francisco de paula. — Us institution dates from 1756. — 349 — lis patrimony consists of 26 edifices , wliich rent amounted last year to nearly f 2,100 policies of the public debt to the amount of £ 39,850 and policies of the province of Rio de Janeiro to that of £ 10,000. The Order spends nothing with the management of its excellent hospital at which, in the same period, 622 sick brethren were received and treated; of these 30 died, and 19 continued in treatment; the charily both of the brethren and of the board of adminislration, that is annually renewed, provides for all the expenses, which very often go to above f, 100 a monlh. Its expenses, however, amounted io £ 14,200 and its revenue to £ 14,900, thus realizing a balance of £ 700, including the sum of £ 1,799 spent in support of sick brelhren, on their burial, the management of the cemetery, and the amortization of the debt contracted for the rebuilding and improvement oi their mageslic church. Order of senhor rom jesus do calvabio da via sacra. — Created in 1724 as a simple congregation for divine worship and charitable purposes, it was only formed into a Third Order, in the year 1830. Notwithstanding its having constructed an excellent edi- fice to serve as hospital for its sick brethren, the want of income prevented the inauguration ol the respective service, and limited them to help and assist the poor brelhren, the expense, during last year, amounting to £ 1,246. The patrimony consists of 14 houses, which give a yearly income of about £2,600; of government policies to the value of £ 35,720, and policies of ihe province of Rio de Janeiro to that of £ 500. The receipts amounted to £ 7,100, and the expenses to£ 6,100, leaving a balance of £ 1,000. — 356 — Order of the immaculada conceiqao. — Tiie old society nnder this name was raised to the rank of a Third Order Destined to the same purposes as those of other Re- ligious Orders, it supports an Asylum of Charity ia which, without any dislinclion whatever, hospitality is given to helpless women of good hehwiour, but under equal circumstances the preference is given to the sisters of the Order. The Order possesses 9 houses and £ 4,000 in policies. The income of these properties and other sources of revenue amount to £ 1,734, making a total of £ 5,267, if t'le balance and evenlualilies of the last year are added. The expenses, including those of the church, the repai- ring of which amounted to above £ 10,000, were £ 4,2"i9, and the balance £ 1,000. Within the asylum 13 women are maintained, but besides these the Order gives support to its sisters to the amount of £ 122, during the last year. Brotherhood of santissimo sacramento de nossa senhora DA CANDELARIA. — Fouuded io the year 1669 to maintain the splendour of religion and to practise pious works, it has under its charge the administration of the Hospital of the Lazars. It has 100 houses which rent amounts to £ 13,038, and f 29,889 in policies. The income was £ J 7, 123 and the expenditure £ 13,321, leaving a balance of £ 3,801. It assisted 573 persons, of which S9 are brethren or the widows of brethren, distributing among them the sum of £ 3,520. With its temple, which was commenced in 1775, it has already expended about £ 200,000. — 351 — The imperial brotherhood de santa gruz dos militares. — This brolherhood was created in 1628, for Ihe purpose of celebrating religious acts, and to assist the widows and children of deceased brethren. It belongs exclusively to the military of the first line of the army, pertaining to the gar- rison of the Capital, and of the province of Rio de Ja- neiro, to which or to their widows and children it allows pensions of the amount of their half pay, in case of losing it, or if they have fallen in want. It has 23 buildings let at an annual rent off 7,460, and 905 policies with a yearly revenue of £ 5,063. It spends in pensions the sum of £ 7,269. Its receipts were £17,586; its expenditure £14,976; leaving a balance of £ 2,582. Brotherhood of nossa senhora do rozaxio and s. be- NEDicTO. — This is considered one of the oldest religious societies of the capital of the Empire, and was founded by negroes. It admits even slaves as members, and promoles their becoming free, according to the means at its disposal, out of a special fund for charitable purposes. The selection of such members as are slaves and aro to be set at liberty, is made by drawing lots. It sup- ports brethren in want and their widows. Its patrimony consists of 16 houses and 41 policies of (he nominal value of £ 100 each. The receipts amount to about £ 1,500 ; the expenditure to £ l,35iO. Besides these religious orders and many societies, which give aid to members in want, or infirm, the Ca- pital has many philantropic associations, both national and foreign. Amongst the national ones there are the following : — 352 — UniXo Beneficerte, commercio e artes. — Founded in 1863 il has at present a patrimony of more than 150 policies of the public debt, and supports needy members, in accordance with its statutes. Uni\o beneficencu.— Founded in 1852, it supports, out of monthly contributions, the helpless families of its deceased members. Rio goandekse. — Established in 1857 for the same purpose as the preceding one, it has a capital upwards £ 3,000. Paulistana. — Created on the occasion of the inaugu- ration of the statue of Jose Bonifacio de Andrada e Silva, on the 7tti September 1872, its object is to assist those born in the province of S. Paulo, who have fallen in distress. MiNEiRA.— Recently established fur the purpose of as- sisting those out of the province of Minas Geraes, residing in the capital of the Empire. Typ 'I'.RAPHicA fluminense. — Founded in 1833. It has a patrimony of 46 policies of the public debt ; its pur- pose is to as-ist helpless members and their respective families ; it founded an asylum for those unable to work and for the development and progress of the ty- pographic art. CaIXA MUNICIPAL Di; BSNEFICENCIA E CONGREGAgAO DE SANTA thereza de JESUS. — Inaugurated in 1860, its purpose is to aid poor people in their homes, to give portions to poor young women of exemplary morality, and to erect an asylum for helpless old people. Efficiently aided by the congregation of the sisters of Santa Thereza de Jesus established in 1861, with the aim of improving the fate of beggars, of founding an asylum for — 353 — ihem, the foundation stone of the respective building has been laid in i871 in one of the suburbs of the capital of the Empire by Her Imperial Highness Dona Isabella. Its patrimony, which is formed of donalions obtained by ihe director, members, and brethren of the congregation, already amounts to £ 13,000. Amante da iNSTRUcgio. — This association commenced very modestly in the year 1831, and now maintains a day and a boarding school, where instruction to poor children is ministered. Us patrimony consists of £ 8,340, in policies of the public debt. U.Niio Beneficente das FAMiLus HONESTAs. — It Com- menced in 1862 with a capital of 120 policies of the public debt, and distributes annually about £ 3,000, in allowances to different families. AsYLO DA vELHioE DESVALiDA. — Foundcd in 1872 for the purpose of establishing asylums for old people. of both sexes. Besides these, there are the following associations: wBra- zileira de Beneficencia «, « BeneQcencia e Humanilaria «, « Beneficente Perfeila Amizade », « Seculares Emprega- dos da Igreja)), and others of the same kind, too nu- merous to be mentioned. Amongst the foreign benevolent societies the following ones rank as the most distinguished, for the purport indicated in their respective titles. Franqatse de secours mutuels. — Founded in 18S6, it has a patrimony of £ 4,487. British benevolent society. — Inaugurated in 1837» Without any patrimony. It derives its income from annual — 354 — contributions, and donalions; and spends the same in monthly or dayly alms. Der DEUTSCHE HrELFSvEREiN. — It was founded in 1844. Its patrimony is limited to 5 policies of the public debt; but from the income of said policies, from an annual sabscriplion amongst the Germans residing in the capital, and a subsidy from some governmeDts of Germany and Austria-HuDgaria, it distributes assistances to Germans and Austrians in need of them. SociETE BELGE uE BiENFAiSANCE.— It commencod in 1853. Its income consists of the produce of subscriptions both here and in Belgium, monthly contributions of its members, and the income of its patrimony of 17 policies of the public debt. Sof;TEDAD espaSdla de beneficenza. —Instituted in 1859, it has 37 policies of the public debt. SociETA uENEFicEiVTE iTALiANA. — It was formod in 1834. Its capital consists of 25" policies of the pubhc debt, besides the money which they have always at band, for the object of its creation. SociEDADE poFvTiGUEZA DE BENEFiCE>;ciA — It has 23 years of existence; and has erected in one of the suburbs of the capital of the Empire a magnificent hospital, called S. Joao de Deus, which was opened in 1859. For the erection of the building, furniture and embellishment of the same, the association spent £ 30,000. Its patrimony is above £ 40,000 in public funds. Caixa de soccorros de d. PEDRO V. — It IS a Portu- guese association, formed in 1863, with a patrimony of more than £ 40,000, and by means of monthly contri- batioDS and extraordinary assistance, it does not only pay - 355 - the expenses for the treatment of many sick people, of consultations, medical visits and the necessary medicines, but it promotes also the education, the employment, and accommodations of children of helpless Portuguesemen. Philantropica suissa. — Founded in 1821, with a pa- trimony of about f 4,000, in public funds. Beneficencia uniao israelita do brazil. — II is of recent formation. Besides the above mentioned, there are the association « Americana de Beneficencia » ; the « Portugueza Amante da Monarchia e Beneflcente » ; ihe « Madrepora » and others of a similar nature. In nearly all the capitals of the provinces and populous towns similar associations are to be met with, both na- tional and foreign, which distribute assistances to their respective members and to helpless persons. Mounts of Piety. (') In Rio de Janeiro there are three mounts of piety, viz : « General Mount of piety for State functionnaries », « the General Mount of piety » and « the Navy Mount of piety. » * Mounts of Piety. Mounts of Piety, in Brazil, are associations different from the Monts dtpiiti, in France, and the Lemhard-houses, in England, and in the United States. The Brazilian — Mounts of Piety^ are public associations, either under the inspection of the government, or of a board of subscribers, their purpose being for the insurers or pen- sioners to leave after their death an yearly allowance to their families. It is a sort of public life-insurance association. Under the name of Monte do Soecorro (Mount of Assistance) there is a public office for a purpose like that of the nont de pieti, or the lombard- Jiouse. — 356 — The first was established in 1835, and all persons of either sex, who exercise any public charge liable to Ibe payment of duties, may belong lo it, provided they don't exercise Ibem ad interim,OF as simple commissions. The stock of this mount of piety is f 321,000, in policies, besides an annual subsidy granted by the Slate. The inscriptions and contributions are regulated according to the plan approTod in the year 1870. The « General Mount of piety » dates from 1841, and its stock is f 573,000, in policies. This establish- menl admits of persons of both sexes and of every con- ilition, and its pensionaries do not lose, as in the above mentioned, their pensions, even when they have attained iheir majority. The pensions are instituted only in benefit of the person assigned by the pensioner ; every one, however, may establish a pension for himself. Each annual pension cannot, but in special cases prescribed by the respective statutes, amount to above £ 160. Every one may establish pensions to the sum of £ 400, JO behalf of any person ; and up to £ 600, for the benefit of his wife, children, and grandchildren. The « Navy Mount of piety » was established in favour of navy officers' families, which receive after the death of their heads the correspondent half pay. All naval officers contribute every month with a day's pay for the maintenance of this mount of piety, which is ruled according to the plan approved in the year 1795, when it was established, as well as by other subsequent legislative regulations. In the army, instead of pensions paid by a mount of piely, the widows, unmarried daughters, and minor children of officers, are entitled to the half pay which their husbands or fathers should receive if they had retired from active service, according to law. In case of the dead officers being unmarried, their mothers, when widows, are entilled to the half pay. The government, besides this, allows pensions, depen- dent on legislative approval, to the widows, unmarried daughters, sons under age, mothers, and sisters un- married of officers dead in campaign, or in any other public commission considered as highly important. Houses of Correction. In the capital of the Empire, and in many of the pro- vinces, there are houses of correction for ihe confinement of prisoners or of convicts. That of the capital of the Empire, which is still unfi- nished, has quite ready one radius for prisons, and two for working-houses, besides other buildings dependent on the establishment. The system adopted in it is that of Au- burn. The radius for prisons, already finished, comprehends 209 cells. To complete the edifice, according to the ori- ginal plan, three radii more for prisons and two others for work-shops are to be constructed, as well as a central tower and ihe necessary accommodations for its employes. The eslablishment possesses a primary school, and n library for the convicts' us3, a washing-place, a bakery, and a quarry, under the charge of the administrator, and has also a photographic laboratory for the necessities both of the eslablishment and of the police department. — 358 — The expenses during the year 1871 — 72 amounted to £ 18,328, and the receipt was £ 9,600. Different objects made in the establishment, and sent to ihe Vienna Universal Exhibition, prove the excellence of their workmanship and the advantages derived from the system adopted in. Next to the House of Correction of the capital of the Empire, the one that is the most adapted to its designs is that in the city of S. Paulo, not only on account of its being situated in one of the most picturesque suburbs and in a vast ediQce with several important working-houses, orchard and gardens, but also by the order, cleanliness, and morality that presides over its several departments. Next to this establishment we must mention the houses of correction of Pernambuco, and those of the capitals of the provinces of Bahia, Rio de Janeiro, and other cities of the Empire, wherein the so called penitentiary prisons have not yet been constructed. Lighting. The Capital of the Empire is lighted with gas. The service is performed by an English Company, to which wei;e transferred the rights and obligations set forth in the contract made, in 1831, with the Baron of Maua. The number of burners is 5,203, and the expense amounts to more than £ 00,000 per annum. The cities of Recife, Niclheroy, Campos, S. Salvador, Fortaleza, BelJm, S. Paulo, Santos and S. Luiz, are also lighted with gas, and the necessary operations for applying the same mode of lighting to other cities of the Empire are in course of execution . — 359 -i The legislative assembly of Mato-Grosso has of late authorized this system of lighting, in the cily of Cuyaba. Municipality of tlie Capital of tlie Empire. The municipality of the Capital' of the Eiiipire, called also the neutral municipality or municipality of the Court, has a special administrative organization. The affairs which in the provinces are at the charge of the provincial assemblies and of the presidents, in the munici- pality of the Court are submitted to the General Assembly and the Government, to which the Town-Coancil is immedia- tely subordinated, being of its competence to approve temporarily the municipal regulations, to fix annually the income and expenses of the municipality, on proposal of the Town-Council, and to decide the recourses interposed of its deliberations. In the capital of the Empire, the municipal income pro- ceeds from the following articles: municipal taxes, leases of grounds belonging to the municipality, the produce of fines of police and infractions of regulations, rents of the marine grounds, licences conceded for opening shops, commercial houses -and other branches of industry, comprehending theatres and other public amusements, and finally an increase voted on the house tax, which is specially destined for the pavement of streets with paralleiopipeds. The patrimony of the municipality, which is large enough, consisls, besides the edifice, that is used as townhall, and other houses, of tracts of lands, granted in different dales, market-places, public slaughterhouses and (he buildings of the two schools constructed by means of its inter- vention. — 360 — The last year's income amounted to £ 89,993, and the expense to f 87,335. The municipal receipt has always progressively in- creased since 1830, in which year it scarcely amounted tof 3,122. In 1866 it was of £67,043, the balance, therefore, in favour of last year being £ 22,952 over the latter year, and £ 86,873 over that of 1830. Certain taxes, that belong, in the provinces, to the pro- vincial receipt, are in the Capital of the Empire, consi- dered as general ones, their produce being in the last financial year £ 706,200. In compensation the government defrays the expenses with different services, that in the provinces are paiJ by their respective treasuries or by the municipal ones, as for instance, public lighting, waler-supplj, fire services, house of correction, police force, properly said, and others. The city of S. Sebastiao of Rio de Janeiro, the capital of the Empire, is situated on the west side of the bay of Nictheroy. Its astronomical position is 22°, 53' 51", S, lat. and 0° 0' 56" E. long, from the Meridian of the Imperial Observatory of Rio de Janeiro, situated on the Castello Hill, in the same city, or 43° 8' 30" 0. Greenwich. Tlie Bay of Nictheroy is, in circuit, more than 19,8 kil.; and its bar offers free entrance to the largest vessels ; its profundity generally varying from 22 to 23 meters, and in some places attaining HO meters. In the circumscription of the city are comprehended 7 islands and in that of the Municipality 33, besides some small islands. — 3G1 — The area of the municipality, excluding the islands, comprises a space of 1,394 square kil. The cily, strictly speaking, does not occupy more than a surface of 21,780,000 square meters. The cily has 11 parishes with the respective parish churches and 69 filial churches and chapels, Avhere divine service is regularly celebrated. Of late there were created two parishes in the suburbs of the cily, which are not yet canonically provided. The construction and the ornament of some of the parish and filial churches distinguish themselves for their magnificence. There are 7 convents,6 religious Third Orders, more than 100 brotherhoods and fraternities, a great number of devotions and 2 houses of prayer, founded and main- tained bv protestant communions , one for the British Episcopal Worship, the other for the German Evangelic community. The municipality contains besides Iho former, 8 parishes more with their parish churches, almost all containing other filial churches and chapels, 3 police delegacies, that exercise accumulative attributions in the whole municipality, 22 subdelegacies and 23 justice of the peace districts. The perimeter of the city contains 23.523 houses, subject to house-tax, representing Ihe local value of £ 1.971.381, 82 public buildmgs and 622 exempt from the above said tax. Of those edifices 6,208 are 2 stories high, 1,456 of one story and 15,859 on the ground floor. The following public buildings deserve mention : The -Mint, one of the best constructions of the Empire, situated on the west side of the Campo da Acclama- — 362 — eao, comprising an area of 4.698.8 square meters, including the second pavement on the front. Here the 2" National Industrial Exhibition was held. The War OfQce and Head Quarters with military barracks, occupying the whole northern face of the same camp, with an extension of 281,6 meters long, by 320,1 meters wide. The National Museum, on the east side of the same camp, with spacious halls, adapted to its purpose. The house in which the Suprem.e Court of Justice and the Court of Appeals of the district of Rio de Janeiro hold their sessions. The Academy of Fine Arts, an elegant structure, with halls adapted to the respective classes and to the annual expositi(]n of painting and sculpture, together with the Pina- colheca, a deposit of valuable pictures and gypsum models. The Central School, at which courses of mathematics, engineering, and physical sciences are givt^n, and the General and Industrial Exhibitions of 1861 and 1873 were held. The National Treasury, actually in reconslruelion, re- markable for its vast proportions. The Conservatory of Music, constructed a short time ago for its special purpose, and distinguished for its beautiful form. The Military Hospitals and that of the Navy, with accom- modation corresponding to its purpose. The new public schoels of primary instruction of S. Sebasliao, S. Chrislovao, S. Jose and Gloria. The Boarding and Day-schools of secondary instruction of the Imperial College of D. Pedro II, the former in one of the suburbs, the latter in the interior of t!ie city. The House of Corrgelion occupying a great space at one of the extremes of the capital. — 363 — The Custom-house, comprehending large edifices and very important works, among which excel vast docks, in construction, and not far from these the Imperial dike, built at the Island of Cobras, as well as another one, which is being constructed beside it. The Episcopal Palace, the residence of the Bishop of Rio de Janeiro, on the top of Conceigao Hill. The Episcopal Seminary of S. Jose, destined for the instruction of the clergy. The Bank of Brazil, a true palace, solidly constructed for the seat of the most important establishment of credit of the Empire. The D. Pedro II Central Rail-Way Station built on the western end of the Campo da AcclamaQao, of a pleasant appearance and a few years since augmented with large and spacious ware-houses, work-rooms and a garden in front. Worthy of attention are also : The vast Gas Manufactory with an area of 23,435 square meters. The Hospital of the Santa Casa da Miserlcordia, with two parallel wings, after ils completion is lobe 181,5 meters in breadth, and 54 meters in width, and having an area of 9,782,85 square meters, being in size and perfection of work one of the most notable edifices of the world and containing magnificent infirmaries for 1,100 sick. The Lunatic Asylum of D. Pedro II belongs also to the (( Miserlcordia » and is dedicated to the treatment of the lunatics. As monumental as the precedent edifice, it compri- ses an area of 7.560,1 square meters, its front being 290 square meters. — 36-i — The Hospilal of Lazars, in Ihe suburbs of S. Chrislovao. That of S. Joao de Deus, belonging to the Portuguese Beneficient Society. That of the Religions Order of Nossa Senhora do Monte do Carmo. That of the Religious Order of S, Francisco da Peni- tencia. That of the Religious Order of the :\Iinimi of S. Fran- cisco de Paula. That of the Order of Senhor Bom Jesus do Calvario. That which is being built at the expense of the French Society of mutual succour, situated on a hill, in one of the mo?t delightful suburbs. The theatres D. Pedro II, the largest, Lyrico Flu- minense SiUi S. Pedro de Alcantara, besides Gymnasia, Phenix Dramalica , Casino Franco-Bresilien and the Thdatre Lyrique Fi'ancais. The edifices of the Stale Offices of the Home De- partment, and those of Justice, Nayy and Foreign affairs and the one in construction on the D. Pedro 11 square for the Agrisultural OfQce. Those of the Navy and War arsenals, of the Public Library and the Casino Fluminense. The Imperial Quinta of Boa Visla. The Asylum for the Military Invalids at the Island of Bom Jesus. The Beggars'Asylum, calculated at £ 30,000, "which the society of municipal beneficence is constructing. The factory of arms in the fort of Conceigao and the pyrotechnica! laboratory of Campinho. There are 302 streets, besides 76 larger and 45 smaller lanes, 53 squares, and iS ascents. The Campo da — 365 — Acclamaeao, siluatod nearly in the centre of the city, is 594 meters in breadth, and 308 naeters in width. When the gardening of that Campo, wliich is already being made, be accomplished and the monument, which is projected, to commemorate the victories obtained by the armies of Brazil in Paraguay, shall be erected, it will become one of the finest squares in the world. There are in the city 8,943 houses of business, 1,680 belonging to natives and 7,263 to foreigners, comprehending in this number 11 custom-house stores, different workshops and manufactories. Commercially considered, the Capital of the Empire is ihe principal commercial place of South America, and ju North America only the city of New-York ranks over it. — -• The average import of the annual movement of exter- nal commerce of the city of Rio de Janeiro, comprehending the exportation and importation, was in the last Hquidated financial years, of £ 18,182,900. To this movement, effected in 2,248 ships that entered with 954,956,691,kilgr. tonnage and 2,062 ships which left with 1,007,710,523.4 kilgr. tonnage, we should add the traffic by land between the municipality of the ca- pital, and the provinces of Minas Geraes, S. Paulo, Goyaz and Mato-Grosso, and which we cannot estimate at less than f 2,000,000, m value. The Custom House is one of the most profitable of the] world. — The average income it produced within the last three financial years of Import and Export duties amounts to £ 3,284,900. If to these figures the average sum of £ 060,000 is — 3GG — added, which has been collected by the Receipts Depar- tement of the municipality within the above said years, we have a total off 3,944,900, with which these two fiscal stations contributed towards the general receipts of the Empire. The position of the port of Rio de Janeiro, being almost in ihe centre of South America, makes it a natural emporium for the sea tralHc of the United States of North America, and of Europe for the ports of Asia and those of the Pacific Ocean. The city of Rio de Janeiro has a facully of medi- cine, a central college, a military, a navy day and boar- ding school, a general surveying office for public works, a general directorship for Telegraphs, where the tele- graph wires of the government lines meet, a fire-bri- gade, two police-corps, barracks for the garrisons both of the army and the navy, general directorship of the Post, Exchange, General inspectorship for public instruction, commercial institute, institutions for blind, and deaf and dumb children, conservatory of music, Academy of Fine Arts, Lyceum of Arts and Trades, museum, public ar- chives, military museum, dramatic conservatory and many libraries. Rio de Janeiro likewise has a central board of public health, which watches, in general, over the sanitary service of the city, an institute for vaccination with branches in all the provinces, an excellent hospital on the seashore far from the town, which is opened when the sanitary state requires it, board of health for the port, for the army and navy, hospitals and houses of beneficence and one for foundlings, besides two for orphans, a tine public garden within the boundaries of the city, on the sea — 367 — shore, lighted with gas, and where many foreign and native plants are to be met with. In one of the suburbs, about 2 kil, from the centre of the city, the Botanical garden is situated, Avith nu- merous varieties of exoctic plants, extensive gardens and grassplots, and close by it a model school for agri- culture, an agricultural asylum, a manufacture of Chili hats, and the breeding of silk-worms, under the immediate inspection of the Imperial Institute of Rio. There is a necrosterium, lately finished, for the reception of hu- man bodies found on the streets, and on the beach; 5 cemeteries outside of the city, viz : 3 private and 2 pu- blic ones, the former belonging to the religious orders of S. Francisco de Paula, of Carmo, and of Penitencia; and the latter, called S. Francisco Xavier, and S. Joao Baptista, under the charge of the Santa Casa de Miseri- cordia, besides 1 cemetery for Protestants. The establishments of credit, those of anonymous compa- nies and societies both commercial and industrial, amount to a high figure : literary, scientific, and recreative societies are mentioned elsewhere. It is notable that since some years, especially since the year 1867, there has been a great tendency on the part of the proprietors to give to the houses which they build in the city as well as in the suburbs more elegance, in conformity with the principal rules of architecture. Some of these buildings are magestic, and ornamented | with much taste and magnificence. _y Nearly all the streets are paved with parallelepipeds, and most of the squares are planted with trees. There are the following principal squares, viz : — 378 - of the directive-board of the primary and secondary io- slruclion of the municipality of the capital, ex-president of several provinces, and ex-deputy to the General As- SiemWy. Assistant-Commissary . Francisco Antonio GowgALVEs. — Officer of the Order of the Rose. — 373;-^, Brazilian Committee at tlie Vienna International ExliiMtion. President. H. R. H. D. Lewis Augustus Maria Eudes of Coburg A»D GOTHA, Duke of Saxe.— Admiral and President ofthe Naval CouBcil of Brazil, Grand-Cross of all Brazilian Orders and decorated with the Uruguayana Medal. 'ISJN Vice-president . Baron of Porto Seguro . — Member of H. M. the Emperor's Council, Chevalier of the Order of Christ, and Commander of that of the Rose, Grand-Cross of the Russian Imperial Order of S. Stanislas of the 1" Class, Grand-Cross of tjie Austrian Imperial Order of the Iron-Crown, Com- mander of number of the American Royal Spanish Order of Isabel the Catholic, and Extraordinary Commander of the Royal and Distinguished Order of Charles the 3% En- voy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at Austria- Hungary. Secretary. Majjuei de Araujo Porto-Alegre.— Grand-Dignitary of tbe Order of the Rose, Chevalier of the Order of Christ, ex-professor of the Central College and of the Academy of Fine Arts, Member of the Historical, Geographical and Ethnographical Brazilian Institute, and of many other scientific societies, either national or foreign, Consul Ge- neral of the Empire, at Lisbon. — 380 Sfembers. Baron of Car apebus.— Grandee of the Empire, Cham- berlain to H. M. the Empress, OfBeer of the Order o the Rose, Commander of the Order of Christ, and Com- mander of the Order of Nossa Senhora da Concei^ao de Villa-Vicosa of Portugal. Baron of Nioac— Chamberlain to H. M. the Empress, Chevalier of the Orders of Christ and of the Rose. Assistants. J0S16 DE Saldanha da Gama. — Officer of the Order of the Rose, Chevalier of the Order of Nossa Senhora da Con- ceicao de Villa-Vicosa of Portugal, Chevalier of the Italian Royal Order of the Crown, Assistant-professor at the Central College, Member of the Fiscal-board of the Im- perial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro, and many other scientific societies, Gentleman of the Palace. JOAQUIM iOSt DA FONSECA JUNIOR. Oscar Adolpho de Bulhoes Ribeiro. — ^M. D., Bachelor of Arts, Chevalier of the Order of the Rose. JoAQuiM Jose da Franqa Junior, Bachelor of Law. GuiLHERME ScHucH DE Capanema. — Commandcr of the Order of the Rose and Chevalier of that of Christ, Pro- fessor at the Central College, General Director of the Telegraphs, Fellow of the section of mineralogy, geology and physical sciences at the national museum, Correspon- ding-member of the Afclimating-Society of Paris, and of many other scientific associations, either national or foreign. Benjamim Franklin Ramiz Galvao.— M. D., Bachelor of Arts, Bibliothecary of the National and Public Library, — 381 — Assistant-Professor at the Faculty of Medicine of Rio de Janeiro. JoAo JoAQuiM PizARRO. — M. D., Assistant-ProfessoF at the Faculty of Medicine of Rio de Janeiro. JoAQHiM MoNTEiRO CaminhoA.. — M. D., ProfossoF at the Faculty of Medicine of Rio de Janeiro, Officer of the Order of the Rose, Chevalier of Christ, decorated with several war-medals. Luiz Alvares DOS Santos.— M. D., Professor at the Me- dical School of Bahia, OtBcer of the Order of the Rose, Chevalier of Christ, decorated with several war-medals. RuFiNO AuGusTo DE Almeida. — Bachelop of Law, Com- mander of the Order of the Rose. Luiz DA Costa Chaves Faria. — M. D., Bachelor of Arts. Miguel Antonio da Silva, — Othcer of the Order of the Rose and Chevalier of the Orders of Christ and Aviz, professor art the Central School, member of the Imperial Agricultural Institute of Rio de Janeiro. Carlos de Almeida. Henrique Hermeto Carneiro LeAo. — M. D., Bachelor of Arts, Offlcer of the Order of the Rose. Luiz Puilippe Saldanha da Gama. — Post-captain on the Navy, Chevalier of the Orders of the Rose and Christ. Antonio Janoario de Faria. — M. D., Professor at the Faculty of Medicine of Bahia, Commander of the Order of Christ. Alfredo Antonio Simoes dos Santos Lisboa. Antonio Luiz da Cunha Bahiana.— Bachelor of Law. JoAQuiM Antonio Alves Ribeiro. — M. D., Chevalier of the Orders of Christ and of the Rose. Antonio Gabriel de Paula Fonseca.— M. D. , Chevalier of the Order of Christ. ooisTTEiisrars Introduction Pag. 3 The Empire of Brazil 5 Topography 6 MouDtain ranges 7 Capes 8 Perls 8 Lakes 8 Islands . . . ; 9 Rivers 10 Climate and t^nperatare (9 Rains 22 Winds 24 l%te animal kingdom 25 Class of the Mammalia 27 » » » Birds 32 » » » Reptilia 34 » » J) Batrachians 36 » » » Fishes 36 — 384 — Mollusca 36 Crustacea ... 37 Class of the insecta 37 The vegetable kingdom 39 » mineral kingdom 43 Precious stones 43 Quartz and its varieties ........ 44 Metals 45 Building stones 52 Combustible minerals 55 Salts S7 Mineral waters 58 Ferruginous waters. . . ■ 58 Aerated waters 58 Saline waters 62 Sulphureous waters 63 Thermal waters 63 Alacaline thermal waters 64 Thermal waters somewhat sulphureous ... 65 Population 68 Political constitution of Brazil 69 Government. — Reigning dynasty 69 Established religion 71 Political powers and national representatives . . 72 The legislative power 72 » chamber of deputies 75 » senate 75 » moderating power * . . . 76 ^ » executive power 77 « judicial power 78 » regency of the Empire 79 Council of Slate 80 — 385 — Public ministry (crown office). . . . Pag. 8\ The arlminislralion of the provinces 81 The presidents 31 » provincial assemblies 82 » town-councils 83 » rights of brazilian subjects 84 Individual liberty 84 Liberty of thought • . 84 » » conscience 85 » » travel and of residence .... 8.5 » » industry 85 Right of security 85 The right of equality 87 y> » » property 87 » » » inventors (Patent laws) .... 88 Inviolability of correspondence 88 The right of complaint and other guarantees . 88 Division of the Empire 89 Political division 89 Administrative division 90 Ecclesiastical division 91 Judicial division 94 Public force 100 Army 101 National guard 101 Police service in the capital of the Empire. . 102 Fire-men corps *02 Military legislation 103 Military arsenals *0* Arsenals and intendancy of war 104 Pyrolechnical laboratories *06 Gun-powder and iron manufactories. ... 107 25 — 386 — Pniteentiary and military colonies . . . Pag. 109 Punitenciary colony in the island of Fernando de Noronha 109 Military and disciplinary colonies 110 » colonies 112 The brazilian navy 117 Navy-arsenals 120 Pyrolechnical laboratory 122 Light-houses 124 Snaall light-houses 129 The finances 132 Public-revenue 133 Public-debt 139 A table of Brazil coius 142 The Mint 143 Commerce 145 Coffee 133 Cotton 1S4 Sugar 155 Dry and salted hides 156 Gum elastic or caoutchouc 156 Tobacco 157 Mate' (Paraguay Tea) 158 Cacao 1§8 Rum 159 Manioc flour 159 Jacaranda (rosewood) 160 Hairs and wool of animals 160 Gold and diamonds 161 Sundry articles 161 Exchanges . n 161 — 887 — Banking institutions Pag. 164 In the capital of the Empire 164 In tiie provinces 168 Insurance and other anonymous companies . . 170 Docks 171 Weights and measures 172 Agriculture 177 Agricultural institutes . 184 Industry ' . . IflO Post-office 196 Electric telegraph 198 Fluvial and maritime communication .... 203 Steamship navigation 203 Rail-ways 204 Rail-roads at the charge of the central government . 209 Provincial rail-ways 217 Tram -ways in the metropolis 229 Provincial tram-ways 230 Macadamized Roads . . . 234 Canals '. 235 Immigration and Colonization 238 State colonies 240 The Cathechising and Civilization of the Indians. . 252 Foreigners 238 Naturalization 260 Intellectual culture 263 Primary and secondary instruction 263 Religious instruction 284 Military instruction 28R Naval instruction 293 Faculties of medicine 297 » » Law 300 — 388 — Commercial Institute of Rio de Janeiro. . Pag. 301 Imperial Institution for Blind Children .... 302 Deaf and Dumb Institute 303 Academy of the Fine Arts 307 Conservalory of Music 309 Natural History Museums 3iO Libraries 313 The Press .^ 323 Scientific, litOTary and industrial associations . . 336 Theatres .341 Charitable Institutions 343 Beneficienl and philanthropical associations. . . 347 Mounts of Piety. 353 Houses of correction 357 Ligliling 358 Municipality of the Capital of the Empire- . . 359 Industrial Exhibitions ;{74 Directive Committee of the National Exhibition. . 376 BrasrHan Commission at the Vienna International Exhibition -379 Rio de Janeiro. Typographia Universal de Laemiiert Rua dos Invallidos, 61 B. '^ !(?.!. f in" 1.1' A I i« ^ K , 1 ."